business plan franchise starbucks

How To Open A Starbucks Franchise: The Complete Guide

Opening a Starbucks franchise can be an exciting opportunity to own a piece of one of the most recognizable brands in the world. With over 15,000 stores in the United States alone, Starbucks continues to see strong growth and profitability.

If you’re short on time, here’s a quick answer to your question: to open a Starbucks franchise, you’ll need to qualify financially, complete an application, undergo training, find a location, and pay franchise fees that total between $315,000 to $2 .5 million.

But there are many more in-depth steps and requirements involved.

In this comprehensive guide, we’ll walk you through everything you need to know to open your own Starbucks franchise location, from initial research and planning to opening day. You’ll learn about Starbucks’ franchise requirements, costs, training, site selection, and more. Let’s get started!

Starbucks Franchise Requirements

Meet the financial requirements.

Opening a Starbucks franchise requires meeting certain financial requirements. As one of the world’s most popular and successful coffee chains, Starbucks expects its franchisees to have a substantial amount of capital to invest in the business.

The exact financial requirements may vary depending on factors such as location and market conditions, but it is generally estimated that the initial investment required to open a Starbucks franchise ranges from $500,000 to $2 million.

This includes the franchise fee, which can be as high as $45,000, as well as costs for equipment, inventory, and leasehold improvements.

It is important for potential franchisees to have a strong financial background and access to funds to meet these requirements. This can be in the form of personal savings, loans, or partnerships with investors.

Financial stability is crucial to ensure the smooth operation of the franchise and to meet ongoing expenses such as rent, employee wages, and marketing.

Submit a Strong Franchise Application

Once the financial requirements are met, the next step is to submit a strong franchise application to Starbucks. The application process is competitive, as Starbucks carefully selects its franchisees based on various criteria.

These criteria include a proven track record of success in business, strong leadership skills, and a passion for the Starbucks brand.

The application should include a detailed business plan that outlines the potential location for the franchise, marketing strategies, and financial projections. It is important to demonstrate why opening a Starbucks franchise in a particular area would be a profitable venture and how you plan to contribute to the local community.

Additionally, Starbucks may conduct interviews and background checks to assess the suitability of potential franchisees. It is essential to showcase your skills, experience, and commitment to the Starbucks brand throughout the application process.

Complete Extensive Training

Once the application is approved, franchisees are required to complete extensive training provided by Starbucks. This training is designed to ensure that franchisees understand and adhere to the company’s standards for product quality, customer service, and overall brand experience.

The training program covers various aspects of operating a Starbucks franchise, including coffee brewing techniques, menu preparation, inventory management, and employee training. Franchisees will also receive guidance on store layout and design, as Starbucks places a strong emphasis on creating a consistent and welcoming atmosphere for its customers.

Completing the training program is crucial for the success of the franchise, as it equips franchisees with the knowledge and skills necessary to run a Starbucks store effectively. It also helps maintain the brand’s reputation for excellence and consistency across all its locations.

Opening a Starbucks franchise can be a lucrative and rewarding business venture for entrepreneurs who meet the financial requirements, submit a strong application, and complete the necessary training.

It offers the opportunity to be part of a globally recognized brand and tap into the ever-growing demand for high-quality coffee and unique customer experiences.

Starbucks Franchise Costs

Opening a Starbucks franchise can be a lucrative business opportunity, but it’s important to understand the costs involved. In this section, we will break down the various costs associated with opening a Starbucks franchise.

Initial Franchise Fee

One of the first costs you’ll encounter when opening a Starbucks franchise is the initial franchise fee. This fee covers the right to operate a Starbucks store and is typically around $315,000. It’s important to note that this fee may vary depending on factors such as location and market demand.

Royalty Fees

Once your Starbucks franchise is up and running, you will be required to pay royalty fees to the company. These fees are typically a percentage of your monthly sales and can range from 5% to 8%. The exact percentage will be outlined in your franchise agreement.

Marketing and Advertising Fees

As a Starbucks franchisee, you will also be responsible for contributing to the company’s marketing and advertising efforts. This is typically done through a monthly fee that is a percentage of your sales. The exact percentage will be outlined in your franchise agreement.

These funds are used to promote the Starbucks brand and drive customers to your store.

Other Ongoing Costs

In addition to the initial franchise fee, royalty fees, and marketing and advertising fees, there are other ongoing costs associated with running a Starbucks franchise. These may include rent, utilities, employee wages, inventory, and equipment maintenance.

It’s important to carefully consider these costs and factor them into your business plan.

For more detailed information on Starbucks franchise costs, you can visit the official Starbucks website at www.starbucks.com .

Site Selection and Build Out

When it comes to opening a Starbucks franchise, one of the most crucial steps is selecting the right site for your coffee shop. The site selection process involves working closely with Starbucks’ real estate team to identify prime locations and designing and building out your store.

Work with Starbucks Real Estate Team

Starbucks has a dedicated team of real estate experts who will guide you through the site selection process. They will help you analyze market trends, demographics, and other factors to identify potential locations that align with Starbucks’ brand values and customer base.

Working with this team ensures that you are making an informed decision when it comes to choosing the best site for your Starbucks franchise.

Prime Locations

Starbucks is known for its strategic location choices, which contribute to its success and popularity. When selecting a site for your Starbucks franchise, it is essential to consider factors such as foot traffic, accessibility, visibility, and proximity to other businesses.

Prime locations can include busy shopping centers, high-traffic areas in commercial districts, or near colleges and universities, among others. These locations provide a steady stream of potential customers and increase the chances of your franchise’s success.

Design and Build Out

Once you have selected the ideal site for your Starbucks franchise, the next step is designing and building out your store. Starbucks has a specific store design and layout that reflects its brand image and creates a welcoming atmosphere for customers.

The design process involves working closely with Starbucks’ design team to ensure that your store meets their standards and guidelines. Additionally, you will need to work with contractors and suppliers to complete the build-out, including installing equipment, furniture, and signage.

It is important to note that the cost of site selection and build-out can vary depending on various factors such as location, size of the store, and local regulations. Therefore, it is recommended to work closely with Starbucks and consult with professionals in the field to have a clear understanding of the associated costs and requirements.

Day-to-Day Operations

Running a successful Starbucks franchise requires efficient day-to-day operations. This section will cover key aspects of managing your franchise on a daily basis, including employees, inventory management, and store management systems.

One of the most important factors in the success of your Starbucks franchise is the team of employees you hire. Hiring and retaining talented and dedicated individuals is crucial. You should focus on hiring baristas who are passionate about coffee, customer service, and the Starbucks brand.

Training is also a vital part of your day-to-day operations. You need to ensure that your employees are well-versed in Starbucks products, recipes, and customer service standards. Ongoing training and development programs can help improve employee skills and keep them motivated.

Creating a positive work environment is essential for employee satisfaction and productivity. Encourage open communication, recognize and reward outstanding performance, and provide opportunities for growth within the organization. Remember, happy employees lead to happy customers.

Inventory Management

Efficient inventory management is crucial for ensuring that your Starbucks franchise runs smoothly. You need to keep track of your stock levels to avoid running out of popular items and to minimize waste. Utilizing a robust inventory management system can help you achieve this.

Regularly monitor sales data to identify trends and adjust your inventory accordingly. This will help you optimize your stock levels and ensure that you always have the right products available for your customers.

Additionally, establish relationships with reliable suppliers to ensure timely delivery of fresh ingredients and supplies.

Implementing a system for tracking expiration dates and rotating stock is also important to maintain product quality and prevent waste. Regularly conduct inventory audits to identify any discrepancies and address them promptly.

Store Management System

A reliable store management system is essential for streamlining your day-to-day operations. This system should include point-of-sale (POS) software, scheduling tools, and reporting capabilities.

A robust POS system allows for efficient order processing, payment processing, and inventory tracking. It should also provide real-time reporting on sales, customer preferences, and other key metrics. This data can help you make informed business decisions and identify areas for improvement.

Scheduling tools can help you manage employee shifts, vacations, and time-off requests. These tools can optimize staffing levels and ensure that you have enough employees to handle peak hours while avoiding overstaffing during slower periods.

By implementing an effective store management system, you can streamline your operations, improve efficiency, and enhance the overall customer experience.

Remember that these are general guidelines, and the specific day-to-day operations of your Starbucks franchise may vary. It’s always a good idea to refer to the official Starbucks franchise resources and consult with experienced franchisees for further guidance.

Opening a Starbucks franchise provides an opportunity to own a profitable business with strong brand recognition. But it requires hard work, strategic planning, and a substantial financial investment. By understanding the franchise requirements, costs, training, site selection, and day-to-day operations, you can make an informed decision about taking the plunge into Starbucks franchise ownership.

With passion for the brand, a great location, focus on customer service, and adherence to Starbucks’ proven system, your franchise has the potential for success. Just make sure to do thorough research and preparation first. Wishing you the best of luck on your Starbucks franchise journey!

Similar Posts

Do Frappes Have Caffeine At Starbucks?

Frappuccinos are some of Starbucks’ most popular blended drinks, with their creamy textures and sweet flavors. But…

Is It Weird To Go To A Restaurant Alone?

Eating out alone can seem daunting for some people. The sight of tables filled with laughing friends…

The Real Life Krusty Krab Restaurant – All You Need To Know

If you grew up in the early 2000s, you probably remember watching SpongeBob SquarePants on Nickelodeon and…

How To Order A Vanilla Iced Coffee At Starbucks

Craving an iced coffee on a hot summer day? Starbucks has you covered with their delicious vanilla…

What Is The Cost Of A Starbucks Cake Pop In 2023?

Cake pops have become an iconic treat at Starbucks locations around the world. These bite-sized cake lollipops…

The Best Restaurants For Large Party Dining

Planning a celebratory dinner for a big group? Finding a restaurant that can accommodate a large party…

Need a business plan? Call now:

Talk to our experts:

• Business Plan for Investors
• Bank/SBA Business Plan
• Operational/Strategic Planning
• L1 Visa Business Plan
• E1 Treaty Trader Visa Business Plan
• E2 Treaty Investor Visa Business Plan
• EB1 Business Plan
• EB2 Visa Business Plan
• EB5 Business Plan
• Innovator Founder Visa Business Plan
• UK Start-Up Visa Business Plan
• UK Expansion Worker Visa Business Plan
• Manitoba MPNP Visa Business Plan
• Start-Up Visa Business Plan
• Nova Scotia NSNP Visa Business Plan
• British Columbia BC PNP Visa Business Plan
• Self-Employed Visa Business Plan
• OINP Entrepreneur Stream Business Plan
• LMIA Owner Operator Business Plan
• ICT Work Permit Business Plan
• LMIA Mobility Program – C11 Entrepreneur Business Plan
• USMCA (ex-NAFTA) Business Plan
• Franchise Business Planning 
• Landlord Business Plan 
• Nonprofit Start-Up Business Plan 
• USDA Business Plan
• Cannabis business plan 
• eCommerce business plan
• Online Boutique Business Plan
• Mobile Application Business Plan
• Daycare business plan
• Restaurant business plan
• Food Delivery Business Plan
• Real Estate Business Plan
• Business Continuity Plan
• Buy Side Due Diligence Services
• ICO whitepaper
• ICO consulting services
• Confidential Information Memorandum
• Private Placement Memorandum
• Feasibility study
• Fractional CFO
• How it works
• Business Plan Examples

Starbucks Business Plan Sample

Published Jan.12, 2022

Updated Apr.24, 2024

By: Jakub Babkins

Average rating 4.5 / 5. Vote count: 8

No votes so far! Be the first to rate this post.

Table of Content

Do you want to start Starbucks business plan?

Do you want to know “How was Starbucks created?“ If you are thinking of starting a coffee business or any other business, it is a great idea to study the business plan for Starbucks.

Studying the starbucks coffee business plan s created by professional business plans writers can be a great way to understand the complexities involved in planning out a business. Though you can study other business plans like business plan for seafood restaurant for reference, however, it is always a good idea to pay attention to successful businesses as well.

In this template, we will be explaining the details of Starbucks business plan and the components that should be a part of every good starbucks coffee business plan .

Executive Summary

2.1 the business.

Starbucks was started as a coffee bean store by Jerry Baldwin, Gordon Bowker and Zev Siegi in 1971. The business was then converted to a coffee shop which over the years gained significant attention and expansion across the United States. The main aim of the business is to offer a wide variety of products ranging from different types of drinks and food to merchandise like mugs and tumblers etc.

2.2 Management of Starbucks Company

To manage a business efficiently, you need to develop a strong business plan. A good Starbucks coffee business plan helps a company to manage its technical and financial resources and it contains all the details related to a business.

Starbucks franchise business plan contains all the details regarding Starbucks. For instance, it contains information about Starbucks strategic planning process or about how many franchises does Starbucks have etc.

When writing a starbucks coffee business plan , you can get assistance from this document that contains Starbucks market development details or a separate plan like business plan for a Mexican restaurant . Otherwise, you can also choose the route of using business consulting services for help in developing a business plan.

2.3 Customers of Starbucks Company

Considering the fame of the business, the customers of Starbucks belong to many different domains and age groups. However, the targeted customers of the company include:

• Adults between 25-40
• Young Adults in the age group 18-25
• Generation Y
• Affluent People

2.4 Business Target

The target of Starbucks according to their mission statement is to “inspire and nurture the human spirit – one person, one cup and one neighbourhood at a time”.

The financial targets that Starbucks wants to achieve in the next 2 years are given below:

Company Summary

3.1 company owner.

Kevin Johnson is the owner of Starbucks. He completed his Bachelor’s in Business Administration from the New Mexico State University. He joined Starbucks as a member of the board of directors and then made his way up through COO to the company’s CEO and president.

3.2 Why the Starbucks company is being expanded

As a COO, Kevin handled the company’s operation throughout the world spanning different geographical locations. He also assisted with supply chain, HR, technology and marketing for the company on all platforms. Due to his outstanding ideas and management, he assumed the position of CEO intending to scale the business when his predecessor retired.

3.3 How the Starbucks company will be started

Step1: Plan Everything

The first step of starting any business is to plan thoroughly. The planning of Starbucks was done through Starbuck’s business plan. A Starbucks coffee business plan tells not only what type of company is Starbucks but also answers questions like how long Starbucks has been in business. Every business plan contains base information like this whether it is for a coffee shop or a BBQ restaurant business plan template . So If you want to write a starbucks coffee business plan for a commercial business like a business plan for Subway franchise , you can refer to this plan.

Step2: Define the Brand

The next step is to advertise your additions and benefits to attract your target market. You can achieve this by developing a marketing plan that shows you management like strategic management Starbucks portion in the starbucks coffee business plan .

Step3: Establish Your Corporate Office

Kevin has decided to launch more branches across the US. Therefore, he talked to managers of different regions to get the work started. Next, he will assign the provision of inventory to the new branches to the COO.

Step4: Establish a Web Presence

Internet is a business’s best and worst friend. And Kevin knew that it is all about how you present yourself. To reach a wider audience with the new branches, Kevin decided to focus the main page of the Starbucks website on the expansion efforts.

Step5: Promote and Market

The final step of starting or expanding the business is to efficiently spread the word around through a marketing plan.

The first thing you need to decide when starting or expanding a business is the services you will provide your customers. Starbucks business plans contain this information. They also contain other pertinent analyses like Starbucks company analysis and Starbucks competition analysis. These components of a starbucks coffee business plan allow you to manage different strategies of the company. For instance, the business plan for Starbucks allows the company to figure out Starbucks corporate strategy.

Even though the starbucks coffee business plan for the expansion of the Starbucks chain might be a bit different from the business plan for a new company, you can still use this business plan of Starbucks coffee for reference.

The services that will be offered by the new branches will be:

• Hot Beverages

Starbucks was started, first and foremost, as a coffee place. Therefore, the biggest product of Starbucks is hot beverages, primarily coffees in different sizes and flavours. Some of these include:

• Hot Coffees
• Cold Beverages

Some of the most famous products of Starbucks are cold beverages like:

• Cold Coffees
• Frappuccino Blended Beverages
• Cold Drinks

Therefore, these will be some of the essential products in the new branches as well.

• At-Home Coffee

When Starbucks was started, its primary goal was to sell packaged coffees of different flavours to customers. Keeping up with that tradition, the new branches will contain packaged coffee as well that people can buy.

• Food Services

One of the relatively newer features of Starbucks is its food services. The new branches will offer food groups like:

• Hot Breakfast
• Bakery Items
• Snacks & Sweets
• Oatmeal and Yogurt
• Merchandise

Like the current branches of Starbucks, the new additions will also sell Starbucks related merchandise like:

• Water Bottles

Marketing Analysis of Starbucks Company

Starting a business of any kind will require you to know and understand the target market. You should be able to analyze the past, present and future trends of the market. This knowledge, along with your financial goals will allow you to set prices for your products and services that benefit you in the long term.

excellent work

excellent work, competent advice. Alex is very friendly, great communication. 100% I recommend CGS capital. Thank you so much for your hard work!

You can study the marketing plan of Starbucks pdf and Starbucks growth strategy to understand these nuances. You can also take help from other business plans like cat café business plan to see how these concepts work with newer businesses.

However, if you aim to start a coffee brand like Starbucks, you should take a look at business plan for Starbucks and study the Starbucks corporate plan.

If you don’t know how to carry out marketing analysis and set prices for your products, read through the Starbucks franchise model presented in the business plan Starbucks coffee shops.

In the following part of Starbuck’s business proposal, we have detailed the market trends and potential customers of the new branches.

5.1 Market Trends

According to Statista, the coffeehouse industry carries a market share of $36 billion out of which Starbucks revenue worldwide amounts to $24.61 billion. The coffee house industry has a growth rate of 3% per year which means that there is a steady demand for more branches of the famous coffee house. Therefore, you can’t go wrong with an expansion.

5.2 Marketing Segmentation

The potential customers of Pro Cleaning Services are divided into the following groups:

Business plan for investors

5.2.1 adults between 25-40.

The primary customers of new Starbucks branches will be the adults of the surrounding areas with an age range of 25-40. These are expected to be our regular customers as they belong to the working class and require a caffeine boost daily.

5.2.2 Young Adults in the Age Group 18-25

Our second target customers will be the young adults enrolled in schools and requiring coffee regularly. We expect them to visit the stores almost regularly.

5.2.3 Generation Y

This will be our third target group of customers. These are the people who saw Starbucks become what it is today. And we expect them as returning customers.

5.2.4 Business Workers

Lastly, the final customer group will be wealthy and affluent who buy Starbucks regularly on the go. These may include business people and people with their sources of earning.

5.3 Business Target

• To continue its status as the biggest coffeehouse chain in the world
• To maintain service standards
• To maintain customer satisfaction above 95%
• To earn a net revenue of $120k/month in each branch

5.4 Product Pricing

Due to its flagship and custom drinks, the price of Starbucks products will be a bit higher as compared to its competitors. However, it will be offering more options and quality at that price.

Marketing Strategy

To gain attention amongst so much competition, your business plan for cafe should highlight your competitive advantages over other cafes in the market. You will also need to develop a good strategy like Starbucks strategy plan to market your products.

In this business plan of Starbucks, we are highlighting the Starbucks corporate strategy that makes Starbucks stand out amongst its competitors in the market. You can follow along to develop the marketing plan that can make you stand out.

6.1 Competitive Analysis

• Starbucks has excellent customer care service
• Through the Starbucks website and user-friendly mobile app, our customers can order drinks and utilize many different offers.
• Starbucks doesn’t compromise on quality and thus provides the best quality products
• Starbucks constantly innovates its drinks and adds new menu items

6.2 Sales Strategy

• We’ll advertise our services through Google Local ads service, our website and social media.
• We’ll offer a 50% discount to the first 50 customers.
• We’ll offer a 25% discount on our new drinks for a week.

6.3 Sales Monthly

6.4 Sales Yearly

6.5 Sales Forecast

Personnel plan

Starbucks doesn’t compromise on the quality of its services therefore Starbucks corporate plan contains strict guidelines about the behaviour of the workforce and the expectations associated with them. These criteria are a part of the Starbuck Strategic plan. You can follow this Starbucks business plan pdf to get a hint into what your personnel plan should include.

7.1 Company Staff

• 1 Manager in each branch to help in overall operations
• 2 CIMS Certified Commercial Cleaners for each branch
• 2 Technician to upkeep the machinery across all branches
• 1 Web Developer/ Mobile App Developer to manage online sites
• 2 Sales Executives to organize and promote sales
• 1 Accountant
• 5 Delivery People
• 3 Receptionists at each branch

Financial Plan

If you do a financial analysis of Starbucks case study, you will understand that it takes a lot more than a good number of sales to make your business profitable. Starbucks financial strategy ensures that all the resources are being utilized efficiently so that the company doesn’t end up wasting money and going bankrupt. The Starbucks coffee business plan also carries out an analysis to figure out the prices of different items to keep the company accessible to customers and successful.

Here we’re providing the detailed financial plan made for Starbucks. So that you can get an idea of how to manage business finances.

8.1 Important Assumptions

8.2 Break-even Analysis

8.3 Projected Profit and Loss

8.3.1 profit monthly.

8.3.2 Profit Yearly

8.3.3 Gross Margin Monthly

8.3.4 Gross Margin Yearly

8.4 Projected Cash Flow

1. What is the business plan of Starbucks?

Business plan Starbucks coffee shops details the different management aspects that go into starting a business. You can take a look at the Starbucks original business plan to get an idea of how the company management was planned in the beginning.

2. How much does it cost to start a Starbucks business?

Depending on the scale and nature of your business, it requires different costs to start a business. You can look at the above project report on Starbucks to understand how much costs are involved in opening chain stores. You can also take a look that theStarbucks marketing strategy pdf to make your business successful.

Download Starbucks Business Plan Sample in pdf

OGSCapital’s team has assisted thousands of entrepreneurs with top-rate business plan development, consultancy and analysis. They’ve helped thousands of SME owners secure more than $1.5 billion in funding, and they can do the same for you.

Case: OGScapital Provides Quality of Earnings (QoE) Support

Ice Vending Machine Business Plan

OGScapital at the National Citizenship and Immigration Conference

How to Start a Plumbing Business in 2024: A Detailed Guide

Vegetable Farming Business Plan

Trading Business Plan

Any questions? Get in Touch!

We have been mentioned in the press:

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Search the site:

• Find A Franchise
• Franchise Empire Reviews

About Franchise Empire

Free trainings, empire builder articles, franchise empire show.

• Empire Builders Newsletter

Starbucks Franchise Costs & Profits (2024)

Quick summary.

Starbucks, a renowned global coffeehouse chain, offers an unconventional approach for those wishing to run their own coffee shop. 

Born in Seattle in 1971, Starbucks has always prioritized the quality of its coffee and the ambiance of European coffeehouse culture. 

Unlike traditional franchises, Starbucks grows through company-operated stores and licensed partnerships, ensuring brand consistency and a unified customer experience globally. 

This strategy allows Starbucks to maintain control over its brand identity and operational standards. 

For entrepreneurs, this means engaging with Starbucks through avenues that align with its values and operational model rather than owning a franchise in the traditional sense.

Key Takeaways

Starbucks maintains quality control by licensing stores to entrepreneurs instead of franchising, reflecting CEO Howard Schulz's vision for the brand.

The company's selective licensing approach targets well-placed businesses in sectors that enhance Starbucks' market presence and foot traffic.

Nationwide, Starbucks boasts 16,386 locations as of 2024, underscoring its dominant role in the U.S. coffee industry and its broad customer appeal.

Opening a Starbucks location requires a significant investment, with initial costs averaging $315,000 and a requirement of $700,000 in liquid assets.

Starbucks operators can earn between $50,000 and $200,000 annually, with revenues influenced by store performance and the number of licenses managed.

Table Of Contents

• What Is Starbucks?

Is Starbucks A Franchise?

• How Many Starbucks Locations Are There?
• How Much Does It Cost To Open A Starbucks?
• How Much Does A Starbucks Franchise Owner Make A Year?

Steps To Open A Starbucks Location

• Franchise Empire's Thoughts

Join Our Franchise Buyers Beta Coursefor Aspiring Franchise Owners

Starbucks avoids the traditional franchise model by retaining direct ownership of each store and licensing store opportunities to entrepreneurs. 

Starbucks opts for licensing its stores instead of franchising, a strategy shaped by CEO Howard Schulz's belief in maintaining a high-quality Starbucks experience. 

Schulz argues that the detailed aspects of offering Starbucks' services, from explaining the products to managing the look and feel of the stores, should be tightly controlled by the company itself. 

In addition, it’s important to note that Starbucks is selective in its licensing, favoring applicants with successful, well-located businesses that complement its brand. 

The company targets adding licensed Starbucks outlets to various sectors, including business centers, universities, fine dining establishments, government or military facilities, healthcare institutions, hotels, and travel or recreation areas, leveraging existing foot traffic and market presence.

How Many Starbucks Are There? 

As of 2024, Starbucks has significantly marked its presence nationwide across the United States, with an extensive network of 16,386 locations. 

With thousands of coffee shops spread throughout the country, Starbucks has become ubiquitous in the American landscape, offering its signature coffee beverages and café experience to millions of customers daily. 

This expansive reach highlights Starbucks' dominant position in the coffee industry and reflects its successful growth strategy and widespread appeal among coffee lovers. 

Starbucks continues expanding its footprint, further solidifying its status as a leading coffeehouse chain in the U.S. and worldwide.

How Much Does It Cost To Open A Starbucks? 

Opening a licensed Starbucks location involves a significant financial commitment, with initial costs averaging around $315,000. Prospective licensees are also expected to demonstrate $700,000 in liquid assets. 

These figures, however, are just the tip of the iceberg, as the total investment can fluctuate based on various factors such as the store's location, its size, and additional expenses that come into play.

The startup costs include

Construction and build-out expenses

Purchasing the necessary equipment and signage

Stocking up on initial inventory

Covering training expenses for staff. 

It's important to note that these estimates do not account for real estate costs, which can widely vary by location and significantly impact the overall investment.

Opting for a license with Starbucks allows you to operate a store at a specific location, differing from a franchise model where franchisees might have more control over business operations and product offerings. 

Licensed Starbucks operators must adhere strictly to the brand's guidelines, ensuring consistency and quality across all Starbucks locations.

How Much Does A Starbucks Operator Make A Year?

Starbucks operators enjoy a wide earnings spectrum, with annual profits ranging from $50,000 to $200,000 per location, influenced by store management and performance. 

On average, a Starbucks outlet can generate around $1.2 million in revenue, indicating that strict management and a solid business strategy can lead to substantial financial gains for an entrepreneur looking to operate a Starbucks location. 

Securing a Starbucks license for integration into venues like retail stores or bookshops instantly attracts a loyal customer base. The brand's strong loyalty ensures a consistent and dependable revenue stream, making Starbucks' operation potentially very profitable.

The number of licenses an operator manages significantly impacts their income. A single Starbucks license can yield over $120,000 in annual earnings, while operators with up to 20 licenses may see earnings soar beyond $2 million. 

This scale of income reflects the profitability and scalability of the Starbucks model.

Interested parties must navigate a detailed licensing process to open a Starbucks location. Initially, candidates should visit the Starbucks website to register as potential licensees. 

This registration is followed by completing a comprehensive application, where you must specify the desired location for the new Starbucks outlet. 

Additionally, you must provide financial details, including information about their current cash position, assets, and liabilities. 

Applicants are also encouraged to include any extra information highlighting their proposed location's suitability for a Starbucks store. Once the application is submitted, the next step is to await a response from Starbucks regarding the approval of the licensing request.

Franchise Empire’s Thoughts

Starbucks has become a money making machine. They’ve executed brilliantly, and despite being on almost every corner, they make billions from selling their coffee in stores.

Owning an actual Starbucks just isn’t happening for you and I, and I’m not sure how they get away with operating under a licensing model as opposed to franchising.

They’ve become so iconic now and still have such a cult-like following, that I’m not sure even their up and coming competitors would ever be able to even remotely catch up to them.

Here are 5 Low Cost Franchises that make $1,000,000 (Backed by Data)

Most People Waste Countless Hours Of Time Stuck In Confusion, Scoping The Internet, Trying To Find Winning Franchises.

This Will Save You So Much Time.

We’ve Done The Heavy Lifting For You And Narrowed It Down To 5 Low-Cost Franchises That Make $1,000,000 So You Can Save Yourself So Much time.

Subscribe to the Franchise Empire Newsletter for the latest Franchise news & updates

Disclaimer : This article is for informational and educational purposes only, and should not be considered as professional advice. We don't guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the information. It's not a recommendation or offer to buy or sell any financial products and doesn’t apply to specific personal circumstances. You should evaluate the risks and merits yourself before making any financial decisions based on this content.

Tariq Johnson

Founder and CEO of Franchise Empire

Our focus is empowering you with actionable insights and proven strategies, ensuring your franchise journey is successful and fulfilling.

I'm a franchise buyer, i'm a franchisee, franchise funding, apply to work with us, franchise resales, check franchise territories, empire builder newsletter, schedule a free 15 minute call, ©franchise empire, 2023 | all rights reserved.

Privacy Policy - Terms & Conditions

DISCLAIMER: THE CONTENT ON THIS WEBSITE IS SOLELY FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED AS A BID TO SELL OR AN INVITATION TO PURCHASE A FRANCHISE. ONLY A FRANCHISE DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT (FDD), DULY REGISTERED IN THE RELEVANT STATE, CAN OFFICIALLY PROPOSE A FRANCHISE. THIS SITE AND ITS CONTENTS DO NOT AMOUNT TO AN OFFER OF A FRANCHISE IN ANY JURISDICTION OR STATE WHERE SUCH PROPOSALS OR SOLICITATIONS ARE LEGALLY RESTRICTED. FRANCHISE OFFERS ARE ONLY VALID WHEN PRESENTED WITH A FDD THAT ADHERES TO THE NECESSARY LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.

ADDITIONALLY, THE FRANCHISE OPPORTUNITIES MENTIONED HERE ARE LIMITED TO SPECIFIC STATES AND COUNTRIES. IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT POTENTIAL FRANCHISEES THOROUGHLY EXAMINE THE FDD AND SEEK ADVICE FROM LEGAL AND FINANCIAL PROFESSIONALS BEFORE DECIDING ON A FRANCHISE INVESTMENT. THE DECISION TO INVEST IN A FRANCHISE MUST BE BASED ON A COMPREHENSIVE EVALUATION OF ALL PERTINENT INFORMATION AND CONSIDERATIONS.

Starbucks Franchise Cost (2024) Can You Handle The Truth?

Let’s talk about Starbucks franchise cost . And whether or not you can buy one.

Opening A Starbucks Franchise: Can You?

Here’s the truth about opening a Starbucks franchise .

Official Starbucks Franchising Information From Starbucks corporate :

“Thank you for your interest in the Starbucks Coffee Company franchising programme.

We have a number of excellent Franchise Partners on board and are therefore not currently recruiting any further franchisees . We will update this page should the situation change , so we recommend you check the website on a quarterly basis.

Thank you from the Starbucks Team.”

But if you could open a few Starbucks franchises, can you imagine how much money you’d make?

Heck, you have to figure that the revenue numbers from a Starbucks store must be off the charts, right?

And speaking of big numbers, can you imagine the revenue this Starbucks coffee shop in Chicago ( shown in the video below ) must bring in on a daily basis?

Starbucks: A Latte History And A Timeline

1971 : A wild idea brews ( pun intended )! The first Starbucks opens in Seattle’s Pike Place Market. Originally, they sold high-quality coffee beans and equipment. Not a single latte in sight!

1980s : Howard Schultz enters the scene. After a trip to Italy, he’s like, “ Hey, why don’t we turn this bean shop into a place where people can actually DRINK coffee? You know, like Italians do !” He buys Starbucks in 1987, and the true coffee revolution begins.

1990s : Starbucks goes on a wild expansion spree! By the end of the ’90s, they have more than 2,500 locations. That’s more stores than there are cat videos on the internet…well, almost.

New ! If you’d like to know some little-known facts about Starbucks Coffee and it’s people, the well-produced video below is definitely worth a watch!

2000s : Starbucks enters the international market. Soon enough, the green mermaid is seen from Paris to Beijing. They introduce cool stuff like the Frappuccino. It’s basically dessert pretending to be coffee, but nobody’s complaining!

2010s : Sustainability becomes the buzzword! Starbucks pledges to design, build, and operate 10,000 “ greener ” stores globally by 2025. Oh, and mobile ordering becomes a thing. Because who wants to wait in line when there’s an app for that?

2020s : The pandemic hits, but Starbucks adapts like a champ. Drive-thrus, mobile pick-ups, and uber-fancy AI drive-thru lanes keep the caffeine flowing.

Here are a couple more facts about Starbucks.

Starbucks coffee opened its first store in March of 1971 at Seattle’s Pike Place Market. As of today, there are over 33,000 stores in 80 countries.

Update: Starbucks Growth Plan Update, 2024

According to CNBC , Starbucks say it plans to expand it’s footprint to 35,000 locations outside of North America by 2030.

Currently, Starbucks has around 20,200 international cafes. The coffee company has a goal of having 55,000 locations open globally, by 2030. That’s up from its current count of more than 38,000. Wow!

Starbucks Franchising Does Kind Of Exist Across The Pond

Fun fact : Starbucks opened its first Starbucks franchise in the world in February of 2013. Where?

In Liphook, a large village in the East Hampshire district of Hampshire, England.

That said, as of this writing, there are 45+ franchisee-owned Starbucks coffee shops in the U.K. And, they’re owned by only 9 franchisees .

So much for that idea. You have to admit it franchising a Starbucks was a nice visual.

What About Opening A Starbucks Licensed Store?

If you own what Starbucks corporate deems to be a desired location, you may be able to open a Starbucks licensed store. Of course Starbucks would earn License fees and royalties based on your store’s revenue. Licensing Information

A recent Press Release stated the following:

“ While Starbucks does not offer options for franchising, the company does offer the ability to open a licensed store. For those who already own a particular location or business, Starbucks can help them open up a new Starbucks in that location .”

Starbuck’s Franchises: Licensing Costs

A licensed Starbucks has an initial licensing fee/startup fee of around $315,000. That includes some of the equipment you’ll need to operate your coffee shop. But your total investment to open a new store will approach $1,000,000.

In addition, to qualify, you’ll need to have liquid capital available. How much? About $700,000.

And speaking of licensed stores, around 40% of the coffee shops in the U.S. are licensed store locations.

How To Open a Starbucks Franchise In Europe If They Ever Become Available Again

Here are some of the things you’ll need to do if the Starbucks franchise development team approves your formal franchise application to own a Starbucks in Europe:

• Sell your house
• Sell your vehicle
• Pack up all of your belongings
• Quit your job
• Leave your extended family behind
• Purchase a new house
• Purchase a new car
• Become an official European citizen

There are probably a few other things you’ll have to do, but let’s leave that list just like it is for now.

Of course, you’d only have to tackle that list of things to do if you were actually awarded a few Starbucks franchises.

How Much Is A Starbucks Franchise? Who Cares?

A better question is “ How much was a Starbucks franchise in Europe ?”

Starbucks Franchising Investment – You’ll need to demonstrate £500k of liquid assets.

Experience in food is needed. Plus, you’ll need to have food and beverage experience and currently own or run a multi-site business.

Role – Hands-on at first

Next…

If you’re approved to own a Starbucks in Europe, you’ll ( with the help of their development team ) secure an optimum location.

Once your location is approved, you’ll start the Starbucks immersion program which will allow you to learn the ins and outs of running your own Starbucks operation.

One more little thing:

They want you to open 20 stores within the next 5 years .

That’s right; they only want multi-unit franchisees .

Finally, if you live in the states, and you want to be in business now, Dunkin’ Donuts is always looking for capable business folks to open franchises.

Dunkin’ Donuts?

Their coffee is pretty good.

Check Out These Starbucks (Not A Franchise) Quotes

Here are a few interesting quotes about Starbucks.

“ Before it became a ubiquitous part of urban life, Starbucks was, in most American cities, a radically new idea .” – Virginia Postrel

“ Before Starbucks, there wasn’t as much of a coffeehouse routine; we generally drank really cruddy diner coffee.” – Andrew Yang

“ I think Starbucks created a platform and, ultimately, a runway for many other companies to emulate. I suspect if we had not achieved what we have, there would have been many regional brands that would have succeeded. But I’m not sure there would have been a national brand of the scope of Starbucks .” – Howard Schultz

“ I’ve always thought legal addictions are a great way to create a business. Starbucks is a wonderful example .” – Nolan Bushnell

“ I don’t actually like coffee. But I’m addicted to Starbucks. “ – Mike D’Antoni

Starbucks Coffee Shop News Updates

Here’s a link for the latest Starbucks news .

Finally, since I don’t believe in aspiring franchise owners wasting their time, please read this next sentence.

Don’t waste another minute fantasizing about a starting a “ Starbucks Franchise .” Because you aren’t going to be able to buy one.

Instead, look for franchise opportunities that are actually available to everyday people.

Or these business opportunities

( Main image courtesy of Jack Kennard )

You may also like

My Interview With The Founders Of Shelly’s Tea Room

Are Restaurant Robotics The Answer To $20 Per Hour Humans?

Franchise Buyer Resources

Franchise Financing

Franchise Business Plans

Register a Business

All Franchise Owners Need A Great Business Plan!

My Research Guide

Helpful Links

Franchise Compatibility Quiz Net Worth Calculator Franchise Business Plans 78+ Testimonials The Franchise King® In The News Franchise Marketing Services This Website Hosted By WPX FAQ’s Privacy Policy Terms Of Service Sitemap

My Hardcover Book

Disclosure: This website uses affiliate programs for monetization, which means when you click on links on this site-including links and/or contact forms contained in Sponsored Posts that go to various websites and make a purchase, it may result in a commission that is credited here. In addition, as an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. ©2024 FRANCHISE SELECTION SPECIALISTS INC. /THE FRANCHISE KING® ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CLEVELAND, OHIO. PHONE: 216-831-2610

• Research Franchises
• Buy A Franchise
• Consultations
• Franchise Leads

• Privacy Overview
• Strictly Necessary Cookies

This website uses cookies so that we can provide you with the best user experience possible. Cookie information is stored in your browser and performs functions such as recognising you when you return to our website and helping our team to understand which sections of the website you find most interesting and useful.

Strictly Necessary Cookie should be enabled at all times so that we can save your preferences for cookie settings.

If you disable this cookie, we will not be able to save your preferences. This means that every time you visit this website you will need to enable or disable cookies again.

• Today's news
• Reviews and deals
• Climate change
• 2024 election
• Fall allergies
• Health news
• Mental health
• Sexual health
• Family health
• So mini ways
• Unapologetically
• Buying guides

Entertainment

• How to Watch
• My Portfolio
• Latest News
• Stock Market
• Biden Economy
• Stocks: Most Actives
• Stocks: Gainers
• Stocks: Losers
• Trending Tickers
• World Indices
• US Treasury Bonds
• Top Mutual Funds
• Highest Open Interest
• Highest Implied Volatility
• Stock Comparison
• Advanced Charts
• Currency Converter
• Basic Materials
• Communication Services
• Consumer Cyclical
• Consumer Defensive
• Financial Services
• Industrials
• Real Estate
• Mutual Funds
• Credit Cards
• Balance Transfer Cards
• Cash-back Cards
• Rewards Cards
• Travel Cards
• Credit Card Offers
• Best Free Checking
• Student Loans
• Personal Loans
• Car Insurance
• Mortgage Refinancing
• Mortgage Calculator
• Morning Brief
• Market Domination
• Market Domination Overtime
• Asking for a Trend
• Opening Bid
• Stocks in Translation
• Lead This Way
• Good Buy or Goodbye?
• Fantasy football
• Pro Pick 'Em
• College Pick 'Em
• Fantasy baseball
• Fantasy hockey
• Fantasy basketball
• Download the app
• Daily fantasy
• Scores and schedules
• GameChannel
• World Baseball Classic
• Premier League
• CONCACAF League
• Champions League
• Motorsports
• Horse racing
• Newsletters

New on Yahoo

• Privacy Dashboard

Yahoo Finance

How much it costs to own a starbucks franchise.

Starbucks doesn’t technically offer franchises , as all of the brand’s worldwide stores are company-owned. But if you’re interested in a Starbucks franchise, you’re not completely out of luck.

More: Why Stealth Wealth Is the Best Way To Handle Your Money Related: How To Build Your Savings From Scratch

The company does license some of its stores, which from an operational standpoint is quite similar to being a franchise owner. Better yet, the Starbucks licensing opportunity is actually fairly large. Out of the more than 35,000 Starbucks outlets throughout the world, 17,458, or about 49%, were licensed as of 2023. If you choose to go this route, here are some of the costs — and hurdles — you should anticipate.

Initial Start-Up Funding

The average cost to license a Starbucks store is $315,000. You’ll also need $700,000 in liquid assets to be considered.

Take Our Poll: What Are You Worth to Your Company?

What Is the Concept Behind Licensing Instead of Franchising?

The idea that Starbucks would license rather than franchise its stores comes from its CEO Howard Schulz. The progressive and popular founder has long believed that the complexities of providing a quality Starbucks experience for customers, from the explanation of its products to the actual presentation and operation of its stores, was best controlled by the company itself. Thus, franchises are not part of the company’s business model.

But the philosophy doesn’t end there. The company also leverages its licensing model by maintaining certain requirements meant to increase sales for the business. More specifically, it doesn’t simply offer licenses to anyone who applies. Rather, the company only accepts licensees who currently have thriving businesses in good locations that Starbucks can capitalize on. For example, the company actively seeks to add licensed Starbucks locations to these types of existing industries:

Fine dining

Government or military facility

Hotel and lodging

Travel and recreation

Reading through the list, it’s obvious how the Starbucks model makes sense. Adding a Starbucks to a high-traffic business or university destination, or a hotel in a popular tourist destination is almost a sure-fire way for the company to generate additional revenue. Plus, the company has the added benefit of working with a licensee who already has a proven track record in operating a business.

Is a Licensing Package Similar to Franchising?

For the start-up fee, along with ongoing expenses, Starbucks helps licensees operate a successful business. After all, that is why the company doesn’t offer franchises in the first place — it wants control over how the business appears, giving a consistent experience to customers everywhere. So, if you successfully get a Starbucks license, you can expect the company to help you with some or all of the following:

Store design

The Starbucks menu

Training and support

Onsite visits

In other words, you’ll receive a lot of the same type of support as a franchise owner with another company would.

What Is the Process for Licensing a Starbucks?

The details of obtaining a Starbucks license are extensive, but the basic outline of how to apply is simple. Here are the steps:

Visit the Starbucks website and register yourself as a potential licensee.

Complete a formal application.

Indicate your preferred business location.

Supply the company with your current cash position, along with your assets and liabilities.

Add any supplemental information about why your location is particularly appropriate for a licensed Starbucks store.

Submit your application and wait to hear back.

Obviously, these are simply the first steps in the process. If the company shows interest, you can expect a site visit and a detailed examination of your financials and your business process, along with associated paperwork.

A Crack in the System

While Starbucks doesn’t offer any franchises in the U.S., or indeed any part of North America, it does have a limited number of franchise outlets overseas, particularly in the U.K. If you reside overseas and are a successful business owner, there is a chance you may qualify for a Starbucks franchise that way. However, qualification standards are high. In addition to being an owner or high-level manager, generally in the food and beverage industry, you must have liquid assets of at least £500,000 (around $624,200), a stable financial situation and be willing to open numerous locations in a short period of time. In other words, unless you are a wealthy and successful business owner who lives overseas, has extensive experience in the industry and the capital required to open multiple locations, you’re likely out of luck.

More From GOBankingRates

5 Expensive Renovations Homeowners Always Regret

Financial Insight in Your Inbox: Sign Up for GBR's Daily Newsletter

3 Ways to Recession Proof Your Retirement

7 Things You Must Do To Create a Plan for Your Money

  Laura Beck contributed to the reporting for this article.

This article originally appeared on GOBankingRates.com : How Much It Costs To Own a Starbucks Franchise

How Much Does it Cost to Start a Starbucks Franchise?

Whether the sweet-sounding Venti Pumpkin Spice Latte speaks to you, or whether you’re looking for that new refreshing summer tea, it doesn’t matter—Starbucks has a corner on the coffee shop market, and they’re constantly making profits. But how can you open your own Starbucks store to get a piece of that action, along with serving your favorite caffeinated drinks?

But how does this process work? What is the difference between owning a licensed store and owning a franchise? How can you apply to have a licensed store in your business? Read on to find out more.

Table of Contents

About Starbucks

Starbucks’ total net revenue was more than $20 billion in 2020, as reported in their annual report . The company also remains at the top of the list on market shares. In October 2019 , they held 40 percent of the coffee shop market share.

Licensed Store vs. Franchise

Their stores are company-owned, meaning their revenue stays within the company and not outside investors, or they are licensed stores, where they allowed outside operators to use the brand trademark, sell the products, and are not obligated to follow the company’s set business plan or their rules. Because of that tradeoff, licensed stores pay a royalty fee to the company.

What’s the difference? Franchisees own their business , while licensees do not. You are essentially renting the store from Starbucks. A franchise uses the entire brand and its operational plan, while a licensed store has its own business plan while using the brand trademark and products. You get significantly less support from the parent company as a licensed store when you enter into a licensing agreement, in most cases—but not with Starbucks. They maintain complete control over the design, menu, equipment, training, promotions, and food, and have very little control when it comes to operations. For all intents and purposes, Starbucks is simply opening their own business within yours and you get a cut of the profits for including it in your already existing business.

In an article by Entrepreneur in 2003 , Starbucks CEO Howard Schultz explained that people know and understand the Starbucks brand, so building their own brand with their officially owned stores is important to reflect back onto the company. They can maintain control over their image and products without using franchised businesses. The quality of their product could wane if they allow for franchises, he explained.

Licensed Store: What does this mean?

While your standard licensing agreement (when compared to a franchise) doesn’t require you to use the same business model, Starbucks has its own setup—they help their owners with every step of the process, including the menu, setting up training, and providing support, both online and on-site. This means all stores technically belong to the Starbucks Corporation.

How much does it cost to start a licensed Starbucks store?

According to Starbucks itself, the coffee company ended its 2020 with a net revenue of $6.2 billion. Considering there are currently 32,646 stores worldwide, each store could rake in an average of about $190,000 per year total profits.

How does this compare to other franchises?

Although Starbucks doesn’t franchise, other coffee shops do. Dunkin’ Donuts requires franchisees to pay a fee of $40,000, with their liquid capital requirement at $125,000 and the total investment ranging from $217,300 to over $1.5 million. The website states that the minimum net worth of your Dunkin’ franchise is $250,000.

What’s the difference? Profit margins. Even being one of the most popular coffee shop chains after Starbucks, Dunkin’ Donuts only saw a revenue of $287.4 million last year, while Tim Hortons made $486 million last year. Caribou Coffee saw a revenue of $306 million in 2019.

What are the benefits of becoming a licensed store?

According to the Starbucks licensing website , getting a licensed store can not only give your area a community gathering place, but allows you to take advantage of their product and operations set up. Included when you open a licensed store are store design, the Starbucks menu, equipment, training, and support, along with their proprietary equipment and fixtures. They also give you their seasonal promotions, their food and bakery program, and their whole bean packaged coffee and other merchandise. The licensed store can also benefit from ongoing support through consulting and on-site visits.

These aren’t the only benefits. Because you don’t independently own the store, you can lean on what has already been proven to be a successful business model. Starbucks has demonstrated time and again that they know their coffee, and you can lean on that experience when you open one of their licensed stores in your business.

How do I apply to open a licensed store?

When it comes down to it, it all depends on how you want your coffee shop business to run. Other franchises are cheaper in the long run and you have more ownership and input into the business model, but you get significantly less royalties and profits. Starbucks essentially rents the space from you in your existing business, but you get to reap the benefits of their business model and high profits.

Frequently Asked Questions

Even though they aren’t technically franchises, a Starbucks licensee can make around $120,000 per year for including a Starbucks coffee shop in their already existing location.

To learn more on how to start your own coffee shop checkout my startup documents here

I (like you may be) knew the coffee industry well. I could make the best latte art around and the foam on my caps was the fluffiest you have ever seen. I even had the best state-of-the-art 2 group digital Nuova Simonelli machine money could buy. But I knew that these things alone would not be enough to lure customers away from the name brand established coffee shops.

Share This Story, Choose Your Platform!

Related posts, tips for designing an effective coffee shop website, tips for choosing the right location for your coffee shop, top coffee shop pos systems, most effective ways to increase foot traffic to your coffee shop, best ways to market your coffee shop online.

• MARKETPLACE
• DOWNLOAD BUSINESS KIT

How Much Does it Cost to Buy a Starbucks Franchise in 2022?

For many small business people, buying a franchise can be a very lucrative path to small business ownership, with some key benefits not found when starting a business from scratch. When you buy a franchise, you are buying into an established brand with a track record for success; you get to manage the day-to-day tasks of running the business, while the heavy lifting of setting up operational procedures, researching and launching new menu offerings, managing huge advertising expenses and budgets, and even the real estate and construction management are all handled by the encouraging “big brother” in your new business.

If you’ve spent any time recently in a mall, at an airport, on a college campus, or practically anywhere else on planet Earth, you’ve probably sipped a $6 Triple Venti Half-Sweet Soy Caramel Macchiato from Starbucks and wondered about how you can get involved in this high-margin business. Starbucks’ business and brand continues to be incredibly strong and a proven earner, as the company plans expansion by more than 12,000 stores worldwide by 2022.

So the question is: Who’ve you gotta foam around here to get your hands on a Starbucks franchise? Take our 8-Minute Franchise Quiz to find the best Coffee Business For You. 

Inside a Starbucks coffee shop.

Unfortunately, if you live in the United States or Canada, the answer is pretty simple: You probably can’t. Like Chick-fil-A, In-N-Out, Panda Express, and Chipotle, the Seattle-based coffee chain does not operate its stores on a franchise model. In a 2003 interview in Entrepreneur with Starbucks then-CEO Howard Schultz, the coffee giant explained why:

“We believed very early on that people’s interaction with the Starbucks experience was going to determine the success of the brand. The culture and values of how we related to our customers, which is reflected in how the company relates to our [employees], would determine our success. And we thought the best way to have those kinds of universal values was to build around company-owned stores and then to provide stock options to every employee, to give them a financial and psychological stake in the company.”

Schultz continued, “I always viewed franchising as a way to get access to capital, because you’re using other people’s money to grow, essentially. And we were dealing with a premium product — something that can be hard to learn, that you have to explain to the customer, that requires an educated staff. It would have been hard to provide the level of sensitivity to customers and knowledge of the product needed to create those Starbucks values if we franchised. You can be just as entrepreneurial and experimental in a company-owned model.”

If you’ve still got your sights set on running your own Starbucks, or if that green mermaid makes your heart flutter every time you look at her, you’ve got a few options:

Open a Licensed Starbucks Location

Outside a Starbucks coffee shop.

Instead of a more traditional franchise agreement, many Starbucks stores are operated under a license from the parent company. This means that if you already own a business, such as a supermarket, shopping center, or even a hospital, and you have a demographic that would be a good fit for Starbucks,  you may be able to convince the company to open a store in your location.

Attention Founders: Join our Community of 40,000+ Subscribers to Get a New Food Business Case Study Delivered Each Week w/ Revenue Numbers

This is a much more common structure for a Starbucks store than you may think. According to Statista, there were 13,930 Starbucks locations in the United States as of October 2017, and 5,708 of those locations were licensed stores, which is about 41 percent. A Starbucks licensing agreement helps store owners with many of the same aspects of running the business as in a traditional franchise agreement, including store design, the Starbucks menu, equipment, training and support, food, promotions and onsite visits.

Starbucks doesn’t make its criteria for selecting candidates for a licensed store publicly available, but if you already own a business that could reasonably suit a Starbucks location, you can visit the Starbucks Branded Solutions website to get started and send an inquiry.

Move to China

For its overseas, international operations, Starbucks DOES operate its stores using a franchise model, so if you’ve always dreamed of selling coffee in warm, tropical locales where you don’t understand the language, this may be an option that makes sense for you.

The company has been expanding outside of North America since 1996, when it opened stores in Japan and Singapore. Today, it operates in at least 62 countries, with approximately 12,000 stores located outside of the United States. The company sees the most potential in its second-largest market, China, where revenue is charting most positively and a new Starbucks opens approximately every 15 hours. Starbucks is also eyeing an expanded presence in India, where it owns just 75 high-performing stores and which is expected to be fertile ground for the company’s specialty tea brand, “Teavana.”

As a publicly traded company, it is essential for Starbucks to continue to grow. There will continue to be growth opportunities inside the United States, but it’s a mature market and there’s no way this opportunity will excite shareholders. Anyone who has visited Southern California and seen the number of Starbucks locations in coffee shops, airports, and grocery stores has seen first hand the market penetration of the company in select markets.

A Shift in Strategy 

The year 2020 changed a lot of things in a lot of businesses, including Starbucks. One change in strategy for the company was to shutter some low performing stores in the United States. According to USAToday , about 400 company owned locations are planned to be closed due to changes in consumer behavior. This means closing locations in low traffic areas like shopping malls.

Instead of traditional coffee shops, the company is instead moving toward opening toward drive-thru or mobile pickup locations. These more nimble locations where customers can order ahead through an app also speed up the profitability and speed of service. Cutting out the large dining rooms reduces monthly lease payments and the technology of mobile ordering improves speed and throughput. If you tune into the quarterly calls, this appears to be the company strategy for the next 5 years.

Changing Employee Agreements

There are changes among employees that have been happening at Starbucks leading up to 2022. In some places, Starbucks employees in the United States are beginning to unionize. In general, the goal of a union is to increase wages, improve working conditions, and benefits for employees.

Two Starbucks locations in Buffalo have already unionized. Locations across the country are in the process of voting whether or not to organize in this structure.

Of course there are downsides to unions too for employees. The average monthly union dues take $400 per month out of an employees paycheck . Often, these monthly dues make it undesirable for employees to band together in this way. In other words, any net benefit you get by joining a union is wiped out by the fees.

Thinking about a Franchise? Take Our 8-Minute Quiz to Find The Best Option For You. 

Historically speaking, corporations try to discourage unions from forming. If a union is successful in negotiating a pay raise for all employees then it increases the expenses of the company. In most cases, companies like this don’t want to deal with these labor groups.

The labor movement is something to keep tabs on inside Starbucks. How this plays out will actually have implications on the entire food service industry and determine if employees from other chains will take a similar approach.

While unlikely, a well-organized union could technically lobby for franchise opportunities. Franchise opportunities would be one way for current employees to move into ownership positions with the company, allowing them to reap the rewards of their hard work. Time will tell how this story plays out.

Open a Dunkin’ Donuts, Instead

With over 11,300 Dunkin’ Donuts locations spread across 41 states, Dunkin’ may be a much better option for anyone interested in opening a franchised coffee location, since it actually IS a franchise. Unlike Starbucks, Dunkin’ Donuts operates strictly under the franchise model; every single one of its stores is independently owned and operated, with no privately-held locations in the United States.

The company ranked #3 on Entrepreneur ‘s annual Franchise 500 , thanks to its consistent growth, profitability and history of cooperation and leadership between Dunkin’ Donuts and its franchisees.

Getting a Dunkin’ Donuts with your name on a little plaque next to the front door doesn’t come cheap, however. If you live in the Northeast, you’re probably out of luck: Locations in Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York, and New Jersey, are all reserved for existing franchisees (though you may be able to get lucky and buy an existing store ).

If you’re interested in opening a Dunkin’ Donuts in another part of the country or internationally, be prepared to break into your piggy bank. You’ll need to pay an initial fee of somewhere between $40,000 and $90,000, and have a net worth of at least $250,000, with at least $125,000 of that liquid and ready to pour into the business.

After all is said and done, you should expect to pay somewhere between $228,620 and $1,691,200, just to get the doors open. But like many franchises, Dunkin’ Donuts can help you every step along the way, including with research into prospective locations . If you’re thinking about starting an independent coffee shop, check out our audio lesson on the steps required to open.

Want to start your own food business?

Hey! 👋I’m Brett Lindenberg, the founder of Food Truck Empire.

We interview successful founders and share the stories behind their food trucks, restaurants, food and beverage brands. By sharing these stories, I want to help others get started.

If you liked this story, sign up for our newsletter that includes our food business startup kit and most popular interviews sent straight to your inbox.

Know someone interesting that should be interviewed on the website? Tell us about them here. 

About the Author: Malcolm Bedell

Related Posts

525+ Meeting Room Name Ideas to Inspire Creativity & Boost ROI

950+ Actually Good Gaming Clan Name Ideas (2024 Update)

525+ (Actually Good) Moving Company Name Ideas for 2024

I Tried Sierra Mist’s Replacement Starry. My Reaction.

• Innovative Prompts
• Strategies Packs
• Skills Packs
• SOPs Toolkits
• Business Ideas
• Super Guides
• Innovation Report
• Canvas Examples
• Presentations
• Spreadsheets
• Discounted Bundles
• Search for:

No products in the cart.

Return to shop

Starbucks Business Model

Called by many “the McDonald’s of coffee”, Starbucks is probably the most famous coffee chain in the world, with more than 21,500 stores in 64 countries. And, as Starbucks itself states , the company is not “passionate” only about coffee, but everything that goes with it:

We also offer a selection of premium teas, fine pastries, and other delectable treats to please the taste buds. And the music you hear in store is chosen for its artistry and appeal. It’s not unusual to see people coming to Starbucks to chat, meet up, or even work. We’re a neighborhood gathering place, a part of the daily routine — and we couldn’t be happier about it.

Let’s get to know a little more about the Starbucks business model .

A brief history of Starbucks

The Starbucks story begins with three students at the University of San Francisco, back in the early 1970s: the English teacher Jerry Baldwin, the history teacher Zev Siegl, and the writer Gordon Bowker. The three of them had met Alfred Peet, a coffee roasting entrepreneur, who taught them his style of roasting beans.

After that, they decided to sell high-quality coffee beans and equipment. Before the foundation, Bowker owned an advertising agency with Terry Heckler, who said that words beginning with “st” were powerful. So, the founders looked up a list of words beginning with “st,” and discovered a mining town called “Starbo”. From there, they recalled the name of the chief mate in Moby-Dick’s book: “Starbuck”. And that was how the first Starbucks was born, on March 31, 1971, in Seattle, Washington.

Following the initial idea, this first shop would only sell roasted whole coffee beans until 1976. Five years later, Howard Schultz (Chairman and CEO of Starbucks from 1986 to 2000, and then again from 2008 to 2017) walked into a Starbucks store. He would join the company as director of retail operations and marketing the following year, when Starbucks began providing coffee to fine restaurants and espresso bars. In 1983, Schultz travels to Italy, and gets impressed with the espresso bars in Milan, and sees the potential to develop a similar coffeehouse culture back in Seattle.

So, in 1985, Schultz founds Il Giornale, a coffeehouse that offered brewed coffee and espresso beverages made from Starbucks® coffee beans. Two years later, the original founders sold Starbucks to Schultz. He rebranded his Il Giornale cafés as Starbucks and began expanding the company. By the year 1989, there were 55 Starbucks stores in the United States. Starbucks completed its initial public offering (IPO) on the stock market in mid-1992, with revenue of $73.5 mi and a market value of $271 mi.

Four years after that, its first store outside North America was opened in Tokyo. And, finally, nowadays, Starbucks is one of the 500 largest United States corporations by revenue, according to Fortune, with a market value of over $100 bi and 32,660 stores all over the world.

Who Owns Starbucks

In 2022, Howard Schultz, one of Starbucks’ key executives , is back as the company’s CEO, after already holding the position from 1986 to 2000, and then again from 2008 to 2017, as previously mentioned.

Starbucks’ Mission & Values

Starbucks’ Mission Statement

To inspire and nurture the human spirit — one person, one cup, and one neighborhood at a time.

Starbucks’ Values

• Creating a culture of warmth and belonging, where everyone is welcome;
• Acting with courage, challenging the status quo, and finding new ways to grow our company and each other;
• Being present, connecting with transparency, dignity, and respect;
• Delivering our very best in all we do, holding ourselves accountable for results.

How Starbucks makes money

Simply speaking, Starbucks makes money by selling coffee, tea, food, and other ready-to-drink beverages in its company-operated or licensed stores. Other revenues also come from royalty and licensing incoming, consumer-packed goods, food service, etc., since Starbucks products can be found in grocery stores, convenience chains, and other beverage selling places. Although almost half of the stores are franchised, Starbucks still makes most of its money from its company-operated stores: the segment makes 81.5% of total revenue ($22.4 bi) , which is nearly ten times its licensed stores’ revenue. However, it is fair to highlight that licensed stores have shown the highest revenue growth.

Starbucks’ revenue streams by operating segments

• Americas (U.S., Canada, and Latin America): This segment includes both company-operated and licensed stores. It’s the biggest and most mature business segment;
• CAP & EMEA : CAP stands for China & Asia Pacific, while EMEA stands for Europe, Middle East, and Africa. Both the segments include company-operated and licensed stores, but these operations are in several levels of development;
• Channel Development: This segment includes roasted whole beans and ground coffee, Starbucks and Teavana single-serve products, ready-to-drink beverages, and other products sold outside the company-operated and licensed stores.

Starbucks’ revenue by product types

• Beverages : The majority of Starbucks revenue comes from the sale of beverages (around 60%), especially coffee ones;
• Food : Food is the second-highest revenue source, standing for 18% of the total generated;
• Packaged and single-serve coffees & teas : Revenues generated from these products are the lowest, representing 8% of the total;
• Others : 14% of the total revenue comes from royalty & licensing, selling beverage-related ingredients, server ware, and ready-to-drink beverages.

Starbucks’ Business Model Canvas

The Starbucks  Business Model  can be explained in the following  business model canvas :

Download FREE!

To download Starbucks Business Model Canvas today just enter your email address!

Starbucks’ Customer Segments

There is no customer segmentation in Starbucks’ business model. Anyone who wants high-quality coffee is part of Starbucks’ customer segment. In other words, the mass market.

Starbucks’ Value Propositions

• Innovation : Starbucks constantly designs innovative products for its customers;
• Quality : It uses only high-quality beans and trained roasters to work on them;
• Convenience : Customers can order products through Starbucks’ app, avoiding lines at the stores;
• Variety : It offers 30 blends of coffee and a wide range of sandwiches, pastries, tea, smoothies, salads, etc.;
• Brand : Starbucks has a powerful and awarded brand, seen as a synonym of quality.

Starbucks’ Channels

Coffee shops, grocery stores, retailers, Starbucks cards, customer service, Starbucks apps, and social media.

Starbucks’ Customer Relationships

Employees make and serve products to the customers, and also assist them anyhow. This ensures a loyal customer base for the brand.

Starbucks’ Revenue Streams

Beverage (especially coffee) and food selling in both company-operated or licensed stores, royalties, and licenses, packed goods, etc.

Starbucks’ Key Resources

Human resources, high-quality coffee farmer centers, product developers, and stores.

Starbucks’ Key Activities

Product development, customer service, marketing, production, R&D, cleaning, and others.

Starbucks’ Key Partners

Suppliers worldwide, coffee producers, outside trading companies, exporters, retailers, and distributors.

Starbucks’ Cost Structure

Administration and operation costs, marketing, distribution, facilities

Starbucks’ Competitors

• Dunkin’ Donuts : Donuts and coffee house, founded in 1950, with over 11,500 restaurants in more than 35 countries;
• Costa Coffee : British coffeehouse, founded in 1970 and acquired by Coca-Cola in 2019;
• McCafé : A subsidiary of McDonald’s, founded in 1993;
• Tim Horton’s : One of the largest Canadian-based fast-food multinationals, with popular coffee and donuts, with over 4,600 restaurants in 13 countries;
• Peet’s Coffee : A retail company specialized in coffee roasting, founded in 1966;
• Lavazza : Brand of coffee in Italy, founded in 1895, with stores in several European countries;
• Yum China : The largest restaurant operator in China, and the sole Chinese licensee of KFC, Pizza Hut, and Taco Bell;
• Café Coffee Day : India’s largest coffee chain, founded in 1996, with markets in Africa, Europe, and Asia;
• Independent coffeehouses : All the millions of small neighborhood coffee shops in the world.

Starbucks’ SWOT Analysis

Below, there is a detailed  SWOT Analysis  of Starbucks:

Starbucks’ Strengths

• Brand : The most popular brand in the food and beverage industry;
• Financial performance : Annual revenue over $26 bi;
• Growth : Each year, new stores are open somewhere on the planet (32,660 currently);
• Supply chain : Extensive global supplying network, with coffee beans from Latin America, Africa, and Asia;
• Quality and standardization : Premium blends and coffees are consistently standardized in all its locations;
• Strategic planning : Starbucks reinvests its profits in business development;
• Employee treatment : Starbucks is often listed as one of the best places to work for;
• Gender-neutral restrooms : To protect the LGBTQ+ community against discrimination.

Starbucks’ Weaknesses

• Prices : For many consumers, Starbucks is more costly than some competitors, such as McDonald’s;
• Imitability : It is quite easy for the competitors to replicate its products;
• General standardization : Some products don’t associate with the locals’ preferences;
• Recall of products : It has recalled several in-demand products, affecting the brand image.

Starbucks’ Opportunities

• Expansion : Most of its coffeehouses are in the U.S. Therefore, emerging economies are a great opportunity for expansion;
• Diversification : Developing products according to the specific target market’s preferences;
• Partnerships : Co-branding could increase its market share;
• Price differentiation : Offering regular coffee to capture the middle-class;
• Online channels : Strengthening its online channels to attract more customers for pick up locations;
• Delivery : It can start its own delivery service, instead of using Uber Eats and alike;
• Subscription : It could start some coffee subscription services to expand its customer base.

Starbucks’ Threats

• Competition : Many coffeehouses offer cheaper products. Besides, there are strong competitors such as multinational companies (Dunkin’ Donuts and McDonald’s for example);
• Imitation : Their products can be easily reproduced;
• Third-party suppliers : There are many contractors and stakeholders, which makes it hard to manage the whole chain;
• Recession : Starbucks’ revenue has already dropped, especially after temporarily closing many stores due to the pandemic;
• Coffee beans’ rising prices : The price of Arabica (the most-produced coffee in the world) has raised drastically during the covid-19 pandemic.

-> Read More about Starbucks’ SWOT Analysis .

At the end of the day, Starbucks isn’t just a coffee shop—it’s an empire. Sure, it has its challenges and weaknesses, and there’s always room for improvement. But let’s not kid ourselves; Starbucks has brewed its way to the top and effectively left many competitors in its wake over the years. It’s a masterclass in market domination. And if you’re ever curious about how big players like Starbucks scale up and hold their ground, you might be interested in a deeper dive. We’ve whipped up a rich and robust guide on the franchising business model—a strategy many giants swear by. Craving a deeper brew of knowledge? Dive into our franchising guide right here .

Daniel Pereira

Receive our updates.

Username or email address  *

Password  *

Remember me Log in

Lost your password?

The Starbucks Business Model and Revenue Streams Explained

Discover the intricate workings of the Starbucks business model and uncover its diverse revenue streams.

Starbucks is not just your average coffee shop. It has established itself as a global brand with a unique business model that sets it apart from its competitors. In this article, we will delve into the inner workings of the Starbucks business model and explore the various revenue streams that contribute to its success.

Understanding the Starbucks Business Model

At the core of Starbucks' business model are a set of principles that guide its operations and differentiate it in the market. These principles revolve around creating a unique customer experience , fostering a sense of community, and providing high-quality products and services. By focusing on these aspects, Starbucks has managed to build a loyal customer base that keeps coming back for more.

The Core Principles of Starbucks' Business Model

One of the key principles that underpin Starbucks' business model is the concept of "the third place." This refers to creating a comfortable and welcoming environment where customers can relax and socialize, apart from their home and workplace. Starbucks achieves this by designing its stores with cozy furnishings, providing free Wi-Fi, and fostering a warm and inviting atmosphere.

Furthermore, Starbucks goes beyond just providing a physical space. They have carefully curated music playlists that create a soothing ambiance, making it an ideal place for people to unwind. The aroma of freshly brewed coffee fills the air, creating an inviting atmosphere that entices customers to stay longer and enjoy their time at Starbucks.

Another pillar of Starbucks' business model is its emphasis on quality. The company sources only the finest coffee beans from around the world and invests in rigorous training programs to ensure that its baristas can prepare the perfect cup of coffee. This commitment to quality extends beyond coffee to other products, such as pastries and sandwiches, which are made with fresh ingredients.

Starbucks takes great pride in its coffee bean selection process. Their expert coffee buyers travel to various coffee-growing regions, building relationships with farmers and ensuring that they adhere to sustainable farming practices. This not only guarantees the quality of the coffee but also promotes the well-being of the farmers and the environment.

How Starbucks Differentiates Itself in the Market

Starbucks stands out in the highly competitive coffee industry through several strategic initiatives. Firstly, the company places great importance on ethical sourcing and sustainability. It works closely with coffee farmers to ensure fair trade practices and invests in programs that promote environmental stewardship. This commitment to social responsibility resonates with customers who value ethical business practices.

Moreover, Starbucks is dedicated to supporting local communities. They actively engage in initiatives that empower youth, promote education, and contribute to the overall well-being of the neighborhoods they operate in. By being an active member of the community, Starbucks builds trust and loyalty among its customers.

In addition, Starbucks focuses on creating a personalized customer experience. Through its mobile app and loyalty program, the company gathers data on customer preferences and tailors its offerings accordingly. This data-driven approach enables Starbucks to anticipate customer needs and provide personalized recommendations, enhancing the overall customer experience.

Starbucks leverages technology to make the ordering process seamless and convenient for its customers. With the mobile app, customers can easily customize their drinks, place orders in advance, and skip the line by picking up their orders directly from the designated pickup area. This level of personalization and convenience sets Starbucks apart from its competitors.

Dissecting Starbucks' Revenue Streams

Now that we have a clear understanding of Starbucks' business model, let's explore the different revenue streams that contribute to its financial success.

Revenue from Company-Operated Stores

The primary source of revenue for Starbucks comes from its company-operated stores. These are the iconic coffeehouses that we see on street corners and in shopping malls. With thousands of locations worldwide, Starbucks generates substantial revenue from the sale of coffee, beverages, and food items in these stores.

Starbucks' success in this area is partly due to its ability to create a consistent and enjoyable customer experience across all its stores. From the layout and design to the friendly baristas and the aroma of freshly brewed coffee, Starbucks has mastered the art of making customers feel welcome and comfortable.

Moreover, Starbucks' company-operated stores are not just places to grab a quick cup of coffee. They have become community hubs, where people gather to socialize, study, or work. These stores often host events such as book clubs, live music performances, and even local art exhibitions. By fostering a sense of community, Starbucks has managed to create a loyal customer base that keeps coming back for more.

Revenue from Licensed Stores

In addition to company-operated stores, Starbucks also earns revenue through licensed stores. These are locations operated by partners who have obtained a license to use the Starbucks brand and sell its products. This licensing model allows Starbucks to expand its reach and enter new markets without shouldering the full cost and risk of operating its own stores.

By partnering with reputable companies and individuals, Starbucks ensures that its brand standards are upheld and that customers receive the same quality experience regardless of whether they are in a company-operated or licensed store.

Furthermore, the licensing model enables Starbucks to tap into local expertise and cultural knowledge. When entering a new market, Starbucks often collaborates with local partners who have a deep understanding of the region's preferences and tastes. This localization strategy helps Starbucks tailor its offerings to suit the local market, ensuring greater acceptance and success.

Revenue from Packaged Products and Other Segments

Starbucks has also capitalized on its brand recognition by selling packaged coffee, tea, and other products in grocery stores and online. This segment of the business provides an additional revenue stream and allows customers to enjoy Starbucks' offerings in the comfort of their own homes. Through partnerships with retailers and online platforms, Starbucks ensures widespread distribution and maximum availability of its packaged products.

Furthermore, Starbucks has ventured into other segments such as ready-to-drink beverages, premium single-serve coffee systems, and even branded merchandise. These diversifications not only contribute to revenue growth but also strengthen the brand and expand its presence in various consumer markets.

For example, Starbucks' ready-to-drink beverages, such as bottled Frappuccinos and iced coffees, cater to customers who prefer the convenience of grab-and-go options. These products are available in supermarkets, convenience stores, and even vending machines, making Starbucks' offerings accessible to a wider audience.

Additionally, Starbucks' premium single-serve coffee systems, like the Verismo machine, allow customers to recreate the Starbucks experience at home. These machines offer a range of coffee and espresso options, providing a convenient and high-quality alternative to visiting a Starbucks store.

Moreover, Starbucks' branded merchandise, including mugs, tumblers, and clothing, serves as a form of self-expression for loyal customers. By proudly displaying the Starbucks logo, customers can showcase their affinity for the brand and become walking advertisements for Starbucks wherever they go.

In conclusion, Starbucks' revenue streams extend beyond its company-operated stores. Through licensed stores, packaged products, and diversification into other segments, Starbucks has managed to create a multi-faceted business model that not only drives revenue growth but also strengthens its brand presence in the global market.

The Role of Innovation in Starbucks' Business Model

To stay ahead in a rapidly evolving industry, Starbucks has embraced innovation and continuously seeks to improve its offerings and operations.

Technological Innovations at Starbucks

One of the ways Starbucks has leveraged technology is through its mobile app and digital ecosystem. The app allows customers to order ahead, make payments, and earn rewards, all from the convenience of their smartphones. This not only enhances the customer experience but also provides valuable data that Starbucks can use to personalize its offerings and drive customer loyalty.

Furthermore, Starbucks has been at the forefront of incorporating digital advancements in its stores. From mobile order and pay kiosks to interactive digital menu boards, the company utilizes technology to streamline operations and improve efficiency, which ultimately translates into a better customer experience.

Product Innovations and their Impact on Revenue

Starbucks is known for its ability to introduce new and exciting products that capture consumers' attention. Whether it's seasonal beverages, limited-edition merchandise, or innovative brewing methods, Starbucks constantly surprises and delights its customers.

These product innovations not only drive customer traffic and increase revenue in the short term but also contribute to long-term brand loyalty. By continuously injecting freshness and novelty into its offerings, Starbucks ensures that customers keep coming back to see what's new.

Starbucks' Global Expansion and its Effect on Revenue

Starbucks' business model would not be complete without considering its global expansion and the impact it has on revenue generation.

Starbucks' Strategy for International Markets

While Starbucks originated in the United States, it has successfully expanded its footprint to over 80 countries worldwide. This global expansion is fueled by careful market analysis and an understanding of local tastes and preferences.

To adapt to diverse markets, Starbucks often tailors its menu offerings and store designs to resonate with local cultures. Whether it's introducing matcha-flavored beverages in Japan or incorporating traditional Chinese motifs in Chinese stores, Starbucks ensures that it respects and embraces local customs while staying true to its brand identity.

Revenue Growth in Different Geographical Regions

The international growth of Starbucks has had a significant impact on its revenue streams. As of 2020, Starbucks generated around 25% of its total revenue from international markets. This demonstrates the success of its global expansion strategy and the popularity of its brand outside of its home country.

While the United States remains Starbucks' largest market, the company's revenue from international markets continues to grow steadily. As more countries embrace coffee culture and develop a taste for Starbucks' offerings, we can expect this trend to continue in the future.

Future Projections for Starbucks' Business Model and Revenue Streams

Looking ahead, there are several challenges and opportunities that Starbucks will need to navigate to sustain its business model and drive revenue growth.

Potential Challenges and Opportunities for Starbucks

One challenge that Starbucks faces is increased competition from both established and emerging players in the coffee industry. As more coffee chains and independent coffee shops enter the market, Starbucks will need to remain agile and innovative to maintain its market share.

On the other hand, this competitive landscape also presents opportunities for Starbucks to collaborate and partner with other brands to create unique offerings. By joining forces with like-minded companies, Starbucks can tap into new markets, reach new customer segments, and drive revenue growth.

Predicted Trends in Starbucks' Revenue Streams

As consumer preferences and behaviors evolve, Starbucks will need to adapt its revenue streams to stay relevant. One predicted trend is the growing demand for plant-based alternatives. As more people embrace vegetarian and vegan lifestyles, Starbucks has an opportunity to expand its plant-based offerings and cater to this growing segment of the market.

Furthermore, with the rise of e-commerce and the increasing popularity of online shopping, Starbucks can explore new ways to monetize its digital platforms. From offering exclusive online promotions to partnering with delivery service providers, Starbucks can capitalize on the convenience and demand for online shopping to drive revenue growth.

In conclusion, the success of the Starbucks business model can be attributed to a combination of factors, including its core principles, revenue streams from company-operated stores, licensed stores, and packaged products, as well as its commitment to innovation and global expansion. By continuously adapting to changing consumer trends and staying true to its brand, Starbucks remains a powerhouse in the coffee industry.

Helping designers and strategists turn their boldest ideas into market-leading ventures through Business, Design and Growth.

Whenever you are ready - here is how I can help:

1. ​ Newsletter ​ . Join over 2.000 founders, creators and innovators and get access to the business builder framework.

2. ​ Business Builder OS - Masterclass on finding growth opportunities, building lean offers and acquiring customers - driven by A.I.

3. Builder Toolkit - 30 ideas on how to grow your revenue.

Actionable advice about spotting new opportunities, creating offers & growing revenue.

How Much to Franchise a Starbucks

• Chris Fuller
• September 29, 2023

Click to View →

What Are the Costs of Opening a Starbucks Franchise?

Starbucks is one of the most recognizable brands in the coffee industry. Even those who never grabbed a cup of their java know the name and the iconic green and white mermaid sign. If you love the classic menu or some of the hidden drink specials, you may want to open a Starbucks and wonder how much it costs. Although Starbucks does not franchise its stores, you could operate a licensed Starbucks.

Why Doesn’t Starbucks Franchise?

“To me, franchisees are middlemen who would stand between us and our customer. If we had franchised, Starbucks would have lost the common culture that made us strong ,” Howard Schultz, Starbucks’ founder and former CEO, wrote in his 1997 book, “Pour Your Heart Into It.” 

That philosophy continues under the leadership of current CEO Laxman Narasimhan, who took over the helm in March. As 2023 began, Starbucks had 35,711 locations in 80 countries around the world — including 16,022 in the United States alone . Of the Starbucks shops currently operating, almost 50% are licensed stores . The rest are corporate owned. 

Licensed Shops

If you have your heart set on running a Starbucks, consider a licensed shop. The first of these opened in 1991. Starbucks signed a deal with Host Marriott that allowed the company to open smaller stores under the Starbucks name. As others expressed interest, the company expanded its licensed stores, letting owners open them in schools, stores, hospitals, and other popular spots. The shops you find in Kroger, Target, or a bookstore are licensed stores. That is why they often have a different menu and differ from standard shops in other ways. 

How to License a Starbucks

Starbucks is quite selective about who it allows to use its name. Everyone starts the process in the same way when they reach out and say they want to open a licensed store. Starbucks will then give you an application. Fill it out and submit it to show you have a serious interest in starting a store. The application asks for details about your shop, such as your city and where you want to open it. Priority goes to new territories and areas with a lot of foot traffic.

Once you apply, you need to provide both documents and proof of your assets. Starbucks will want to know how much debt you carry, if you have experience working in or running a coffee shop, and the type of assets you own. You should also explain why you picked the location and what makes it a good shop for Starbucks. It can take months until you hear anything back and move to the next step.

Representatives from Starbucks will contact you. They usually perform a site visit to see if the location is suitable. Not only do they want to check the foot traffic and square footage, but they also want to see how much competition you face from similar shops nearby. Starbucks also asks for more details about your finances to ensure you have the capital required to open the shop and keep it running.

How Much Does it Cost to Open a Licensed Starbucks?

Opening a licensed Starbucks is an expensive prospect. The company will not even consider you for one of its stores unless you demonstrate you have at least $700,000 in liquid assets on hand. Liquid assets do not include any properties you own or your investment portfolio. You must have a minimum of $700,000 to cover operational and overhead costs. Starbucks will require proof of your assets, too. You will have to pay a licensing fee ranging from $50,000 to $315,000, which can come from your assets.

Permits and Licenses

Opening a Starbucks will require some of the steps and expenses of opening any other coffee shop. Before you open, you must apply for all required permits and licenses to run a business. This is on top of the fee you pay to license the Starbucks name. Most states require that residents apply for a business license first, which shows they will pay taxes. The license also gives you the right to hire employees. You’ll also need permits to construct a new business inside an existing building. It usually costs less than $100 to get a business license and around the same amount for each permit you need.

Business Insurance

Do not even consider buying a Starbucks without first getting business insurance. Liability insurance is one of the most important types. It covers you when someone sues your business. A customer may slip and break their arm on a wet floor or trip and hurt themselves in the parking lot. Property insurance protects against damage to your coffee shop. It pays for damage to the building and any items inside, such as your inventory.

Some of the other types of business insurance you need include:

• Business interruption insurance to cover a loss of income when you cannot operate your shop
• Umbrella insurance with higher limits that can come in handy when you face a big lawsuit
• Workers’ compensation that pays out when one of your employees has an accident at work
• Auto insurance to protect any commercial vehicles or employee cars used to do work like delivering orders or picking up supplies

The cost of business insurance for your Starbucks depends on your coverage limits and the deductible you pick.

Starbucks allows owners to open licensed shops in a variety of locations. You may want to open one on a college campus or in a local grocery store. The cost to open a Starbucks will depend on how much you pay for rent. As you cannot open a standalone store, you need to rent space inside an existing business. The average price for retail space is around $23 per square foot in smaller towns. In a big city, you might pay double this amount or even more. We recommend that you check with multiple shops, schools, hospitals, and other locations to compare rental rates.

Outfitting Your Starbucks

Paying the rent for your coffee shop gives you a space, but it is usually just a blank space. This allows you to use the Starbucks colors around the space and design it to match other spaces. Even if you plan to open it in a grocery store, you still need to set aside money for decor and furniture. Starbucks can provide you with catalogs to help you find these supplies. Smaller spaces may need only a few tables and twice as many chairs. If you have a bigger shop, you’ll spend thousands on shop decor and tables and chairs for your customers.

You cannot expect to run a Starbucks without having a few coffee machines and other equipment to make all the drinks on the menu. Corporate will help with the costs  of your coffee-making equipment, such as machines for making tea, milk dispensers, and roasting machines. Also, Starbucks allows shops to sell branded products that include muffins, cake pops, sandwiches, and baked goods. You will need a large display to show customers those options and both refrigerators and freezers to store the food. Most shops also have shelving units to display bags of coffee, Starbucks coffee, and other merchandise.

We also wanted to talk about inventory because it’s a big cost. Starbucks will help you plan your opening day and ensure you have enough supplies for your customer base. Your inventory includes coffee beans, milk, and other creamers, sugar, sugar substitutes, cups, drink stirrers, and napkins. Any food you sell is also part of your inventory. Starbucks typically sends frozen foods that you thaw before serving, but some foods involve a small amount of cooking. Inventory costs can easily reach a few thousand dollars.

Starbucks Support

One of the best reasons to open a licensed shop is to benefit from the help Starbucks gives you. Starbucks wants all its licensed and corporate stores to look very similar. Though it doesn’t have a school or training program like other franchise options do, you will get support with your store design and other factors. Starbucks helps you design a shop that looks like those found in other cities down to the color of the wall and the look of the floor. 

The company expects you to learn the full menu. You need to know the names of the drinks and the sizes along with the sweet treats and other foods you sell. Some of the other help given to licensed store owners includes:

• Access to all the equipment needed to make the brand’s drinks
• Vendor lists to help you order food and supplies
• Advertising and promotional materials
• Visits from corporate reps before and after you open

Starbucks vs. Other Coffee Shops

While opening a licensed Starbucks will cost an average of $315,000, it’s cheaper than launching a new coffee shop. The cost of building a new shop from scratch is around $650,000 , while a small kiosk costs much less: $80,000 to $200,000. If you want an alternative to Starbucks, there are other top shops that offer franchises . Here are some to consider :

• Dunkin’
• Scooter’s Coffee
• The Human Bean
• Aroma Joe’s Coffee
• Tim Hortons
• PJ’s Coffee of New Orleans

The cost of opening each one will vary. For example, Dunkin’ requires an initial investment of $395,000 to nearly $1.6 million. You must also sign a 20-year agreement and pay an annual royalty. Cafe2U offers affordable franchises that cost around $110,000. You’ll also pay a $25,000 franchise fee up-front and a $175 royalty fee per week. The Human Bean doesn’t charge a royalty fee but does have a $30,000 franchise fee.

Why Choose a Licensed Starbucks Store?

Comparing Starbucks to some of the coffee franchise opportunities might make you wonder why you should open a licensed shop over a franchise. While many coffee shops claim they have lower up-front fees, they charge higher fees over time. You need to pay a franchise fee as well as a royalty fee, which is due every week, month, or year. 

Other benefits of buying a licensed Starbucks include:

• You get a lot of support from Starbucks.
• Starbucks will help you prepare to open your store and order the right supplies.
• Customers know and recognize the brand, which can help you save on advertising.
• Employees do not need to spend as much time explaining menu options.

Paying for a Starbucks

If you’re sure you want to open a Starbucks, you need to know how to pay for it. Even if you have more than the minimum amount of required liquid assets, you may need some additional funds. You don’t want to deplete your reserves and not have enough cash to pay your employees or vendors later.

Franchise financing gives you a loan and enough funds to pay the costs you don’t want to pay out of pocket. You can get help buying new furniture and equipment, employee uniforms, and inventory. The loans also give you an easy way to pay for the renovations a building needs before you open. Financing is also available for Starbucks owners who cannot afford to lease a building. The owner of the building may demand a lot of money up-front, as much as 12 months’ rent. Paying for a year in advance lets you use your profits to cover other expenses.

A few options you can choose are working capital loans and unsecured business loans. They aren’t tied to your home or vacation property, but they do require a high credit score. A business line of credit is another option. If you have a clean credit report and a score of 600 or higher, you should qualify.

At ABC Biz Loans, we offer financing for anyone who dreams about opening a Starbucks. With the high cost of opening a licensed store, you’ll likely need some help to make your dream come true. Contact us to see how you can get $350,000 to open a new Starbucks store.

Partner With Us

Recommended Articles:

Is a Medical Practice Business Profitable?

How to start a medical supply business, is home care business profitable, how to get a senior housing loan, how much does it cost to start a food truck, how much does it cost to start a coffee shop, small business lending made simple, apply, browse & collect.

Applying is free and won't affect your credit score!

Need help? Call our office at (800) 549-2744

Loans & financing.

• Small Business Loans
• Equipment Financing
• Loans up to $150k
• Working Capital Loans
• Startup Business Loans
• Unsecured Business Loans
• Franchise Financing
• Industrial Equipment Loans
• Agriculture Business Loans
• Restaurant Business Loans
• Commercial Real Estate Loans
• Medical Practice Financing

Helpful Resources

• How to get a Loan to Start a Business
• How to Prepare a Startup Loan Application
• How to get Approved for a Startup Business Loan
• Start a Business Checklist
• Startup Business Loan Calculator
• Business Blog

GOBankingRates works with many financial advertisers to showcase their products and services to our audiences. These brands compensate us to advertise their products in ads across our site. This compensation may impact how and where products appear on this site. We are not a comparison-tool and these offers do not represent all available deposit, investment, loan or credit products.

How Much It Costs To Own a Starbucks Franchise

Commitment to Our Readers

GOBankingRates' editorial team is committed to bringing you unbiased reviews and information. We use data-driven methodologies to evaluate financial products and services - our reviews and ratings are not influenced by advertisers. You can read more about our editorial guidelines and our products and services review methodology .

20 Years Helping You Live Richer

Reviewed by Experts

Trusted by Millions of Readers

Starbucks doesn’t technically offer franchises , as all of the brand’s worldwide stores are company-owned. But if you’re interested in a Starbucks franchise, you’re not completely out of luck. 

The company does license some of its stores, which from an operational standpoint is quite similar to being a franchise owner. Better yet, the Starbucks licensing opportunity is actually fairly large. Out of the more than 35,000 Starbucks outlets throughout the world, 17,458, or about 49%, were licensed as of 2023. If you choose to go this route, here are some of the costs — and hurdles — you should anticipate.

Initial Start-Up Funding

The average cost to license a Starbucks store is $315,000. You’ll also need $700,000 in liquid assets to be considered.

What Is the Concept Behind Licensing Instead of Franchising?

The idea that Starbucks would license rather than franchise its stores comes from its CEO Howard Schulz. The progressive and popular founder has long believed that the complexities of providing a quality Starbucks experience for customers, from the explanation of its products to the actual presentation and operation of its stores, was best controlled by the company itself. Thus, franchises are not part of the company’s business model.

But the philosophy doesn’t end there. The company also leverages its licensing model by maintaining certain requirements meant to increase sales for the business. More specifically, it doesn’t simply offer licenses to anyone who applies. Rather, the company only accepts licensees who currently have thriving businesses in good locations that Starbucks can capitalize on. For example, the company actively seeks to add licensed Starbucks locations to these types of existing industries:

• Fine dining
• Government or military facility
• Hotel and lodging
• Travel and recreation

Reading through the list, it’s obvious how the Starbucks model makes sense. Adding a Starbucks to a high-traffic business or university destination, or a hotel in a popular tourist destination is almost a sure-fire way for the company to generate additional revenue. Plus, the company has the added benefit of working with a licensee who already has a proven track record in operating a business.

Is a Licensing Package Similar to Franchising?

For the start-up fee, along with ongoing expenses, Starbucks helps licensees operate a successful business. After all, that is why the company doesn’t offer franchises in the first place — it wants control over how the business appears, giving a consistent experience to customers everywhere. So, if you successfully get a Starbucks license, you can expect the company to help you with some or all of the following:

• Store design
• The Starbucks menu
• Training and support
• Onsite visits

In other words, you’ll receive a lot of the same type of support as a franchise owner with another company would.

What Is the Process for Licensing a Starbucks?

The details of obtaining a Starbucks license are extensive, but the basic outline of how to apply is simple. Here are the steps:

• Visit the Starbucks website and register yourself as a potential licensee.
• Complete a formal application.
• Indicate your preferred business location.
• Supply the company with your current cash position, along with your assets and liabilities.
• Add any supplemental information about why your location is particularly appropriate for a licensed Starbucks store.
• Submit your application and wait to hear back.

Obviously, these are simply the first steps in the process. If the company shows interest, you can expect a site visit and a detailed examination of your financials and your business process, along with associated paperwork.

A Crack in the System

While Starbucks doesn’t offer any franchises in the U.S., or indeed any part of North America, it does have a limited number of franchise outlets overseas, particularly in the U.K. If you reside overseas and are a successful business owner, there is a chance you may qualify for a Starbucks franchise that way. However, qualification standards are high. In addition to being an owner or high-level manager, generally in the food and beverage industry, you must have liquid assets of at least £500,000 (around $624,200), a stable financial situation and be willing to open numerous locations in a short period of time. In other words, unless you are a wealthy and successful business owner who lives overseas, has extensive experience in the industry and the capital required to open multiple locations, you’re likely out of luck. 

Make your money work for you

Get the latest news on investing, money, and more with our free newsletter.

By subscribing, you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy . Unsubscribe at any time.

You're now subscribed to our newsletter. Check your inbox for more details.

More From GOBankingRates

• 5 Best Deals To Buy at Big Lots in July 2024
• I'm a Bank Teller: 9 Reasons You Should Never Ask for $2 Bills From the Bank
• 3 Things to Do This Week If You Have Debt
• 3 Things You Must Do When Your Savings Reach $50,000

  Laura Beck contributed to the reporting for this article.

Share This Article:

Related Content

I'm Almost a Millionaire: 3 Money Challenges Keeping My Net Worth at 6 Figures

June 27, 2024

See Why These Texas Cities Have the Highest and Lowest Costs of Living So Far in 2024

Grant Cardone's Top Advice for Millennials Who Want To Get Rich

Mark Cuban's 5 Best Passive Income Ideas

8 Jobs for Retirees That Pay Weekly

Money Experts: How To Survive Financially If You Lose Your Job and Own a Home

How Much Rent Costs on Average in the Most Affordable Cities

Suze Orman: This Is the First Bill You Need To Pay Each Month

Here's What Salary the Average American Will Be Earning in 2028

Gen Z Millionaire: 3 Things I Did To Get Rich Young - and How You Can, Too

June 26, 2024

7 Cities Where It's Easiest To Rise From Low Income to Middle Class

I'm a Financial Expert: Here are 7 Things Boomer Entrepreneurs Need to Know About Starting a Business

Uncategorized

I Grew Up Poor: Here Are the 3 Money Lessons I'm Teaching My Kids

Can You Afford To Live in America's Happiest States?

CEOs Are Supporting Trump -- Here's Why and What They Stand to Gain

7 Insurance Policies Experts Say You Can Do Without

June 25, 2024

• Best Side Gigs
• Best Side Hustle Ideas
• Best Online Side Hustles
• Best Games That Pay Real Money
• Best Games That Pay Instantly
• Best Money-Making Apps
• Best Ways To Make $1,000 Fast
• Best Things To Sell To Make Money

BEFORE YOU GO

See today's best banking offers.

Sending you timely financial stories that you can bank on.

Sign up for our daily newsletter for the latest financial news and trending topics.

For our full Privacy Policy, click here .

Stars Coffee, anyone? Starbucks substitute opening in Russia

MOSCOW — People in Moscow who were disappointed when Starbucks closed its coffee shops after Russia sent troops into Ukraine may now feel a caffeine jolt of hope: A nearly identical operation is opening in the capital.

The name’s almost the same: Stars Coffee. The logo could be the separated-at-birth twin of the Starbucks mermaid, with flowing hair, a small enigmatic smile and a star atop her head — though instead of a Starbucks crown she wears a Russian headdress called a kokoshnik.

The menu, judging by the company app introduced a day before the store’s formal opening Friday, would look familiar to any Starbucks customer.

Starbucks said Thursday it had no comment on the new stores.

Seattle-based Starbucks was one of the most visible of the wave of foreign companies that pulled out of Russia or suspended their operations in response to Russia’s military operation in Ukraine. Others include McDonald’s,  IKEA and fast-fashion giant H&M .

The departure of these companies was a psychological blow to Russians who had become used to the comforts of Western-style consumer culture. But Russian entrepreneurs saw opportunity in suddenly unoccupied stores.

Former McDonald’s outlets are reopening  and attracting sizable crowds under the name Vkusno — i Tochka. Though the name doesn’t roll off the tongue easily and is a little awkward to translate (roughly: It’s Tasty — Period), the menu is a testament to imitation being the sincerest form of flattery.

Yunus Yusupov, a popular rap artist who uses the stage name Timati, and restaurateur Anton Pinsky partnered to buy the Starbucks assets, then took the imitation strategy a step further by giving the operation an English-language name.

At a news conference Thursday, they vowed to reopen all the former Starbucks under their new identity and even expand the business. The U.S. company had built its Russian operation to about 130 stores since entering the country in 2007. The stores were owned and operated by a franchisee, Alshaya Group of Kuwait.

While the close resemblance of the new operations to their predecessors could be seen as riding someone else’s inspiration and effort, the Starbucks and McDonald’s successors also fit a national-pride concept. Since Russia was walloped by sanctions and foreign pullouts, officials frequently assert that Russia will overcome by relying on its own resources and energies.

“Now the economic situation is difficult, but this is a time of opportunity,” Oleg Eskindarov, president of the holding company that partnered in the Starbucks deal, told the state news agency Tass. “For the past four months, we have been very actively looking at exiting companies following the example of Starbucks. There are several more similar examples, but we cannot talk about them yet.”

More From Forbes

Lessons from the inventor of the franchise model.

• Share to Facebook
• Share to Twitter
• Share to Linkedin

Kristen Gale is the CEO + Founder, THE TEN SPOT® beauty bars.

You’ve heard of McDonald’s, obviously. We all have. There are more than 40,000 locations around the world. In the United States alone, they sell something like 17 Big Macs every second . And it all began in 1954 when American businessman Ray Kroc took a single location owned by the McDonald brothers and turned it into a global phenomenon—and he did it with the magic of franchising. But, despite what many people think, Kroc is not the founder of the modern retail franchise model.

That credit goes to Martha Matilda Harper. She’s one of the most impressive women I’ve come across in my time as an entrepreneur and she invented franchising (and put it into action) at the end of the 19th century when less than 20% of women were part of the workforce.

It’s time to give recognition where it’s due.

Setting The Scene

Flash all the way back to 1888. Though the women’s rights movement was gaining momentum, it remained pretty tough to be a member of “the fairer sex.” Women were expected to value marriage and motherhood above all else and only around 18% were part of the paid labor force. Just four territories at that time—Wyoming, Utah, Washington and Montana—had given women the right to vote.

Best High-Yield Savings Accounts Of 2024

Best 5% interest savings accounts of 2024, a force to be reckoned with.

A domestic servant with almost no formal education, Martha Matilda Harper didn’t let her circumstances stop her from chasing her dreams. The goal? Own her own business. She had the recipe for a science-based hair tonic, gleaned from a doctor she once worked for, and she’d saved up $360—enough money to open her own public hairdressing salon. Though she hit obstacles, she forged ahead and unveiled her first location in Rochester, New York.

More Than A Hair Salon

Harper’s salon was an instant success. She used pictures of her own floor-length hair as advertising and had a product and service that everyone loved.

But her salon offered more than a nice cut and style. She also catered to the soul using “The Harper Method” to teach every customer how to glow with beauty and even designed the first reclining shampoo chair.

Her business attracted royals and celebrities alike and soon they started begging her to open more locations. By 1891, she had a plan.

Sharing The Wealth

Rather than opening a second or third location on her own, she started licensing her philosophy and product to other women so they could open salons themselves. The world’s inaugural franchise was born. A brilliant model, franchising created the unstoppable dream team. There was the franchisor to grow the brand, enhance the overall system and support franchisees with coaching, quality control and consistency. Then there were the franchise partners, who could execute impeccable services, enhance their communities and develop pride of ownership. Together, they created an incredible brand and experience.

A Runaway Success Story

At its peak, Harper’s company had 500 franchise locations in North America, Europe, Central America and Asia, as well as a full line of hair care and beauty products. Even today, that level of growth is only possible for the largest, most successful companies. Harper did it at a time when written letters and telegrams were the most common form of distance communication. Forget email or Slack or online tracking of shipments. It was a mind-blowing accomplishment.

Franchising Today

Many people picture the food industry and businesses like 7-Eleven, McDonald’s, Starbucks and Subway when they think of franchising, but it’s actually much more varied. As Harper proved, it’s the perfect model for a beauty salon. It’s also used by companies like Kumon, Budget Blinds, H&R Block, The UPS Store, Wyndham Hotels and Resorts, Ace Hardware and so many more.

All these companies have a huge impact. In 2023, it’s estimated that 805,500 franchise establishments in the U.S. had an economic output of around US$860 billion. They employed roughly 8.7 million people. And it all started with a beauty salon.

Lessons From Harper

For anyone looking to expand in franchising, be very intentional with the growth and find the right people to allow into the system. There are many different scenarios with franchising; it takes time to find the sweet spot for your model. Quality will always outperform quantity.

Create specific criteria for those who you will approve. Be cautious with brokers and agencies. Although they can be very helpful, they won't know your brand as well as you do. To this day, we evaluate each franchise partner internally and, as the founder, I meet with each prospect one on one to determine fit.

Secondly, business owners should resource as they grow. Similar to Harper, when I was growing the business, I did a lot of the trade work. I was the graphic designer, learned how to build the website, wrote the emails and copy, leveraged my own skills before hiring others. This kept my costs low and impact high. People often want to scale up for growth but this can put financial stress on the business and also lose consistency across the brand.

Finally, create great allies and connections in the franchising industry. Leveraging the expertise of other franchisors and networks is always very beneficial, and you can learn from others who have been in your situation before. The community is strong and it can help you foresee issues and provide solutions to challenges. The perspective is invaluable.

The franchise partner and franchisor relationship creates great connection.

As proven in Harper's story, most women are built for business ownership with the skills that we have naturally acquired through our lives. When I reached multiple locations and had great momentum in the business, I knew I wanted to share that success with other wonderful women. I wanted people to experience the thrill, excitement and pride that I felt. Franchising offers a feeling of togetherness and I started my mission to help others live their life at a ten. The support from a franchise network is powerful: sharing knowledge, best practices and creating a supportive network comes back in spades for your own success.

Forbes Business Council is the foremost growth and networking organization for business owners and leaders. Do I qualify?

• Editorial Standards
• Reprints & Permissions

Walgreens may close hundreds of underperforming stores

• Updated: Jun. 27, 2024, 12:35 p.m. |
• Published: Jun. 27, 2024, 12:34 p.m.
• Rebecca Heath | NJ Advance Media for NJ.com

Pharmacy retail franchise Walgreens may close hundreds of underperforming stores over the next three years.

The Associated Press reported that the retail giant, which operates more than 8,600 stores across the U.S, is finalizing a plan to fix its business.

CEO Tim Wentworth told analysts that the company could shutter a significant number of the approximately 2,100 underperforming stores as part of its strategy, according to the Associated Press.

If you purchase a product or register for an account through a link on our site, we may receive compensation. By using this site, you consent to our User Agreement and agree that your clicks, interactions, and personal information may be collected, recorded, and/or stored by us and social media and other third-party partners in accordance with our Privacy Policy.

• Restaurant News
• Brand X Collab
• Food & Hospitality
• Paid Reports
• Unpaid Reports

Retail & Business

• Consumer Trends
• Retail Trends
• Retail Meaning
• What is Retail?
• Retail Employees Day
• Retail Business Ideas
• Retail Stores Guide
• Future Retail
• Retail Glossary
• Retail Acronyms
• Happy New Year 2024

Tech & E-Commerce

• Omni Channel
• Digital Trends

Fashion & Beauty

• Collaboration
• Sustanability

D2C & New Commerce

• Perspective
• Brand X Brand

• Subscription

Bollywood Icons' Brands Valued at $1.9 Billion in 2024! Guess Who's Number One!

Bollywood has always been hugely popular in India and has a significant impact on the lives of young people. Celebrities hold a lot of sway in the country, making it easy for them to enter the Indian retail market with their brands. Thanks to the globalization of entertainment, Indian celebrities now act as global brand ambassadors, representing their brands worldwide. Bollywood actors and actresses are also in high demand as the faces of international brands. In 2024, the top ten brands endorsed by celebrities were predicted to be worth $1.9 billion, marking a 15.5 percent increase from the previous year. Celebrity-owned brands also perform well, contributing to the economic growth of the Indian market.

Top 10 Celebrity-Owned Brands:

Let’s dive into the top 10 celebrity-driven firms that have thrived in the highly competitive retail industry while capturing consumer interest. These companies have carved out a niche for themselves, showcasing the potential of celebrity entrepreneurship in India.

1. Virat Kohli – One8 and WRONG:

This year's top spot goes to Virat Kohli, whose brand is valued at $227.9 million overall. With 264 million followers, Virat is Instagram's third most-followed athlete, and it is not only because of his accomplishments in cricket but also because of the brands he owns – namely One8 and WROGN.

Virat started One8 as a sportswear brand and slowly diversified the business into a chain of restaurants named One8 Commune. Moreover, in 2017, Kohli inked a deal with PUMA to collaborate with his sportswear brand One8, and sneakers were the first in this collection. Presently, this collaboration not only features sneakers but also other products for men, women, and kids.

When it comes to WROGN, Virat has made sure to provide the country with one of the best fashion brands, which is fit for all. This brand is managed by Universal Sportsbiz Pvt Ltd (USPL) and recently became the sponsor of one of the most followed and loved IPL teams, Royal Challengers Bangalore (RCB). Virat Kohli has a whopping net worth of over Rs.1,050 crore. It is also reported that Kohli charges a whopping sum of Rs. 7.50 crore to Rs. 10 crore for brand endorsements.

2. Hrithik Roshan – HRX:

Along with co-founders Sid Shah, Afsar Zaidi, and Kamal Punwani, Hrithik Roshan introduced the fitness and sportswear line HRX in 2013. Since then, the brand has started doing business online via Myntra, and now it is available in brick-and-mortar store formats. By the end of the current fiscal year, HRX hopes to generate Rs 225 crore in revenue from its clothing division.

HRX made its debut on Myntra in November 2013, introducing an athleisure collection for men, and in January 2023, the brand marked its first foray into physical retail with the opening of its offline store at Phoenix Market City, Bengaluru followed by its second store in Mumbai.

3. Alia Bhatt - Ed-a-Mamma and SuperBottoms:

Alia Bhatt has a $101.1 million brand value globally. The previous year was amazing for her; in addition to landing a Bollywood hit with "Rocky Aur Rani Ki Prem Kahani”, she debuted in Hollywood with "Heart of Stone”. Gucci, an international luxury brand for women, signed her as a global brand ambassador.

Bhatt has also been balancing her skyrocketing career with investments in diverse ventures, including sustainable baby care brand SuperBottoms. The brand has a special resolution to allot 1,424 Series preference shares at an issue price of Rs 1, 57,872.4 per share to raise Rs 22.5 crore. Venture Catalyst has invested Rs 38 lakh, while DSG and Sama have contributed Rs 11.05 crore apiece. It looks like there is still a Series A round going on, and additional money could be raised. Apart from that, recently her kid's wear start-up, Ed-a-Mamma, was acquired by the corporate giant Reliance Retail, giving a stamp of success. Ed-a-Mamma ranked with a value of $101.1 million, in the year 2024.

4. Deepika Padukone- 82°E:

With the launching of her self-care line, 82°E, into the Indian market, actress Deepika Padukone ventured into her retail career. Star-owned and backed by foreign institutional investors, 82°E is being positioned as the first Indian self-care brand. Self-care should be an easy, fulfilling, and productive part of your life, according to the company. Utilizing a product drop strategy, the company continues to market and sell its line on its website. 82°E earned approximately $12 million in annual revenue rate (ARR) in the first six to eight months of its launch.

In November 2022, 82°E launched Patchouli Glow, a liquid sunscreen that resembles oil, and Ashwagandha Bounce, a moisturising cream. The longitudinal meridian in India that defines the nation’s standard time served as the basis for the brand name 82°E.

5. Katrina Kaif -Kay Beauty:

Kay Beauty by Katrina is a cosmetics brand founded by Indian actress Katrina Kaif in 2019 in collaboration with Nykaa. Kaif has said that she created Kay Beauty to provide women with makeup products that are both effective and easy to use. Kay Beauty products are made with high-quality ingredients and are cruelty-free. Kay Beauty is a socially responsible brand that is committed to sustainability and ethical practices. The brand uses sustainable materials and practices in its production process.

Kay Beauty has a gross margin value of Rs 1.5 billion. Within three years of its launch, Kay Beauty had an annualized gross merchandise value (GMV) of over Rs 130 crore. Kay Beauty products are available in over 300 stores and online marketplaces across India, as well as in Tier II and III markets and the UAE.

6. Saif Ali Khan -House of Pataudi:

With a loose-fitted shirt, wavy mane, and washed jeans, a young man entered Bollywood in 1993. Fast forward to the present that young man has evolved into one of the most successful actors in the Bollywood industry. This evaluation isn’t constrained only to his Bollywood career. His fashion sense also has changed dramatically over the years.

Actor Saif, Myntra, and Exceed Entertainment jointly forged the brand "House of Pataudi”, which debuted apparel range meant to highlight the company's ancient legacy. The value of Saif's Pataudi Palace, also referred to as "Ibrahim Kothi”, is Rs. 5000 crores the fact that everything associated with Saif's Bhopal ancestral home and Pataudi Palace is valued at Rs. 4,200 crores.  The daily Indian ready-to-wear line, called Firdaus, Festive with royal appeal, Noor, and Riwayat for a traditional Indian wedding, is part of their fashion collection.

7. Kriti Sanon – HYPHEN:

Kriti Sanon's skincare brand was founded in the year 2023. HYPHEN originated from a pure passion for skincare and a curious, driven mind that always wanted more in life! Each product blends a multitude of amazing ingredients from both nature and science to create a power-packed solution for every concern. Hyphen goes beyond just offering products. They aim to bridge the gap between a cluttered skincare market and effective solutions.

HYPHEN has less than Rs 1 crore in revenue.  A 67.18 percent increase in the company's net value has occurred. The company's EBITDA has increased by 157.16 percent. The company's total assets have grown by 4.88 percent. Hyphen aims to be the fastest-growing Rs 100 xr D2C skincare brand in India within a year of launch. The brand targets a young, urban audience in India interested in effective yet approachable skincare solutions.

8. Sonakshi Sinha- SOEZI:

Sonakshi Sinha, the Bollywood actress known for her bold style, launched SoEzi in 2022. SoEzi caters to the growing demand for convenient and stylish press-on nails. The brand offers salon-quality nails at home without lengthy appointments. Its premium, reusable nails prioritize reducing environmental impact. A wide variety of styles, lengths, and hues to accommodate any taste. In comparison with acrylics or gels, press-on nails are gentle to natural nails.

SoEzi's initial online launch was followed by an offline store opening, indicating potential for further physical retail expansion. Collaborating with Amazon Beauty, take your pick from over 100 designs on the platform.

9. Sunny Leone – StarStruck:

For the past ten years, Sunny Leone has been one of the most well-known brand faces in the world and has been the most-searched-for figure on the internet for six years consecutively. "StarStruck" by Sunny Leone, a cruelty-free cosmetics brand launched in 2018, offers luxurious, high-quality products at reasonable costs. It is notable for being the first cosmetics company in India to be fully owned and run by a celebrity. Because of its PETA certification, the brand appeals to customers who prioritize ethics.

Regardless of establishing her cosmetics brand StarStruck in 2018 with an initial investment of Rs 10 lakh, StarStruck has attained annual sales of Rs 10 crore. Currently, StarStruck promises to be 'cruelty-free' and offers a selection of more than 260 unique products, which are occasionally referred to as stock-keeping units (SKUs), in the retail sector. Under the "Infamous by StarStruck" brand, she and her husband, Daniel Webber, extended their business into the innerwear market in 2019. And has invested in several profitable endeavours in 2024. According to that, she is worth more than Rs 100 crore today.

10. Priyanka Chopra Jonas – Anomaly:

The world-famous Priyanka Chopra Jonas founded Anomaly Haircare in 2021 to transform the hair care sector. High-performance, vegan, and clean products free of harsh chemicals like sulphates and parabens are the hallmarks of Anomaly's offerings. Anomaly, a company dedicated to environmental responsibility, uses only recycled plastic waste for its bottles.

The brand, which had $542.7 million in sales the previous year, debuted as an inexpensive vegan line with a focus on natural ingredients in India in 2022 and America in 2021. The most popular item is the hair and scalp oil, which is a huge hit with the patrons.

Top 5 FAQs:

1. Which celebrity has the most brand value in India?

Cricket superstar Virat Kohli has reclaimed his throne as the top celebrity in brand value, now reaching a staggering $227.9 million.

2. Which is Priyanka Chopra's beauty brand?

With her glossy tresses, it is little surprise that Anomaly Haircare by Priyanka Chopra Jonas is second on the list of most valuable beauty brands.

3. What is the Deepika Padukone brand?

Padukone earns a huge amount of her income from brand endorsements and other projects. She also has her beauty line called 82°E, which she launched in 2022.

4. Which beauty brand is No. 1?

L'Oréal is the No. 1 cosmetic brand in the world.

5. Which perfume is used by Katrina Kaif?

Katrina loves perfumes by Gucci and Gucci Rush tops the list of her favourite perfumes.

• Fashion and lifestyle
• retail India
• celebrities
• celebrity brands
• Virat Kholi
• hrithik roshan
• Fitness Products

Luxury is not just about opulence; it is about transforming lives. This principle has been the guiding force behind the creation of OMA, a premier destination for luxury home accessories in India. Munish Rishi, Business Head of OMA, shares, "At OMA, our journey began with a profound commitment to transforming lives. We recognized a significant gap in the Indian market for luxury home accessories and were driven by a desire to offer sophisticated and elegant home décor."

Inspired by the intricate blend of traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary styles, OMA aims to cater to modern homeowners seeking quality and exclusivity. Each collection at OMA is a testament to fine craftsmanship, meticulously curated to embody the essence of luxury. "Our focus is on finely crafted, unique designs. We aim to carve a niche in the luxury home décor market, elevating the lifestyles of our customers through exceptional products," Rishi adds.

OMA's Approach to Luxury

OMA's dedication to excellence is unwavering. The team at OMA meticulously selects each item, collaborating closely with skilled artisans across Europe to create unique, handcrafted pieces. This commitment to quality is evident in every product they offer. "We use high-quality materials for durability and elegance, focusing on intricate details and fine craftsmanship. Our designs incorporate innovative and timeless elements, drawing inspiration from global trends while honoring Indian heritage," Rishi explains.

To ensure exclusivity, OMA offers limited edition pieces and frequently updates its collections to reflect the latest luxury trends. Rigorous quality control measures guarantee consistent excellence, making each OMA creation a testament to superior craftsmanship.

Signature Collections

OMA's collections are celebrated for their timeless elegance and impeccable craftsmanship. Each piece, whether a décor item, tableware, or unique lighting fixture, sets the highest standard in its category. "Our home décor blends traditional and contemporary styles, adding sophistication to any space. Our tabletop and bar collections combine functionality with luxury, crafted from premium materials for lasting beauty," Rishi highlights.

In bed and bath, OMA's plush towels and elegant accessories offer exceptional comfort and style. Unique lighting fixtures emphasize fine craftsmanship and innovative design, making a refined statement in any setting. By curating collections from the best parts of the world, OMA ensures every item reflects their unwavering commitment to superior craftsmanship and design.

The OMA-SCHOTT Zwiesel Collaboration

In an exciting collaboration, OMA has partnered with Schott Zwiesel, a renowned German brand that has perfected the highest standards of glassware for over 150 years. Known for their superior wine glass collections, Schott Zwiesel exclusively retails at OMA in India, bringing unparalleled luxury to Indian homes.

Schott Zwiesel's journey began in 1872, with a foundation built on craftsmanship and innovation. Dr. Andreas Buske, Owner and Director of the Board of Zwiesel Kristallglas AG, shares, "From its foundation to today's world market leader, Zwiesel Glas has stood for a love of craftsmanship and design, as well as sustainability and innovation."

Schott Zwiesel has revolutionized the glassware industry with innovations like the Tritan® crystal glass set, which combines brilliance and strength. "Our commitment to sustainability is reflected in our production processes, using recyclable materials and regional raw materials to minimize environmental impact," Dr. Buske explains.

Blending Tradition with Modernity

OMA seamlessly blends traditional Indian aesthetics with contemporary luxury designs. Their collections, crafted in collaboration with global brands, reflect deep-rooted Indian sensibilities while meeting rigorous international design standards. "This fusion of cultural richness and modern sophistication has set new benchmarks in luxury home accessories, appealing to discerning consumers who value sustainable materials and versatile décor suitable for diverse interior styles," Rishi notes.

Adding on to the same, Schott Zwiesel's superior wine glass collections are a result of merging craftsmanship with state-of-the-art technology. "The hybrid glass series 'Duo' combines machine-made functionality with handcrafted elegance, showcasing the perfect harmony of tradition and innovation," Dr. Buske highlights.

Maintaining Leadership in Luxury

Leadership in the luxury home accessories market is more than a goal at OMA—it's an enduring legacy. For over two decades, OMA has pioneered innovation and excellence, introducing iconic products that set new standards of sophistication. "Each product emphasizes high-quality craftsmanship and premium materials, blending traditional Indian aesthetics with modern styles," Rishi states.

OMA's strategy includes offering exclusive and unique items, strategically expanding its presence online and offline, and staying attuned to market trends. Collaborations with designers and artisans ensure that OMA continues to lead the industry with timeless elegance and innovation.

Schott Zwiesel’s India Story

India is a significant market for Schott Zwiesel. "We established our local representative office in 2012 to influence the culture of good quality glassware and extend institutional support to our valued customers in this region," Dr. Buske notes. The growing demand for luxury glassware, driven by urbanization and rising disposable incomes, makes India an attractive market for Schott Zwiesel.

Schott Zwiesel aims to achieve closer engagement with Indian customers, understanding their expectations on product lines and price points. "We are implementing a dual-brand strategy (Schott Zwiesel and Zwiesel Glas) in retail and focusing on B2C activities, building a strong online presence," Dr. Buske says.

Enhancing the Shopping Experience

Shopping at OMA is more than just making purchases; it's an immersive experience. Proform, renowned for their skill in crafting concept shops, has meticulously planned OMA's stores to evoke exquisite experiences. "Each physical site is designed to create an opulent and inviting ambiance, where customers can peruse our carefully chosen products amid interactive exhibits showcasing features and design ideas," Rishi describes.

OMA also prioritizes luxury and customer satisfaction online, with an intuitive and easy-to-navigate website. High-resolution images and videos showcase their products, accompanied by comprehensive information to aid in decision-making. "We offer communication through multiple channels, ensuring that every interaction with OMA online mirrors the same commitment to excellence found in our physical stores," Rishi adds.

Personalized Luxury

Personalization is central to OMA’s philosophy. Beyond carefully curated collections, OMA offers bespoke services such as personalized home staging, transforming spaces to embody individual taste and refinement. "This approach highlights artisanal craftsmanship, emphasizing the exceptional quality and uniqueness of our offerings," Rishi explains.

Exclusive events provide early access to new collections, while luxurious in-store experiences ensure each interaction with OMA is memorable and distinctive. "We maintain ongoing personalized communication to deeply understand and meet client needs," Rishi notes.

The Future of Luxury Glassware

The future of luxury glassware is evolving with a focus on sustainability, personalization, and design innovation. Schott Zwiesel is committed to leading this evolution, collaborating with exclusive designers and launching unique, one-of-a-kind pieces. "Our goal is to create unique products that offer extraordinary experiences of enjoyment and community," Dr. Buske explains.

Maintaining a balance between rich heritage and modern needs is crucial for Schott Zwiesel. "We strive to create unique products that reflect our manufacturing skill and craftsmanship, adapting to changing market needs while upholding the Made in Germany standard," Dr. Buske emphasizes.

The collaboration between OMA and Schott Zwiesel brings together the best of both worlds—luxurious home accessories and superior glassware. This partnership not only enhances the offerings of both brands but also sets new benchmarks in the luxury home décor market in India.

OMA’s Retail Strategy

OMA's retail strategy is tailored to meet diverse customer needs. They strategically place stores in affluent areas with high consumer traffic and spending potential, based on thorough market research. "Our locations target affluent areas, ensuring a luxurious ambiance that enhances the premium shopping experience," Rishi says.

Flagship stores in major cities showcase the full range, complemented by strategic pop-up stores for seasonal promotions. With a strong e-commerce presence, OMA ensures nationwide accessibility while maintaining a consistent brand experience across all locations.

A New Era of Luxury

As OMA continues to expand its footprint in India and beyond, and Schott Zwiesel strengthens its presence in the Indian market, the future of luxury home décor looks promising. Together, they are poised to transform lives, one exquisitely crafted piece at a time, offering a blend of tradition, innovation, and unparalleled elegance. "Our vision is to establish OMA as a hallmark of sophistication and excellence in every market we enter, fostering a legacy of enduring success and unparalleled craftsmanship," Rishi concludes.

• Home Decor & Furniture

The beauty industry, often relegated to the back of the shopping list, has finally found the spotlight. Emerging from the shadows, the new-age digital shopper today is seeking out the luxury of cosmetics and adding them to their carts first, before the practical items. From discovering a new fragrance to finding the perfect lipstick, online shoppers aren't just buying products — they're creating personal experiences. This trend towards luxury in beauty reflects a cultural shift, blending self-care with digital expression, shaping how we shop and express ourselves in the modern age.

In a recent report, the latest trends in online shopping reveal a surprising shift towards luxury in the cosmetics aisle. According to a comprehensive report by Adobe Analytics, covering the period from January 1 to May 31, 2024, consumers are prioritizing pampering themselves with high-end beauty products, despite a general trend towards budget-friendly shopping in other categories like electronics and apparel.

Cosmetics Steal the Spotlight

While many categories see consumers opting for lower-priced items, the cosmetics segment tells a different story. Fragrances and premium lipsticks have emerged as the stars of the digital shopping spree, with sales soaring to new heights. Fragrance aficionados, in particular, are indulging in top-tier scents, with a significant uptick in daily sales from April to May 2024, marking a 53 percent increase compared to earlier in the year.

The report found that the share of the two least expensive quartiles of goods increased materially across major categories including electronics (up 5.3 percent), apparel (up 4.7 percent), home & garden (up 3.3 percent), furniture & bedding (up 2.1 percent), grocery (up 1.8 percent) and personal care (up 4.2 percent). Conversely, share of the two most expensive quartiles decreased by 8.5 percent in a category like electronics, and 9.5 percent in apparel.

Lipstick Luxe

The allure of luxury extends to lipstick choices as well. Online shoppers are not only gravitating towards high-end lipsticks but also showing a preference for vibrant shades like purple tones, which have seen a remarkable 103 percent year-over-year surge, followed by pink tones (e.g., pink, rose, nude) which are up 61 percent YoY. From velvety mattes to lustrous glosses, these premium products are driving a 49 percent spike in sales from spring to early summer 2024. Some of the top trending lipstick finishes have included satin (up 35.5 percent), matte (up 35.2 percent) and glossy (up 21.7 percent).

Cosmetics Lead the Digital Charge

While staples like electronics and apparel dominate online spending, cosmetics have carved out a niche as a powerhouse growth sector. In 2023 alone, consumers spent a whopping $35 billion on beauty products online, marking a 15.6 percent increase from the previous year. The trend continues strong in 2024, with a notable $16.3 billion spent in the first five months alone, showcasing an 8.8 percent year-over-year rise.

Beyond Lipstick and Fragrance

The surge in beauty spending isn’t limited to lipsticks and perfumes. Other cosmetic categories are also witnessing significant growth. Lip glosses (31.4 percent YoY), setting powders ((up 18.4 percent YoY), mascara (up 8.6 percent YoY), concealer & foundation (up 8.3 percent YoY), nail polish (up 5.1 percent YoY), and skincare essentials like serums and creams enriched with peptides are flying off digital shelves, reflecting evolving consumer preferences and the growing influence of online beauty trends.

The Rise of Digital Beauty Influencers

In addition to traditional marketing channels, the rise of digital influencers has played a pivotal role in shaping consumer choices in the cosmetics sector. Social media platforms like Instagram and TikTok have become virtual beauty counters, where influencers showcase the latest products and trends, influencing millions of followers with their recommendations. Brands are increasingly leveraging these platforms to connect directly with consumers and drive sales through targeted influencer collaborations and sponsored content.

Tech Innovations Driving Beauty Trends

Advancements in technology have also revolutionized the beauty industry. Virtual try-on tools and augmented reality (AR) applications allow consumers to visualize products before purchase, enhancing their shopping experience and confidence in their choices. These technologies not only bridge the gap between online and offline shopping but also cater to the increasing demand for personalized beauty solutions tailored to individual preferences.

Sustainability and Ethical Beauty

Beyond product efficacy and aesthetic appeal, today’s consumers are also prioritizing sustainability and ethical practices when choosing beauty products. Brands that emphasize cruelty-free formulations, recyclable packaging, and eco-friendly ingredients are gaining traction among environmentally conscious shoppers. This shift towards sustainable beauty reflects a broader global movement towards responsible consumption and corporate social responsibility.

Future Forecasts

Looking ahead, the report predicts continued momentum in the cosmetics realm. Products like Sol de Janeiro Perfume Sets and Charlotte Tilbury's Plumping Lip Gloss are set to dominate shopping carts, driven by both e-commerce traction and social media buzz. As consumers navigate an evolving digital marketplace, one thing is clear: when it comes to cosmetics, indulgence is the new norm. Whether it’s treating oneself to a signature scent or splurging on a statement lipstick, the allure of luxury in beauty remains irresistible in the world of online shopping.

• Beauty Products
• Indian Beauty Industry
• india retail
• Consumer trends

Today it is not just women who like to style themselves, men are equally experimenting and trying on new fashion available in the market. Earlier, limited information, social and economic limitations and utilitarian needs were certain issues that restricted men from exploring their style. Times have changed, and everyone wants to try out new trends, and distinctive variety in clothing and accessories. Fashion inspires people to be empowered, motivates them to express themselves and breaks barriers to what is acceptable for men.

The global fashion retail market size was evaluated at approximately $92.25 billion in 2023 . It is predicted to reach $157.88 billion by 2032, with 7.09 percent of CAGR from 2024- 2032 . The apparel market in India is expected to reach $105.50 billion in 2024 with a 3.81 percent rate of CAGR (2024-2028).

So, whether you're a dapper dude or a casual cool cat, we've got the ultimate list to transform your wardrobe. From sharp suits to trendy tees, these top 10 men's clothing brands are your ticket to sartorial stardom. So, buckle up and get ready to strut your stuff in the finest threads India has to offer. It's time to check out the brands that every stylish man needs to know! Let's dive in!

1. Louis Philippe

Named after King of France Louis Philippe from 1830- 1848 is one of the largest men's clothing brands in India. It is a symbol of class, elegance, status and a lifestyle that is royal and luxurious, reflected as a premium brand. Philippe offers a span of formal, and semi-formal clothing and accessories for men. The target market for the brand is urban men upper class and upper middle class.

Tamil Nadu has 55 stores of Louis Philippe which is 13 percent of all the stores present in India followed by Uttar Pradesh and Karnataka contributing 10 percent. There are seven states including Tripura, Sikkim, Mizoram, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu and Lakshadweep. The brand has a turnover of more than $150 million taking up nearly 20 percent of the market share in the apparel industry in India.

2. Van Heusen

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Lid and a division of Aditya Birla Group bear the license to perpetually operate the brand in India. Their camp shirts set up the bar in the fashion industry, these shirts are made out of 30 percent recycled materials and the brand is planning to introduce polos and T-shirts made out of 100 percent recycled material. Van Heusen is going to feature 75 percent of the product line with recycled fibre material.

The highest number of Van Heusen stores are in Uttar Pradesh which is 56 stores contributing to 16 percent of the total stores in India. The list is accompanied by Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu with 11 percent and 10 percent respectively. Nine states in India do not have Van Heusen stores- Tripura, Meghalaya, Goa, Sikkim, Andaman and Nicro Islands, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, Nagaland, Ladakh and Lakshadweep.

3. Blackberrys

One of the prime men's fashion brands in India co-founded by Nitin Mohan along with Nikhil Mohan in 1991. Blackberry was reputed very swiftly because of the high-quality clothing with worldliness catering to modern men's fashion value. It started with just formal wear and later on expanded to casual and semi-casual wear as well for men. The brand integrated sustainable practices into the production process.

The company is located in Gurgaon, Haryana has generated a revenue of $142 million and a net profit of $8.79 million as of March 2023 with an 18 percent increase in CAGR.

The brand was established as Raymond Woolen Mill in 1925 since then it has been elegant and well-connected with the class making a discernable name in men's fashion. Raymond is famed for their well-crafted ethnic, indo-western formal and casual apparel. It is perceived to be a premium styling brand providing value and quality to customers.

Raymond one of the largest coherent textile companies located in Mumbai, Maharashtra created a revenue of Rs 5,913 crore ($710 million) in the FY 2023. It exports its product to over 60 plus countries including the US, Canada, Europe, Japan and the Middle East.  

5. Peter England

It made its swoop into the Indian market in 1997 and was obtained by Aditya Birla Group in 2000. The price range is considered to be economic, mid-price and premium. Peter England is known for keeping up with youth, being in sync with every fashion occasion in professional as well as easy-going wear for men. The brand markets products through an in-house platform named trendin.com along with other e-commerce websites in India.

This Indian-based clothing brand generated a revenue of Rs 12,500 crore ($1.56 billion) in the FY 2023 with a funding of $ 1.26 billion.

6. Allen Solly

The brand is known for its distinctive and chic fashion galvanising an entire new customer class. Allen Solly was launched in India in 1993 by Madura Fashion and Lifestyle a division of Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail Limited. It is reviewed as a premium brand in India having a diversified range of fashion wear for men which includes shirts, jeans, suits, joggers as well as accessories.

Maharashtra has the majority number of Allen Solly with 37 stores putting up to 13 percent of the total number of stores in India followed by Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh with 35 (12 percent) and 33 (12 percent) respectively. Sikkim, Puducherry, Mizoram, Meghalaya, Manipur, Andaman and Nicobar Island, Ladakh, Dadra and Nagpur Haveli and Daman and Diu, Chandigarh, Arunachal Pradesh and Lakshadweep are the 11 states that do not have Allen Solly stores.

The brand aims to serve the evolving impeccable fashion needs of India and initiate innovation like Autopress shirts, Autoflex trousers, Superflex stitchless shirts, smart shirts, 4-in-1 shirts and anti-UV shirts. Arrow has a set-up to fulfil the urging needs of young stylish and fashion-loving professionals. The unique selling proposition is the expert shirt makers giving shrink-free, stain-free and wrinkle-resistant shirts.

Arrow Clothing Private Limited is an unlisted company located in Ahmedabad, Gujarat. The EBITDA of the company has increased by 950.26 percent with a net worth grown by 39.88 percent. Recognised for its American styling the brand has licensed in approximately 120 territories and 400 free-standing stores worldwide.

The official brand of USPA (United States Polo Association) a non-profit governing body for the sport of polo in the United States. Has a distribution of 1,030 mono-branded stores, boutiques, departmental stores and e-commerce. US polo describes the spirit of sport and takes the inspiration for their styling. It focuses on maintaining the brand as athletic, genuine, approachable and most importantly classic.

The Indian market has made a 15 percent initiative to expand US Polo retail stores. The company plans to generate $ 2 million in retailing by the year 2025. Worldwide the brand is present in 190 countries with 1,100 stores and planning to take it up to 2000 by the year 2030.

The brand was born in 1998 representing fashion for men. It is owned and directed by Credo Brands Marketing Ltd. It claims to be creating expressive fashion for men inspired by the nature of Mumbai. A brand that seeks to refine styling for men. Mufti has instilled their creativity in clothing from the heritage, coastline, gymkhana and tropical areas of Mumbai. Created a revenue of $ 63.7 million with a net profit of $ 9.65 million in FY 23.

The brand has started a new sub-brand named ‘4ooo5o’ spelt as ‘Four Triple oh Five oh’ catering to GenZ shoppers, centring on casuals and oversized garments.

10. Indian Terrain

Initially was a part of Celebrity Fashion Limited, demerged in 2011. Fulfilling the fashion needs of upwardly mobile young, cosmopolitan Indian men. The brand targets customers aged between 22- 44 years. Indian Terrain provides articles of clothing with premium fabrics, superior tailoring and comfortable fit in men's wear. The brand has a ready-to-wear branded sector for men as well which led to great customer flow.

Indian Terrain has opened 30 more retail stores and is looking at a 10 percent growth in revenue from Rs 460 crore in 2024 generating 15 percent from e-commerce. Last three months the company has increased a 4.48 percent revenue.

Best men’s fashion brands in India?

Louis Philippe, Van Heusen, Blackberry, Raymond and Peter England and the most renowned fashion brands in India for men,

Which brand is suggested for affordable and stylish brands for men?

Peter England and Indian Terrain are considered to be affordable yet stylish at the same time.

Which of the brands are considered to be luxury fashion brands in men's wear in India?

Louis Philippe and van Heusen are considered to be luxury brands for men's wear in India.

Where can I buy from these brands?

The brands have their shopping website page or in-house websites and are even available on various e-commerce platforms.

Which brand is best for semi-formal clothing for men?

Indian Terrain and Blackberry are the best brands for semi-formal men's wear.

• indian retail
• Louis Philippe
• US Polo Association
• Blackberrys
• Indian Terrain
• allen solly

The global jewellery market, valued at $353.26 billion in 2023, is on a growth trajectory, expected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4.7 percent from 2024 to 2030. This growth is driven by increasing incomes, innovative designs, and changing consumer perceptions of jewellery as a status symbol.

The Indian market, with its rich cultural heritage and significant consumption patterns, presents an opportunity for aspiring jewellery entrepreneurs.  And if you have a passion for all things glittering and want to turn it into a profitable business, you're in the right place. Grab a drink, and get settled because this is going to be a complete guide.

How to Start a Jewellery Business in 9 Steps?

A step-by-step instructions for those who've never started any business before, we’re going from top to bottom from finding your manufacturers to running the financial side of your business, and then we'll look at effective marketing strategies.

1. Research the Current J ewellery  Market

Before diving into the jewellery business, understanding market trends is crucial, and conducting thorough market research is also a major part. Current trends highlight in demand for colored gemstones and sustainable jewellery options. Understanding consumer behavior and competitive strategies can unveil niche opportunities and define a compelling brand proposition.

2. Define Who You Are as a Brand

Imagine you’re telling your best friend about your jewellery venture. That’s your brand story—what makes your business uniquely yours. Take Finley jewellery, for instance, with its focus on ethics and sustainability. What’s your special angle? Does a particular cause drive you? Do you offer a unique solution through your jewellery? Make your story heartfelt and simple.

With your brand story set, it’s time to decide on the type of jewellery you’ll create. Will your pieces be for daily wear or special events? Think about materials—gold, silver, pearls, beads, and more. Use Google to explore current trends. Staying on trend while remaining true to your brand is key.

3. Define Your Target Audience with the Right Price

Knowing your customers is essential. Consider their lifestyles, preferences, and needs. Use social media to learn about their habits and interests. Platforms like Instagram and Reddit are gold mines of information. The better you understand your audience, the more effectively you can market to them.

Setting the right prices involves balancing costs and perceived value. Consider all expenses, including marketing, production, hiring, and operating costs. Use a pricing calculator to ensure profitability. Sometimes, higher prices can enhance the perceived value of your jewellery, so don’t be afraid to price accordingly.

4. Set a Demographic Location

Choosing the right location for sourcing raw materials and setting up production is critical. Considering places known for their jewellery artisan and access to quality materials is important to get the raw materials easily which can boost your manufacturing time. For instance, Jaipur is renowned for its gemstone cutting and jewellery manufacturing, while Mumbai is a hub for gold and diamond trading. The proximity to these regions can reduce costs and ensure a steady supply of raw materials.

5. Create Your Visual Identity

Your visual identity helps people recognize your brand. Collaborate with a graphic designer to craft a logo, select fonts, and choose brand colors that reflect your story. Find designers on platforms like Fiverr, Freelancer, Upwork, and Behance. Once you have your visual identity, create a style guide to maintain consistency. Selecting the right materials is like choosing the best ingredients for a dish. Each material has its unique appeal and cost. Solid gold is durable and often mixed with other metals for strength. Gold vermeil and gold-filled options are more affordable. Silver and stainless steel are trendy and durable. Understanding the properties and care needs of each material helps you make informed choices.

6. Marketing and Supplying your Product

Marketing is the lifeblood of your business. Start with a few key strategies like influencer partnerships, email marketing, and ads. Collaborate with other brands to grow your email list. Use tools like Dovetale to find influencers and consider hiring agencies or freelancers for Facebook ads. Creative campaigns, such as offering free jewellery for the cost of shipping, can attract attention and new customers.

Whether you choose manufacturers, buy wholesale or partner with local artisans, reliable suppliers are crucial. Websites like Indiamart, Amazon business and TradeIndia are good starting points. Check reviews, compare prices, and always request samples to ensure quality before making large orders.

It’s a very crucial part for any business to reach its target market and for that, you need to keep your finances organized and marketing in both online and offline markets.  Now both offline and online markets are crucial to cover to get a good reach of your target market and with that is important to manage your financial statement

Register your business to protect yourself and save on taxes. Open a separate bank account and credit card for your business to maintain clarity. Use accounting software like QuickBooks and consider hiring an accountant to assist with bookkeeping.

7. Design Custom J ewellery

To bring your custom designs to life, clear communication with your manufacturer is vital. Use tools like Adobe Illustrator for detailed designs or simple sketches with reference photos. Clear communication ensures your vision is accurately realized.

8. Build your e-commerce store

Setting up your business Domain, Email, and Website presence is important to reach a wider audience. Your online presence is your digital storefront. Begin by registering a domain and setting up a professional email. Then, create your website. Shopify is a user-friendly option for e-commerce. Choose a theme that aligns with your brand and ensure your site features high-quality product photos, detailed descriptions, and easy navigation. Include sections like About, Shop, Collections, and Contact.

9. Customer Experience and Logistics

Packaging and shipping are significant aspects of your brand. Good packaging can enhance the perceived value of your jewellery. Keep it simple to streamline fulfilment. Consider eco-friendly options and maintain adequate supplies to prevent delays. Use tools like Shopify’s shipping settings or services like eShipper for efficient shipping.

Final Words

At IndianRetailer, we have witnessed how the jewellery market, both globally and in India, presents a lucrative opportunity for aspiring entrepreneurs. With a growing market value and evolving consumer preferences, now is the perfect time to launch your business. Remember, success in the jewellery business hinges on understanding your audience, staying true to your brand, and continuously adapting to market trends. With passion, creativity, and strategic planning, your jewellery venture can flourish in this dynamic market. So, take the plunge, and let your entrepreneurial journey shine as brightly as the gems you'll be crafting!

Top 5 FAQs on Starting a Jewellery Business

1. What are the threats to the jewellery industry?

Rising Labor Costs and Skilled Artisan Scarcity: The industry is also challenged by rising labor costs and a scarcity of skilled artisans, which impacts the cost and production of fine jewellery.

2. Is the jewellery business has high-risk?

jewellery is typically labelled as high-risk by merchants and processors, especially when it's being sold online.

3. Which type of jewellery demand in India?

India's jewellery market is experiencing a surge in demand for traditional gold and gemstone designs, reflecting the country's rich cultural heritage.

4. What is 24-karat gold?

'Caratage' is the measurement of purity of gold alloyed with other metals. 24 carats are pure gold with no other metals. Lower caratages contain less gold; 18-carat gold contains 75 per cent gold and 25 per cent other metals, often copper or silver. The minimum caratage for an item to be called gold varies by country.

5. How to identify the gold is it real or fake?

The Skin Test. One of the best-known ways to spot fake gold is the skin test. Does wearing the gold turn your skin green, or cause any kind of irritation? Genuine gold and silver will not react with the skin, so any problems will give away a fake piece.

• Fashion and jewelry

FMCG means fast-moving consumer goods, where the products are sold at the speed of a bullet train but with a low cost and are in high demand. Most of the non-durable products, are consumed quickly and have a high turnover rate. In the Indian fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG), market, total revenue is expected to increase by 27.9 percent from 2024 to 2030, reaching nearly $1,288.52 billion.

The giant FMCG companies produce, manufacture and distribute household and personal items found at supermarkets, pharmacies, other retailers and e-commerce into several categories, including Beverages and tobacco, Confectionery and baked goods, Fruit and veg, Processed foods, Meat and dairy products, Toiletries, cosmetics, and over-the-counter medications, Batteries, Electronic devices such as cell phones, earbuds, game players and many more.

Here’s a list of the top 10 FMCG companies with market capitalisation:

The above information is based on the companies' 2023 performance.

Let's explore the top 10 FMCG companies and why they should be on your radar:

1. Hindustan Unilever:

Hindustan Unilever is a familiar name for every individual. It is the best FMCG company in India and a subordinate company for global products. Established in 1933 by Rohit Jawa as Lever Brothers Indian Ltd., it later merged with the global giant Hindustan Vanaspati Mfg. Co. Ltd. and United Traders Ltd. in 1956.

In 2024, the company's market value will be around $68.50 billion, which makes it the world's 256th most valuable company.

End-of-year Market Cap

Their service includes foods, beverages, cleaning agents, personal care products, and water purifiers. Some of the popular and most used products of every household are Lux, Surf Excel, Dove, Lifebuoy, Kissan, and Brooke Bond.

2. Nestle India:

Nestle which was founded by Henri Nestle a Swiss food and beverage giant, Today Nestle India is a household name across the globe and one of the top ten FMCG companies in India, Nestle started its operations in 1961, From chocolates, Maggi, health drinks, coffee and many more, and their first Indian factory was set in Moga, Punjab where they developed the milk economy. This fast-moving consumer goods company offers a wide range of consumer products manufactured in its 8 factories located across the country.

On the June 2024 BSE report India’s FMCG powerhouse is facing a downfall, which shows that Nestle India shares are down at Rs 2538.95.

Nestlé India has changed their most iconic product packaging to support girl child education, which are, MAGGI, NESCAFÉ and KITKAT, in association with Nanhi Kali. Nestlé is also associated with these well-known brands Milkybar, Milkmaid, and Nestea.

3. Godrej Consumer Products:

Since 2001, Godrej has been a leading player in the Indian FMCG market. current CEO and MD, Mr Sudhir Sitapati created a brand value of around Rs 14,365 crore. Godrej is considered one of the top 10 FMCG companies in India in the home and personal care segment, which is a part of the Godrej Group.

In today date the market cap of Godrej Consumer is $17.29 Billion. This shows that the market share of the company is rising by 2.58 percent per day and 34.31 percent annually.

The iconic and well-known products are hair care, skin care, oral care, household insecticides, and hygiene. And Cinthol, Godrej No. 1, Godrej Expert, Hit, and Protekt are very common names in every Indian household.

4. Britannia Industries:

Britannia is the oldest multinational food manufacturing company which has been trusted by every Indian, is actually an FMCG giant, who known for its biscuits, bread and dairy products. It is a part of the Wadia Group, headed by Nusli Wadia and was founded in the year 1892 in Kolkata. Britannia is mostly known for their biscuit products, which generate 80 percent of revenue for the company. Britannia has its footprint in 60 countries across the globe.

In 2022, the revenue of the company is around $1.99 billion but in 2023, the company is not able to reach its target and ended up at $1.98 billion, If we talk about their market cap, as of June 20th, 2024, the market capitalization of Britannia Industries is $15.52 billion.

Their iconic products are biscuits, breads, cakes, rusk, cheese, and milk products under brands such as Britannia, Good Day, Tiger, Marie Gold, NutriChoice, and Cheese.

5. P&G Hygiene and Health Care:

The global giant of manufacturers of feminine hygiene and healthcare segments. The Procter and Gamble Company was founded by William Procter and James Gamble in 1837. P&G is one of the leading names in the top 10 FMCG companies.

Under the leadership of Chittranjan Dua, the current Director and MD of P&G Hygiene and Health Care Limited, the market cap is Rs 52,236 crore. And as of June 26, 2024, their market share had decreased by 0.74 percent. But still, the company has managed to maintain their position at No. 3 in the personal care industry.

Current Market Cap

Their iconic brands are Whisper, Vicks, and Old Spice which still hold the No. 1 position in the health and personal care industry. The product line of P&G includes sanitary napkins, tampons, and cough and cold remedies.

6. Colgate:

Colgate became a necessity in everyone’s life, is a top FMCG company, but it was initially established as a soap and candle business in the early days. Colgate a multinational corporation, was founded by Willian Colgate in 1806, but in 1928, the company merged with Palmolive-Peet and evolved over the years.

As of June 2024, the company is ranked as the 209th most valued company in the world. The market cap of Colgate Palmolive is $80.97 billion. The company is constantly rising, at 28.78 percent a year.

This top FMCG company in India’s Colgate product line includes household items, health care products, personal care items, and veterinary products. Their iconic brands are Colgate, Palmolive, Softsoap, Irish Spring, Protex, Speed Stick, Lady Speed Stick, Sanex, and Hill's Pet Nutrition.

7. Dabur India:

A small pharmacy in Kolkata, which is based on the principles of Ayurveda and natural ingredients, is now one of the top 10 FMCG companies. Dabur was founded by S.K. Burman in 1884. Dabur is now considered one of the largest Ayurvedic and natural healthcare companies in India, with a legacy of over 135 years.

Dabur is now running under the leadership of Mohit Burman and positions the company as the world's 1327th most valuable company by market cap. The market cap of Dabur as of June 2024 is $12.72 billion.

Dabur offers various products in health and pharmaceuticals, which include health supplements, hair care, oral care, skin care, home care, and foods under the brand names like Dabur Chyawanprash, Dabur Honey, Dabur Honitus, Dabur PudinHara, Dabur Lal Tail (in healthcare); Dabur Amla and Dabur Red Paste (in personal care); and Real (in food & beverages).

8. ITC Limited:

ITC is a global giant and one of the top 10 FMCG companies was established by William M. Jacks in the year 1910 as Imperial Tobacco Company of India Limited, Later in 1970, the company was renamed as Indian Tobacco Company Limited. But now the company called as ITC Limited since the year 2001. ITC is present across six business segments as FMCG, Hotels, Agribusiness, Information Technology, Paper Products and Packaging. 

ITC Limited has a total market cap as of June 2024 of around Rs 5,29,976 crore and with that, ITC is ranked no. 1 in the Tobacco sector.

ITC's most iconic brands are Aashirvaad, Sunfeast, Yippee! Bingo!, B Natural, ITC Master Chef, Fabelle, Sunbean, Fiama, Engage, Vivel, Savlon, Classmate, Paperkraft, Mangaldeep, Gold Flake; Wills Navy Cut; Classic.

9. TATA Consumer Product:

TATA is a very trusted name around the globe. It was founded in the year 1962, in Kolkata. TATA is considered as a giant in FMCG.  TATA consumer product are part of the TATA group. TATA is the world's second-largest manufacturer and distributor of tea and also a major producer of coffee.

TATA Consumer Products' market cap as of June 2024 is $12.41 billion, and their share is increasing by 23.90 percent a year.

TCP's product range includes salt, pulses, spices, ready-to-cook mixes, breakfast cereals, snacks, and mini-meals. And the most iconic brands of TCP are Tata Tea, Tata Salt, Tetley, Tata Sampann, and Himalayan.

Emami is a well-known name in Personal care, health care and the paper sector. Emami was founded by Radhe Shyam Agarwal and Radhe Shyam Goenka in the year 1974 in Kolkata, and in today’s date is one of the Top FMCG companies.

Emami is one of the best FMCG companies, with a market share rate of 65.81 percent and a market cap of a total of $3.70 Billion as of June 2024.

Emami products are based on Ayurveda and natural ingredients namely balms, oils, creams, lotions, powders, and deodorants. Their most iconic brands are Boroplus, Navratna, Zandu, Fair and Handsome, and Kesh King.

According to the performance of the FMCG sector, as witnessed by IndianRetailer, it is being driven by rising consumer demand and diverse product offerings. The top 10 FMCG companies, including industry giants like Hindustan Unilever, Nestle India, and ITC Limited, play a pivotal role in shaping the market with their extensive product portfolios and innovative strategies. As the market is projected to grow significantly, reaching nearly $1,288.52 billion by 2030, these companies will continue to expand their influence and adapt to changing consumer preferences. By understanding the key players and their market shares, investors and consumers can gain valuable insights into the industry's landscape. As we move forward, the emphasis on sustainable practices and technological advancements will further propel the growth and success of FMCG brands in India, ensuring they remain at the forefront of the global market.

1. What is the biggest challenge for FMCG companies?

By 2040, 95% of all retail purchases will be made online. Challenges and Opportunities: Despite its promising outlook, the FMCG sector in India faces challenges such as data management, brand management, price wars, and catering to diverse demographics.

2. Which FMCG product is most profitable?

Personal care products like skincare, hair care, and oral care products are in high demand. These products have a low production cost and a high margin of profit.

3. Which FMCG company has the highest market share?

Nestle India Private Limited. List of FMCG companies in India. Nestlé tops the list as the largest food and beverage corporation in the world.

4. Which is the fastest-growing FMCG Company in India?

Among the top FMCG companies in India, VBL has grown the fastest in recent years. This growth is due to its partnership with PepsiCo, allowing VBL to distribute PepsiCo drinks in many countries and expand internationally.

5. Who regulates the FMCG industry in India?

Operating by the guidelines set forth by the FSSA 2006, the FSSAI is the responsible authority that safeguards public health through the regulation and supervision of food safety.

• FMCG companies
• FMCG industry
• Nestle India
• P&G India
• Hindustan Unilever Limited

There is a rising demand for trendy home décor; from millennials to Gen Z, everyone wishes to have a home that represents them. A home décor business is the answer to providing and fulfilling people's demands. Are you looking to open a home décor store? We have got you covered.

The Indian home furnishing market size has reached Rs 52,626.8 crore in 2023 . IMARC Group anticipates the market will reach Rs 97,051 crore by 2032, with a growth rate of 7.04 percent during 2024-2032. The light is shining on online shopping for home décor, furniture, and high-end luxury items.

How  to start  a  Home Decor Business  in India?

Here are the key 7 steps to start your business in home décor:

1. Know the Market

Understand the market trends and know your target audience. What are the latest additions in the décor market in various categories? Millennials are generally the target audience for those starting furnishing and home décor businesses. The market in India demands something innovative and new; this country is very experimental and versatile. All that needs to be done is to make a unique niche for the consumers. The home décor market is expected to have a growth rate of 6.20 percent (CAGR) from 2023 to 2028.

Choose a specific genre such as vintage décor, modern furniture, eco-friendly décor, or DIYs to start a home decor business idea: the more collections, the merrier. Make your brand visible in the market through different platforms. Social media has a lion's share of influence on every generation nowadays.

Key Insights:

• Know your target audience-  Identify the age group ( between 20- 60 years).
• Make your brand versatile- Make a brand strategy, create a unique brand style, widen the product range and use technology for innovation. 
• Keep up with the trends- Study the latest trends in the furniture and decor market, and upgrade the brand with upcoming revolution in the home decor business. 
• Gather knowledge of the respective market- Know the competitors and understand the strategy.
• Use various platforms to generate awareness- in-house website, e-commerce platforms, and retail stores. 

2. Make a Plan

Making a home decor business plan is a must. It allows the business to follow the guidelines through each stage of starting and managing your brand. The plan can include factors like business models, value propositions, financial projections, and marketing strategies.

Understand what mode of business suits you: B2B (business to business), B2C (business to consumer), or C2C (customer to customer). It is suggested that you use a B2C model for a home décor business as it allows consumers to visit a physical store where they can see and feel the product before buying.

• Be realistic- cater to practical limitations, and make pragmatic decisions.
• Choose a suitable mode- carefully opt for the right type of business model that caters to all the needs. 
• Be thorough with the research- market research is a key to understand growth and decline patterns should be thorough. 
• Maintain consistency- Be steady and regular in the making of the plan. 
• Review regularly- evaluate the decor business market and bring changes to your plan accordingly. 

3. Supplying, Inventory, and Selling

Find an appropriate and authentic supplier (wholesalers, manufacturers, or your product) and establish a strategy for managing inventory properly to avoid overstocking and stockouts to help you start your decorating business efficiently.

Opt for a reasonable and well-functional mode for selling to start a home decor business. Nowadays, there are three types: offline, online, and hybrid. Offline can be a retail store or showroom; online selling can be done with the help of e-commerce platforms like Flipkart, Myntra, Amazon, or your website. The hybrid mode is the most exciting, where the customer has the option to sit back and browse online or visit the store and purchase what they like. This type gives the consumer comfort in making their choice.

4. Promotion

This step is the most important in the process of starting a home decor business as it helps the business gain awareness, increase its customer base, and expand in the market. Branding and marketing are crucial for the growth of any business. There are various modes of promotion: advertisement, marketing strategy, public relations, personal selling, social media, email marketing, and many more.

An advertisement should aim at people's interests in “modern bedroom décor” or “vintage wall hangings.” Home décor representation, usage of technology in furniture, or any kind of upgrade can add value to your business.

• Build a strong brand identity- Define the mission, vision, and unique selling proposition(USP). Make the physical appearance of the brand attractive ( name, logo, tagline) that defines the decor business.  
• Build an online presence- Use social media, email marketing, blogs and other streaming platforms)
• Make a marketing plan- Analyse your brand with SWOT analysis, SMART goals and key performing indicators (KPIs)

5. Logistics

The word logistics means the commercial transportation of products. Organizing the movement, equipment, and accommodation is very essential for proper management to maintain the order of the supply chain.

The décor and furniture business faces challenges in shipment, warehousing and storage, assembling, and installation. Hence, there is a need to have adequate management of logistics. It helps the brand enhance customer experience and increase its value. It also contributes towards cost reduction and efficiency improvement.

• Operation management in logistics- Choose reliable suppliers and ensure timely and cost-effective purchase of materials. Solve storage, ordering, packaging issues, and shipping-related issues.  
• Improve customer service- consistent response and resolution. Provide with innovative ideas. 
• Handle returns and refunds efficiently- assistance in building a good brand image. 

6. Budgeting

Define the scope of your home décor or furniture business. Research the difference in cost expenses from suppliers, inventory, promotion, and logistics. Determine the total cost involved in making the marketing plan.

Items to Include in Budgeting:

• Product development
• Supplying and inventory
• E-commerce and retail
• Sales and marketing
• Operational cost
• Human resources

7. Feedback and Improvising

For the success of a home decor business, its foremost focus should be to improve and bring changes according to the feedback from consumers. Reviews assist in catering to consumer expectations, guiding the design process to ensure that the final product aligns with the audience's vision.

• Improve product and service- work on the suggested improvements by customers. 
• Expand with the help of trends- Keep the research work on always to enhance customer reach.
• Build partnerships- Diversify the business. 

Indian Retailer says:

There are various companies in the décor and furniture industry in our country contributing to a tough market with a wide range of competitors. This industry promises growth due to the diverse needs and demands of customers. Proper planning, creativity, and dedication towards your décor business can aid in building a successful brand. The home decor business is growing at a stable speed in the succor of urbanization, rising disposable income and rising interest in interior design. Consumers are taking a look at sustainable, eco-friendly and durable decor and furniture. Keeping a wide variety will assist in catching the eye of consumers. Along with in-store experience a decor business can also avail with omnichannel strategy. 

FAQs on How to Start a Home Decor Business

1. How to make a home décor business effective?

Use different marketing strategies, including digital platforms. Email marketing, websites, advertisements, and influencer marketing are a few ways to help your business become effective.

2. How to price home décor products?

Determine your price by evaluating COGS (cost of goods sold), involving materials, labor, and other expenses. Ensure profitability while sustaining in the competitive market.

3. Is it possible to start a home décor business with a small budget?

Of course, you can start small and expand your scale gradually. Build a strong online presence and start with a unique niche product range. Reinvent inventory and marketing.

The retail industry in India is essential for understanding customer preferences and company performance. Knowing the top retail companies in India, their IPO offerings, and current stock prices is crucial.

The retail sector contributes 10 percent to India’s GDP and is expected to create 25 million new jobs by 2030. It is projected to grow at 9 percent annually, reaching $1,407 billion by 2026, up from $779 billion in 2019. India’s direct selling market is anticipated to be worth $7.77 billion by 2025.

Factors driving this growth include economic expansion, changing demographics, higher disposable incomes, urbanization, and shifting consumer needs. For instance, retail sales in India increased by 5 percent in February 2024 compared to the same period in 2023. Multinational corporations are drawn to India due to its diverse consumer base and lower labor costs.

Let's explore the top 10 retail companies in India, their latest updates, IPO offerings, and current stock prices.

Top 10 Retail Companies in India

Here are the top 10 retail companies in India:

The company began as ‘Lakme’ in 1952, focusing on cosmetics, toiletries, and perfumes. Over time, Lakme Exports Limited joined forces with Little Woods International Limited Private Limited (LIIPL) and later became Trent Limited. Today, Trent is one of the top retail companies in India, running popular stores like Westside, Landmark, Zudio, and Utsa.

In the past year, Trent's stock price has soared by 207.69 percent, reaching a high of Rs 5,452 and a low of Rs 1,657. The company made a profit of about Rs 712.09 crore in the fourth quarter of 2024. As one of the top 10 retail companies in India, Trent continues to be a key player in the retail market.

What does the future hold for the company?

Based on the present and past performance, the company is predicted to generate Rs 10,728.81 in share price.

2. V-Mart Retail

V-Mart is a family fashion store that focuses on affordability and a wide range of products for its customers. It has a strong presence in Tier II, III, and IV cities across India, with over 450 stores in more than 250 cities and 26 states. V-Mart offers a variety of items, including fashion apparel, footwear, home furnishings, general merchandise, and kirana products.

In 2008, V-Mart went public and has since achieved significant milestones. In the fourth quarter of 2023-24, the company's net revenue increased by 11.9 percent from the previous year, reaching Rs 673.03 crore. Over the past year, V-Mart's stock has shown impressive growth, with a return of 30.44 percent, a high of Rs 2,849.90, and a low of Rs 1,595.  

The price target for the brand is Rs 2,399 share price with a maximum estimate of Rs 2987 and a minimum estimate of Rs 2,000 in 2025.

3. Reliance Retail 

Started by Reliance Industries Limited in 2006, this company aims to revolutionize retail in India. In 2024, it saw over 1.06 billion visits to its stores, thanks to a strategy that covers shopping, FMCG, pharmaceuticals, fashion, and lifestyle. It also has a strong presence in digital commerce channels. Reliance Retail generated a gross revenue of Rs 3,06,786 crore in FY24, marking a 17.8 percent increase compared to the previous year.

The company is unlisted but the parent company Reliance Industries plans to do value unlocking by bringing IPOs of Reliance Retail and JIO.

4. Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail

Aditya Birla Fashion and Retail was formed in 2015 when the Aditya Birla Group combined ABNL’s Madura Fashion and ABNL’s subsidiary Pantaloons Fashion and Retail (PFRL). As of March 2024, the company has a revenue of Rs 13,996 crore and an EBITDA of Rs 1,703 crore. Over the past year, it has achieved a 52.93 percent return, with stock prices reaching a high of Rs 335.25 and a low of Rs 192.95. The total income for FY24 stands at Rs 3,406.65 crore. The company has also partnered with international brands like Ralph Lauren, Hackett London, Simon Carter, Ted Baker, Fred Perry, Forever 21, American Eagle, Reebok, and Galeries Lafayette.

It is predicted to grow 102.6 percent in earnings and 12 percent in revenue. The average one-year share price target for ABFRL is Rs 278.46 with a low forecast of Rs 202 and a high forecast of Rs 360.15.

5. Avenue Supermart Ltd.

Founded by Radhakishan Damani in 2002, this Indian retail corporation manages a chain of supermarkets across India. Avenue Supermart owns well-known brands like DMart, D Mart Minimax, D Mart Premia, D Homes, and Dutch Harbour. The company operates in ten states, offering a wide range of basic home and personal products. Over the past year, there was a slight return of 0.60 percent, with stock prices peaking at Rs 4,875 and dipping to Rs 4,765.85. The company's revenue grew by 6.63 percent, reaching Rs 2,536.17 crore for the year ending March 2024.

Revenue is believed to grow more than 17 percent, with earnings increasing at 20 percent and more. EPS is expected to shoot up to 18.2 percent.

The company was formed in 1984 through a joint venture between TATA Industries and The Tamil Nadu Industrial Development (TIDCO). Titan has since expanded into various sectors, including watches, jewelry, clothing, eye care, and the fashion and fragrance industry. As of March 2024, Titan posted a net profit of Rs 786 crore, with revenue reaching Rs 11,257 crore. Over the past year, the company has seen a return of 14.79 percent, with stock prices ranging from a low of Rs 2,882.45 to a high of Rs 3,886.95.

Titan is assumed to grow 20.5 percent and 12.7 percent in earnings and revenue respectively. The price target for the company should reach Rs 3706.20 with a maximum of Rs 4337 and a minimum of Rs 2750 for the upcoming year.

7. V2 Retail

V2 Retail is the largest and fastest-growing retail chain in India, with a presence in 17 states, mainly in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Odisha, Jharkhand, and Assam. It operates 107 stores in Tier II and III cities, focusing on fashion and lifestyle products. The company offers various brands for apparel and non-apparel products, including One Human, Glamora, Godspeed, Herrlich, No War, and Honey Brats.

Over the past year, V2 Retail's net profit surged by Rs 3.60 crore, an increase of 146.69 percent from the same period last year. The company's stock performance has been impressive, with returns of 418.60 percent, reaching a high of Rs 687 and a low of Rs 120.

V2 Retail Ltd. has an average target of Rs 841 share price. The consensus estimate represents an upside of 15.36 percent from the last price of Rs 729.

Raymond is a brand with extensive business interests in the textile and apparel sector, covering customer care, real estate, and engineering in both national and international markets. With 97 years of textile expertise, Raymond combines tradition with modern infrastructure. The brand and its various lines, such as Raymond Apparel, Raymond Lifestyle, and Silver Spark Apparel, also have a presence in Tier 4 and 5 cities.

In the past year, Raymond's net profit increased by 17.94 percent, reaching Rs 229.21 crore for 2023-2024. The company's stock has performed well, with a return of 52.59 percent. The share price ranged from a low of Rs 1,487.60 to a high of Rs 2,695 over the past year.

The share price of RAYMOND is expected to reach a value of Rs. 3036 by January 2025. If the Macro and Micro economic factors along with the industry trend support, we might see the target price of Raymond Ltd reach Rs 3406 by December 2025.

9. Spencer Retail

Part of the RP Sanjiv Goenka Group, this multi-format retailer offers a wide range of products in categories like food, fashion, home essentials, electronics, and more. The company has seen a return of 47.63 percent over the past year, with stock prices ranging from a low of Rs 57.90 to a high of Rs 139.30.

Spencer's, the retailer, introduced the concept of organized retailing in India by launching the first hypermarket. Today, it operates 120 stores, including 37 hypermarkets, across more than 35 cities in India. In the fourth quarter of 2023-24, the company's revenue increased by 0.31 percent, reaching Rs 551.15 crore.

Based on the analysis long-term increase is expected with the stock price of Rs 234.210 in 2029. With a year's investment, the revenue is expected to be around 156.02 percent.

10. Future Retail

In 1992, the company launched its IPO, starting the distribution of branded garments through various retail outlets. The Future Retail Group is known for popular brands like Big Bazaar, Heritage Foods, WHSmith, and more. The company aims to achieve a $15 million turnover in the next five years.

Focusing on hypermarkets, supermarkets, and home solutions, it operates 1,500 stores in over 400 cities and towns across India.

FAQs on Top Retail Companies in India

1. Who is the biggest retailer in India?

Reliance Retail is the biggest retailer in India.

2. Which is the biggest retail business in India?

Reliance Retail is the biggest retail business in India.

3. Who are the top 5 retailers in India?

• Reliance Retail
• Future Group
• Avenue Supermarts (DMart)
• Aditya Birla Retail

4. Who is the richest retailer in India?

Mukesh Ambani of Reliance Retail is the richest retailer in India.

5. Who is the king of retail in India?

Mukesh Ambani is often referred to as the king of retail in India.

• Aditya Birla Fashion & Retail Ltd

The retail landscape in India is undergoing a significant transformation, driven by shifts in consumer spending dynamics. The emphasis is moving away from traditional product-centric purchases towards experiences and localized innovation. This change underscores the need for retailers to adapt and innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences .

Shifts in Consumer Spending Dynamics

Indian consumers are increasingly prioritizing experiences over material goods. This shift is reflected in the surge in spending on categories such as travel, hospitality, recreation, and entertainment, while traditional retail segments like fashion and lifestyle have experienced flat volume growth, according to Deloitte India’s latest report. The report highlights several key trends and consumer spending behaviors expected in FY25 based on Deloitte’s comprehensive consumer survey.

Dining Out or Ordering In

Despite health and budget concerns prompting 29 percent of respondents to plan a reduction in dining out or ordering in, over 50 percent still prefer maintaining or increasing their dining frequency. This resilient demand for dining options that prioritize health, quality, and appeal presents a significant opportunity for establishments. Restaurants and food delivery services can capitalize on this trend by focusing on health-conscious menus, superior-quality ingredients, and enhanced dining experiences.

Apparel, Footwear, and Fashion Accessories

While 32 percent of respondents intend to decrease spending on apparel and accessories, citing satisfaction with their current wardrobe and a preference for minimalist lifestyles, around 14 percent plan to increase their purchases. To engage these consumers, retailers need to offer compelling designs and trends that encourage wardrobe refreshes. Emphasizing sustainable fashion options can also attract environmentally conscious consumers, thereby maintaining engagement and driving sales.

Leisure Travel

Leisure travel is set to see a significant boost, with 29 percent of respondents planning to increase their travel frequency in the coming year. This growing appetite for experiential spending provides travel companies with an opportunity to create tailored experiences that resonate with consumers seeking unique adventures and cultural immersion. Offering personalized travel packages and immersive experiences can drive higher engagement and foster brand loyalty.

Consumer Durables and Appliances

Despite 30 percent of respondents citing financial constraints as a deterrent, approximately one-third have recently purchased items in this category. This indicates a market segment with unmet needs, likely looking for more affordable options or innovative features. Retailers can tap into this demand by offering budget-friendly variants and promoting the long-term benefits and efficiency of their products.

Consumer Electronics

Anticipated purchases of consumer electronics are declining due to existing device adequacy and financial considerations. To stimulate demand, brands may need to introduce budget-friendly variants or flexible payment plans that align with consumers' financial priorities. Highlighting the technological advancements and enhanced features of new devices can also encourage upgrades.

Furniture and Home Furnishings

Nearly 60 percent of respondents expressed no immediate intent to purchase major furniture items. However, there is sustained interest in home décor purchases for redecoration purposes. Retailers should focus on offering smaller, more affordable home décor items that cater to this segment. Emphasizing customization options and trendy designs can attract consumers looking to refresh their living spaces.

Luggage Items

Interest in luggage purchases remains modest, with only 15 percent considering a purchase in the next year. This aligns with the broader trend of selective spending on travel-related items, driven primarily by the need to replace old or damaged luggage. To attract consumers, retailers can offer value-driven products or innovative designs that enhance the travel experience.

Navigating the Evolving Consumer Landscape

The evolving consumer landscape presents a complex interplay of value consciousness and a growing demand for unique experiences. Anand Ramanathan, Partner, Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte India, emphasizes the importance of localized innovation at scale to meet these evolving preferences. Companies that innovate to address convenience, affordability, and health will not only survive but thrive.

Sweating Assets for Like-for-Like Growth

One of the key imperatives for consumer businesses is to maximize the use of existing investments and assets to drive like-for-like growth. Industry leaders can leverage technology and AI to enhance operational efficiency and strategic resource allocation. The report outlines several growth levers that businesses can employ to reshape the retail experience and achieve incremental growth.

Refining Consumer Personas

Approximately 48 percent of consumers are willing to share data, presenting an opportunity for businesses to refine consumer personas and focus on profitable segments. By implementing targeted interventions across the purchase journey using technology, retailers can enhance customer engagement and drive sales. Personalization and data-driven marketing strategies can help in catering to the specific needs and preferences of different consumer groups.

Enhancing Perceived Value

Nearly 42 percent of consumers look for value-added services and benefits. Companies should articulate a holistic selling proposition that covers product/service benefits, experience, loyalty rewards, warranty, and post-sales support. By enhancing the perceived value of their offerings, businesses can attract and retain value-conscious consumers.

Advanced Data Analytics to Drive Sales

Utilizing centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and optimizing store performance through targeted operational enhancements can drive sales. In fact, 45 percent of consumers expect brands to anticipate their needs and proactively communicate. Leveraging advanced data analytics can help retailers understand consumer behavior, predict trends, and tailor their offerings accordingly.

Localization

Tailoring product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences is highly valued by consumers. About 27 percent of consumers show interest in geo-targeted ads and product offers. By focusing on localization, retailers can strengthen brand connections and increase consumer loyalty. Understanding regional trends and preferences can help in creating relevant and appealing product lines.

Interactive and Immersive Experiences

Creating engaging experiences across physical and digital channels is crucial for modern retail. Innovative in-store activations and digital tools for high-quality customer advisory services can enhance the shopping experience. For instance, 80 percent of consumers cited word of mouth as influencing their purchase decisions, while 55 percent highlighted the importance of quality advisory. Implementing virtual expert connects and other interactive features can attract and retain customers.

Implications for the Retail Sector

The report highlights the need for retailers to adapt to the changing consumer landscape by focusing on innovation, value, and personalized experiences. The upcoming Union budget for 2024-25 is seen as an excellent opportunity to add momentum to the revival of the mass segment by enhancing investments in the rural economy and agriculture. A normal monsoon, festival season, and replacement demand are expected to drive volumes in all categories, contributing to broad-based growth in consumer and retail sectors beyond urban markets to rural and semi-urban centers.

Businesses can aim for an incremental 8 to 20 percent growth in like-for-like sales by optimizing their investments in customer, product, channel, and experience. By focusing on the following growth levers, retailers can reshape the retail experience and capitalize on dynamic consumer trends:

• Refining Consumer Personas : Focus on profitable segments and emerging consumer groups through targeted interventions.
• Enhancing Perceived Value : Offer value-added services and benefits to enhance the overall selling proposition.
• Advanced Data Analytics : Use centralized customer data platforms for hyper-personalization and store optimization.
• Localization : Tailor product assortments and marketing strategies to local preferences.
• Interactive and Immersive Experiences : Create engaging experiences across physical and digital channels.

READ MORE:  India Retail Poised to be a $2.2Tn Market by 2030

The future of retail in India is poised for significant change, driven by shifts in consumer spending dynamics towards experiences and localized innovation. Retailers must adapt by focusing on health-conscious and quality dining options, compelling fashion designs, personalized travel experiences, affordable consumer durables, and innovative consumer electronics. Additionally, they should capitalize on the interest in home décor and offer value-driven luggage options.

By refining consumer personas, enhancing perceived value, leveraging advanced data analytics, and focusing on localization, retailers can navigate the evolving consumer landscape. Creating interactive and immersive experiences will further enhance customer engagement and loyalty. The upcoming Union budget and the focus on rural and semi-urban markets provide additional opportunities for growth. Retailers that innovate to meet evolving consumer preferences on convenience, affordability, and health will not just survive but thrive in this dynamic environment.

• experiential
• Consumer Spending
• value shopping
• Indian retail industry

Feeling the heatwave taking over your life? Don't sweat it! With the scorching temperatures and rising electricity bills, staying cool is more important than ever. Luckily, brands like Blue Star, Crompton, Voltas, and Bajaj offer air coolers that are not only effective but also budget-friendly, keeping both indoor and outdoor spaces refreshingly cool.

The air cooler market is booming, growing from $1.62 billion in 2023 to $1.8 billion in 2024, and it's expected to hit $2.7 billion by 2028. With so many options, picking the right air cooler can be tough. That’s why we’ve put together a list of the top 10 air cooler brands in India to help you stay cool and comfortable all summer long.

Top 10 Air Cooler Brands in India

Here is the curated list of the top 10 air coolers brand in India.

1. Blue Star 

Blue Star, founded in 1943 by Mohan T Advani, is among the best air cooler brands in India. Known for its wide range of products, Blue Star combines advanced technology with sustainability and energy efficiency. These air coolers are designed for maximum comfort and convenience with modern features.

In the fourth quarter of FY 23, Blue Star saw a growth of 16.4 percent, reaching Rs 2623.83 crore with an EBIDTA of Rs 179.17 crore. The brand generated an annual revenue of Rs 7,977 crore ($927 million), with 65 percent of sales coming from Tier III, IV, and V markets. Blue Star aims to capture a 15 percent market share in 2024 and achieve a 15 percent revenue growth CAGR in the coming years. They plan to increase production to 12-13 lakh units per annum this fiscal year and up to 28 lakh units in the future.

Key Features of Blue Star Air Coolers

• Holds up to 75 liters of water, so you don’t have to refill it often.
• Can blow cool air up to 15 meters, reaching across a large room.
• Uses about 100-200 watts of electricity, saving you money on your electric bill.
• Costs between ₹7,000 and ₹20,000, cheaper than air conditioners.
• Uses 80% less electricity than air conditioners, keeping your bills low.
• Weighs around 15-20 kg and has wheels, so you can move it easily from room to room.
• Can cool a room up to 37 square meters in about 15-20 minutes.
• Costs about ₹1,500-₹2,500 a year to maintain, much less than air conditioners.

Ideal Use: Best for dry climates and medium-sized rooms. Tip: Opt for models with an ice chamber for extra cooling.

Check Out More :  Best AC Brands in India: Top Picks to Cool Your Summer

Voltas Limited is an Indian multinational home appliances company, headquartered in Mumbai. It designs, develops, manufactures and sells products including air conditioners, air coolers, refrigerators, washing machines, dishwashers, microwaves, air purifiers, and water dispensers. They are a trusted choice for both residential and commercial use. Voltas Limited established in 1954 is a listed public company and part of the leading Indian multinational Tata Group. 

Key Features of Voltas Air Coolers

• Holds up to 70 liters of water, reducing the need for frequent refills.
• Can blow cool air up to 15 meters, ensuring good coverage for a room.
• Uses about 120-250 watts of electricity, helping you save on electric bills.
• Costs between ₹8,000 and ₹18,000, making it a cost-effective cooling solution.
• Can cool a room up to 35 square meters in about 15-20 minutes.
• Easy to use with simple controls and some models have a remote control for convenience.

Ideal Use: Great for bedrooms and small living rooms. Tip: Choose models with a remote control for convenience.

Founded by Pawan Bajaj in 1980, Bajaj Electronics is a well-known name in the air cooler market. The brand offers a variety of air coolers praised for their powerful cooling and durability. Bajaj caters to every economic group with a range of products from affordable options to luxurious models, ensuring there's something for everyone.

As one of the best air cooler brands in India, Bajaj focuses on delivering high-quality and reliable products that meet the diverse needs of consumers. Whether you're looking for budget-friendly options or high-end coolers, Bajaj has you covered.

Key Features of Bajaj Air Coolers

• Holds up to 65 liters of water, providing extended cooling without frequent refills.
• Can blow cool air up to 12 meters, ensuring effective cooling for medium-sized rooms.
• Uses around 100-190 watts of electricity, making it energy-efficient.
• Includes a dedicated ice chamber for extra cooling on extremely hot days.
• Priced between ₹6,000 and ₹15,000, offering a budget-friendly cooling solution.
• Consumes less electricity compared to air conditioners, helping reduce energy bills.
• Lightweight and equipped with wheels, making it easy to move from one room to another.
• Can effectively cool a room up to 30 square meters within 10-15 minutes.

Ideal Use: Suitable for compact spaces like study rooms. Tip: Look for turbo fan technology for quicker cooling.

4. Symphony

Founded in 1988 in Gujarat, India, Symphony is a global leader in the air cooler industry, with a presence in over 60 countries. As the world’s largest manufacturer of air coolers, Symphony is known for its wide range of products that consistently receive high ratings for efficiency, design, and cooling capacity.

Popular models like Symphony Diet and Hicool are especially favored for personal and room cooling, offering effective and reliable performance. Symphony’s commitment to innovation and quality makes it one of the best air cooler brands in India.

Key Features of Symphony Air Coolers

• Holds up to 80 liters, so you don't need to refill it often.
• Can blow cool air up to 18 meters, covering a large area.
• Uses 100-200 watts, saving on electricity bills.
• Has a chamber for ice to provide extra cooling.
• Priced between ₹8,000 and ₹20,000, affordable for many budgets.
• Equipped with wheels, easy to move from room to room.
• Cools rooms up to 40 square meters fast.

Ideal Use: Effective in both dry and slightly humid conditions. Tip: Ensure regular cleaning of cooling pads for optimal performance.

5. Havells 

The story of Havells began in 1958 at Bhagirath Place, founded by Haveli Ram Gandhi. Later, it was purchased for Rs 7 lakh. Today, Havells stands as a company with a net worth of $1.4 billion. It enjoys a strong market presence across a wide range of products, including industrial fans, home appliances, air conditioners, and coolers.

Havells is known for its high-quality and reliable products, making it one of the best air cooler brands in India. Their air coolers are designed to provide efficient cooling and are popular for both residential and commercial use.

Key Features of Havells Air Coolers

• Holds up to 50 liters of water, reducing the frequency of refills.
• Can cool a room up to 15 meters away, suitable for medium-sized rooms.
• Uses around 150-230 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Helps manage humidity levels, keeping the room comfortable.
• Consumes less power, helping to reduce electricity bills.
• Equipped with wheels, making it easy to move from one room to another.
• Effective in cooling rooms up to 35 square meters quickly.

Ideal Use: Perfect for moderate-sized rooms with controlled humidity. Tip: Use distilled water to prevent scaling and improve cooling efficiency.

6. Crompton

Crompton, originally started as Crompton Parkinson Work Private Limited in 1937, became a public company named Crompton Greaves Limited in 1966. Known for its innovative and reliable products, Crompton has grown significantly, achieving approximately Rs 69 billion in FY23, with Rs 23.1 billion coming from the electric consumer durable segments in India. As one of the best air cooler brands in India, Crompton offers a wide range of air coolers that are highly rated for their performance and durability.

Key Features of Crompton Air Coolers

• Holds up to 55 liters, reducing the need for frequent refills.
• Can blow cool air up to 16 meters, effectively cooling medium-sized rooms.
• Uses around 130-220 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Equipped with a mosquito net to prevent insects from entering.
• Priced between ₹7,000 and ₹17,000, offering good value for money.
• Consumes less electricity, helping reduce energy bills.
• Comes with wheels, making it easy to move around the house.
• Can cool rooms up to 37 square meters within minutes.

Ideal Use: Best for medium rooms needing steady airflow. Tip: Regularly clean the mosquito net to maintain air quality.

Kenstar brand was launched in the year 1996. With a global presence in over 20 countries and, a wide range of products including air coolers, water heaters, washing machines, and cookware, it has continuously grown with the times and its customers expect the best from them due to their excellent service.

Key Features of Kenstar Air Coolers

• Water Tank Capacity: Holds up to 50 liters, so you don’t have to refill it frequently.
• Air Flow: Can blow cool air up to 15 meters, effectively cooling medium-sized rooms.
• Power Consumption: Uses around 150-200 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Remote Control: Comes with a remote for easy operation from a distance.
• Costs between ₹6,000 and ₹15,000, making it a budget-friendly option.
• Uses less electricity compared to air conditioners, helping you save on energy bills.
• Equipped with wheels, making it easy to move around the house.
• Can cool rooms up to 30 square meters quickly.

Ideal Use: Good for bedrooms and small offices. Tip: Choose models with a remote for ease of use.

Established in 1983, Usha offers a variety of air coolers known for their quality and reliability. The company's products are exported to countries in the Middle East and Africa, and they are tested for all necessary Indian and international standards at their extensive and well-equipped testing facility. As one of the best air cooler brands in India, Usha is committed to delivering high-performing and durable air coolers that cater to both domestic and international markets.

Key Features of Usha Air Coolers

• Water Tank Capacity: Holds up to 70 liters, so it requires less frequent refilling.
• Air Flow: Can blow cool air up to 20 meters, effectively cooling larger rooms.
• Power Consumption: Uses around 120-230 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Ice Chamber: Has a chamber for ice to provide extra cooling on very hot days.
• Priced between ₹8,000 and ₹18,000, making it affordable.
• Uses less electricity than air conditioners, helping reduce electricity bills.
• Equipped with wheels for easy movement between rooms.
• Effective in cooling rooms up to 40 square meters quickly.

Ideal Use: Great for larger rooms and hot climates. Tip: Use the ice chamber during peak heat for enhanced cooling.

Orient Electric Limited (OEL), part of the diversified $3 billion Indian conglomerate CK Birla Group, is one of the leading consumer electrical brands in India. Known for its high-quality products, Orient Electric offers reliable and efficient air coolers, making it one of the best air cooler brands in India.

Key Features of Orient Air Coolers

• Water Tank Capacity: Holds up to 85 liters, so you don’t have to refill it often.
• Air Flow: Can blow cool air up to 20 meters, effectively cooling large rooms.
• Power Consumption: Uses around 140-220 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Ice Chamber: Includes a chamber for ice to enhance cooling on extremely hot days.
• Less frequent refilling with an 85-liter capacity.
• Can cool rooms up to 45 square meters quickly.
• Uses less electricity, saving on energy bills.

Ideal Use: Suitable for large rooms and dry climates. Tip: Opt for models with higher water tank capacity for fewer refills.

10. Croma  

Croma is India's first and trusted large format specialist retail store. Founded in 2006, digital gadgets and home electronics. The store’s air coolers are hot sellers due to their post-purchase service needs in a hassle-free manner, Croma launched ZipCare.

Key Features of Croma Air Coolers

• Water Tank Capacity: Holds up to 55 liters, reducing the frequency of refills.
• Air Flow: Can blow cool air up to 15 meters, suitable for medium-sized rooms.
• Power Consumption: Uses around 130-200 watts, making it energy-efficient.
• Remote Control: Comes with a remote for convenient operation from a distance.
• Priced between ₹6,000 and ₹16,000, offering good value for money.
• Uses less electricity than air conditioners, helping reduce energy bills.
• Can cool rooms up to 35 square meters quickly and effectively.

Ideal Use: Perfect for medium rooms needing consistent cooling. Tip: Look for models with a timer function to save on energy bills.

FAQs on Air Coolers Brand in India

1. Which air cooler is best in India?

Symphony Siesta 70XL is often rated highly for its large water tank, powerful airflow, and energy efficiency.

2. Which cooler is best for a bedroom?

Kenstar Little Cooler is ideal for bedrooms due to its compact size, quiet operation, and efficient cooling.

3. Which air cooler is best with less noise?

Havells Freddo is known for its quiet performance, making it suitable for noise-sensitive environments like bedrooms.

4. Which brand is best for cooling?

Symphony is widely recognized for its effective cooling performance, especially in larger spaces and hot climates.

*/ /*-->*/ /*-->*/ */ /*-->*/ /*-->*/

In an era where micro-moments and personalized celebrations are the norm, Bakingo stands out as a premier destination for delectable cakes and desserts. Catering to a diverse audience, from young college-goers to mothers planning family celebrations, Bakingo has established itself as a brand synonymous with quality, convenience, and personalization.

From Floweraura to Bakingo

The entrepreneurial journey of Bakingo began 13 years ago with the founding of Floweraura, an online gifting brand. The success of Floweraura illuminated the need for a nationally recognized bakery brand that could offer consistent taste and experiences across India. This realization led to the inception of Bakingo.

“What started as a humble cloud kitchen has now blossomed into a thriving business with over 75 fulfillment centers across major cities in India. Our product range has also expanded significantly, now offering over 200 flavors and varieties to suit diverse tastes and occasions,” said Himanshu Chawla, Founder and CEO, Bakingo.

National Expansion

Bakingo's vision is to become a national bakery brand. It is strengthening its presence in Tier II cities such as Kanpur, Patna, and Dehradun. This strategic expansion allows Bakingo to reach a broader customer base while maintaining its commitment to quality and consistency.

“Looking ahead, we plan to open Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) format bakery stores across pan India markets by the end of 2025. This initiative aligns with our goal of enhancing accessibility to its premium baked goods,” stated Chawla.

Challenges and Growth

Like any entrepreneurial journey, Himanshu revealed that Bakingo has faced its share of challenges. Scaling production while ensuring stringent quality standards has been a significant hurdle. However, by prioritizing innovation, customer satisfaction, and operational efficiency, the brand has successfully navigated these challenges. This perseverance has led to sustainable growth and the establishment of Bakingo as a trusted name in the bakery industry.

Business Model

Bakingo's business model revolves around delivering baked goods that are tailored to individual preferences. By focusing on quality, convenience, and personalized experiences, the brand has carved a niche for itself in the premium baked goods segment. The average order value (AOV) of Rs 800 reflects the premium nature of Bakingo's products and underscores its commitment to delivering value-driven experiences to customers.

Omnichannel Distribution Model

Bakingo operates on an omnichannel distribution model, strategically leveraging both physical and digital channels to maximize customer reach and engagement. The primary digital channel is the D2C model through Bakingo's website. This platform allows customers to conveniently browse through a wide range of products, place orders, and enjoy seamless delivery services. The D2C model enables Bakingo to directly interact with customers, personalize their experiences, and maintain full control over the customer journey from browsing to purchase.

In addition to its website, Bakingo partners with aggregator channels like Swiggy and Zomato to expand its reach and cater to a nationwide audience. These partnerships allow customers to discover and order Bakingo's products through their preferred food delivery platforms, enhancing accessibility and visibility in the market.

Leveraging Technology and AI

The brand thrives on the integration of technology and artificial intelligence (AI) within its operations. Advanced forecasting tools enable precise demand prediction, ensuring efficient resource allocation and minimizing wastage. This technological foresight is crucial in managing inventory and delivery processes, allowing Bakingo to maintain high standards of quality while scaling production.

“We are also actively developing AI models to enhance consumer experiences. These models aim to provide personalized recommendations and streamline the ordering process, ensuring a seamless and delightful customer journey. The most impactful technology integration to date has been advanced forecasting, which has revolutionized inventory management and significantly reduced wastage,” he explained.

Vision for the Future

Bakingo's vision for the next two years is to establish itself as a leading national bakery brand renowned for quality and innovation. Key strategic plans include expanding the product line to cater to diverse preferences, strengthening distribution networks for nationwide reach, and enhancing customer engagement through various platforms.

To cater to the evolving tastes and preferences of its target audience, the brand plans to expand its product line. This expansion will include introducing new flavors, varieties, and personalized options. Additionally, strengthening distribution networks will enable Bakingo to reach more customers and enhance accessibility to its premium baked goods.

It further aims to enhance customer engagement through various platforms, including social media, e-mail marketing, and personalized customer interactions. “By fostering a strong connection with our customers, we hope to build a loyal customer base that trusts us for all their celebration needs,” Chawla concluded.

In an era marked by heightened environmental consciousness, the fashion industry is undergoing a significant transformation. The traditional approach to clothing production, which often prioritized profit over sustainability, is giving way to a more eco-conscious ethos. Central to this shift is the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics, offering a promising path towards a more sustainable future for fashion.

The Need for Change

The conventional fashion industry has long been associated with environmental degradation and exploitation of resources. From water pollution to deforestation and hazardous chemical use, the environmental footprint of clothing production is substantial. Additionally, the industry's reliance on non-renewable resources exacerbates the problem of resource depletion. With consumers increasingly demanding accountability from brands, the pressure to adopt sustainable practices has never been greater.

Embracing Eco-Friendly Fabrics

Enter eco-friendly fabrics, heralding a new era of sustainable fashion. These fabrics are crafted from renewable, biodegradable, or recycled materials, minimizing the environmental impact of clothing production. From organic cotton and hemp to bamboo and recycled polyester, the options for eco-conscious consumers are expanding rapidly.

Modal : Modal fabric, a bio-based material made from beech tree cellulose, is an eco-friendly alternative to cotton. Beech trees require minimal water, making the production process 10-20 times more water-efficient. This light, airy fabric has a silky, breathable texture, making it an excellent choice for summer wardrobes. Its comfort and safety make it ideal for those with allergies or sensitive skin and it is much easier to care for. This semi-synthetic fiber is derived from beech tree pulp. Beech trees, like bamboo, are self-seeding and a renewable resource. Modal fabric has become a popular choice of fabric for lingerie, and nightwear in the apparel industry, and leading brands including SOIE amongst many others are embracing this trend with a range of products in the Modal Fabric collection. 

Organic Cotton : Unlike conventional cotton, which relies heavily on pesticides and synthetic fertilizers, organic cotton is grown using natural methods that promote soil health and biodiversity. By eschewing harmful chemicals, organic cotton cultivation reduces water consumption and prevents soil contamination, making it a more sustainable choice for clothing production.

Hemp : Hemp is a versatile and eco-friendly fiber that requires minimal water and pesticides to grow. Renowned for its durability and breathability, hemp fabric is well-suited for a wide range of clothing applications. Moreover, hemp cultivation can help mitigate deforestation and soil erosion, making it an environmentally responsible choice for fashion brands.

Bamboo : Bamboo fabric, derived from the fast-growing bamboo plant, is gaining popularity for its sustainability credentials. Bamboo cultivation requires little water and no pesticides, making it a highly renewable resource. Additionally, bamboo fabric possesses natural antibacterial properties and is biodegradable, further enhancing its eco-friendly appeal.

Recycled Polyester : Conventional polyester, derived from non-renewable fossil fuels, is a major contributor to environmental pollution. However, recycled polyester offers a sustainable alternative by repurposing post-consumer plastic waste into high-quality fabric. By diverting plastic from landfills and reducing the need for virgin polyester production, recycled polyester helps mitigate the environmental impact of clothing manufacturing.

Driving Sustainable Innovation

The rise of eco-friendly fabrics has catalyzed a wave of innovation within the fashion industry. Brands are increasingly investing in research and development to explore new materials and production methods that minimize waste and environmental harm. From bio-based textiles made from agricultural by-products to closed-loop manufacturing processes that recycle water and chemicals, sustainable fashion is at the forefront of technological advancement. Furthermore, consumer awareness and demand play a crucial role in driving the adoption of eco-friendly fabrics. As more individuals prioritize sustainability in their purchasing decisions, brands are compelled to align with these values or risk losing relevance in the market. Social media and digital platforms have become powerful tools for raising awareness about sustainable fashion practices and holding brands accountable for their environmental impact.

The Road Ahead

While the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics represents a significant step towards a more sustainable fashion industry, challenges remain on the path to widespread adoption. Issues such as supply chain transparency, labor rights, and affordability pose ongoing hurdles for brands seeking to integrate sustainable practices into their operations. Moreover, consumer education and behavior change are essential for fostering a culture of sustainability that transcends fleeting trends. As we look to the future, collaboration and collective action will be key to realizing the vision of a truly sustainable fashion ecosystem. From designers and manufacturers to policymakers and consumers, each stakeholder has a role to play in advancing the cause of environmental responsibility in fashion. By embracing eco-friendly fabrics and adopting holistic sustainability practices, the industry can pave the way for a brighter, more resilient future—one where fashion is not only stylish but also ethical and eco-conscious.

In conclusion, the emergence of eco-friendly fabrics marks a pivotal moment in the evolution of the fashion industry. By prioritizing sustainability and innovation, brands have the opportunity to redefine the norms of clothing production and consumption. As we navigate the complexities of a rapidly changing world, the embrace of eco-friendly fabrics offers hope for a more sustainable future—one where fashion is not just a reflection of style but also a catalyst for positive environmental change.

This article is written by Amrit, Sethia, Vice President, SOIE - Ginza Industries Ltd. 

• Sustainable brands
• Fashion Industry
• retail brands

The inaugural NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, organized by the National Retail Federation (NRF) in collaboration with global event organizer Comexposium, concluded successfully, making a significant impact on the future of retail. Held at the Sands Expo and Convention Centre in Singapore from June 11-13, the three-day event attracted over 7,000 registrations and participation from 238 exhibitors across Asia Pacific and the globe.

Diverse and Insightful Sessions

Themed “Fast Track Your Success,” NRF 2024 featured over 100 speakers across 60 sessions, including keynotes, panel discussions, special programs, and tours. These sessions addressed the latest trends, technologies, and strategies transforming the retail landscape in Asia Pacific. Industry leaders from renowned companies such as AEON Group, Amazon, Coca-Cola, Central Retail Corporation (Thailand), Domino’s, Fast Retailing (UNIQLO), Hermès, Mastercard, Moët Hennessy, Puma, Lotte Corporation, and Wumart, among others, shared their insights on topics ranging from omnichannel retailing and sustainable practices to the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) and the evolution of customer experience.

Positive Exhibitor Feedback

"NRF 2024: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific met our expectations as an exhibitor in areas of attendance, thought leadership, and influence. It's clear that this event is a pivotal platform for driving the future of retail, fostering meaningful connections, and sparking transformative ideas,” said Mette Krogh, Chief Marketing Officer, RELEX Solutions. “We are looking forward to leveraging the invaluable insights and connections gained at the event to propel our initiatives for Asia Pacific forward.”

Showcasing Innovative Technologies

A standout feature of the event was the NRF Innovation Lab, which showcased the most visionary retail technologies available today. Attendees experienced firsthand advancements in areas such as AI, augmented reality, data analytics, and Web3, poised to power the new retail in the digital age.

Impressed Industry Leaders

"As a speaker, I was impressed by the breadth of topics covered and the depth of expertise shared at the conference,” said Xu Ying, President, Wumei Technology Group. “The showcase of retail solutions at the expo, and the exchange of innovative ideas and best practices, have left a lasting impact. NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific has not only set a new standard for industry events but also solidified its influence as a cornerstone for retail thought leadership and innovation.”

Warm Reception Across the Region

“The warm and favorable reception we have received from retail communities spanning India, Japan, China, the Philippines, Vietnam, and New Zealand strongly indicates a significant demand for a pan-regional retail event,” said Ryf Quail, Managing Director, NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, Comexposium. “The energy and enthusiasm from participants have been incredible, underscoring the dynamic and evolving nature of the retail industry in the region. We are proud to provide a platform for knowledge exchange, networking, and innovation that drives the industry forward.”

Looking Ahead to NRF 2025

Looking ahead, NRF is excited to announce that NRF 2025: Retail's Big Show Asia Pacific will take place on June 3-5, 2025, at the same iconic venue in Singapore. The upcoming event promises to build on the success of this year’s show, with even more visionary speakers, pioneering technologies, and unparalleled networking opportunities.

Rebooking has commenced for existing exhibitors, with bookings for new exhibitors opening from July 1, 2024. Retail professionals, technology innovators, and industry stakeholders are encouraged to mark their calendars and join the largest and most influential retail conference in the Asia Pacific region.

The rise of Indian beauty consumerism can be directly related to the new-age adage that self-care is synonymous with empowerment. Post-COVID, this transformation has accelerated, driven by a surge in digital-first approaches and a growing appetite for beauty products across diverse markets, including the elusive Tier II and Tier III cities, which until recently stuck to the legacy brands. One such company, House of Beauty, exemplifies this evolving landscape – blending digital innovation with a robust offline presence to redefine consumer engagement and satisfaction.

Mansi Sharma, Co-founder & Creative Director, Boddess Beauty & House of Beauty, shed light on this dynamic shift: "In the last five years, especially in the D2C space, we have seen a proliferation of around 800 brands, many of them focused on beauty. This surge is fueled by the financial independence of Indian women and their increasing discretionary spending." Additionally, she emphasized how attitudes towards self-care had evolved: "Unlike previous generations, today's women take pride in indulging in beauty products. It's about serving yourself before others, a reflection of changing societal norms."

The emergence of this new consumer base is characterized by increased access to information, facilitated by social media platforms. Consumers in these regions are knowledgeable about skincare ingredients like Niacinamide, the benefits of Korean beauty brands, and the latest trends in color cosmetics. This awareness has incited demand and contributed to the buoyancy of the beauty industry.

Omnichannel Expansion

Boddess Beauty began its journey as a digital-first company, leveraging the power of e-commerce to reach a wide audience. However, recognizing the unique advantages of physical retail, Mansi noted, "Our roots were always in offline retail, with over 200 stores for The Body Shop and 20 stores for Kiehl's. We understood the credibility and engagement that came from a physical store experience."

The influence of brand ambassadors (BAs), the strategic advantage of prime mall locations, and the art of visual merchandising play pivotal roles in shaping consumer perceptions and preferences. These elements collectively transform global brands into locally resonant entities that captivate the Indian consumer market, making products not just accessible but also compelling choices for shoppers across the country.

Mansi highlighted the strategic shift towards an omnichannel approach: "While online channels help in discovery and push marketing, offline stores provide unparalleled credibility and customer engagement. It's about bridging the gap between digital discovery and physical interaction."

This trend underscores why leading brands continue to invest in offline retail despite a decline in sales in this sector. By enhancing its physical presence, such as implementing trial stations in key stores like those of The Body Shop equipped with sinks for testing products like shower gels and face washes, House of Beauty has been able to maintain consumer engagement and drive higher conversion rates. “While offline operations may not allow for the same aggressive discounting seen online, they have proven to be a more profitable model and significantly bolster brand credibility. This commitment to offline expansion is evident across our portfolio, including newer in-house brands like The Honest Tree and established global brands,” she revealed.

Venturing into Tier II and Tier III

Looking ahead, Boddess Beauty plans to deepen its footprint in Tier II and Tier III cities. Mansi elaborated, "Some of our most profitable stores per square foot are in cities like Itanagar and Agartala. There's a significant demand for international beauty brands and niche products like salicylic acid, reflecting the untapped potential in these markets."

When Kylie Cosmetics launched less than a month ago, the search trends from these geographical locations for the Kylie Jenner brand were immense. This surge in interest can be attributed to the significant amount of time people from these cities spent on social media platforms.

She highlighted their growth strategy: "Expanding into these regions isn't just about market penetration; it's about meeting the evolving beauty needs of consumers who are increasingly informed and aspirational. The kind of appetite that rests there is yet to be tapped into and I think we're just scratching the surface right now as an industry.”

Innovation and Sustainability

Central to House of Beauty's ethos is a commitment to clean beauty and sustainability. Mansi explained, "Our product portfolio prioritizes vegan and sustainable options. Whether it's through brands like Neal's Yard Remedies, Juice Beauty, The Body Shop, The Honest Tree, Kylie Cosmetics, we aim to offer products that are safe, effective, and aligned with modern consumer values."

However, adopting clean and ethical norms comes with its own set of challenges. For instance, while building The Honest Tree brand, Mansi became aware of the issues with the manufacturing side of the products.

“Manufacturing often goes overlooked by retailers and brand developers, despite its critical role in product execution. While creating a new beauty brand involves defining a niche, building a unique product concept, and establishing a clear differentiation strategy, the actual manufacturing process presents distinct challenges. These include negotiating margins, sourcing quality ingredients, selecting appropriate packaging, and ensuring all necessary certifications for product claims. These challenges are compounded by cultural norms within manufacturing facilities, where women negotiating directly with suppliers were met with surprise or skepticism,” she stated.

Overcoming these initial barriers was just the beginning, as the broader challenge lay in navigating the intricacies of production in India's competitive market landscape. Price sensitivity among Indian consumers further complicated matters, with even minor price variations influencing purchasing decisions significantly. Balancing product quality and affordability became crucial, as exceeding certain price thresholds could hinder consumer adoption, regardless of product superiority.

Despite these complexities, strategic approaches to manufacturing and pricing have allowed Mansi to thrive, albeit with ongoing challenges and opportunities for improvement.

While the company has embraced technology, including AR/VR for virtual trials and advanced analytics for personalized marketing, Mansi emphasized, "AI integration is an area for future exploration. Our focus remains on creating seamless, omnichannel experiences that blend digital convenience with physical engagement."

Looking ahead, Mansi envisions expanding their portfolio and geographical reach: "Our goal is to make premium beauty accessible across India, adapting global brands to resonate with the Indian consumer mindset. This includes expanding our reach to new cities and enhancing our distribution network."

• Beauty brands

Founded in 2011, ShopClues started with a mission to provide a seamless shopping experience, offering a vast array of products across numerous categories. Over the years, it has grown exponentially, catering to millions of customers and sellers alike. In 2019, the company took a significant leap forward when it was acquired by Qoo10, one of the world's largest online marketplaces. This acquisition aimed to bridge the gap between Southeast Asian consumers and Indian products while aligning with Qoo10's vision of global connectivity and convenient, secure shopping.

In an exclusive interaction, Anuraag Gambhir, MD, Shopclues explained the company's meticulous rise. Its journey can be divided into two phases: ShopClues1 and ShopClues2. ShopClues1, from its inception in 2011 until 2019, focused on becoming the platform for first-time buyers. The company partnered with over 40 courier companies to achieve the highest pin code coverage in India, targeting Tier III and Tier IV markets. "Our marketing initiatives were always focused towards Tier III and Tier IV markets. We built our foundation on the value segment shopper. At that time, we were the only ones who were playing in that space. I think that was a time when our technology capabilities were differentiating us from everybody else," he recalled.

Working closely with sellers, businesses, SMEs, and MSMEs, Shopclues set out to empower them and bring them online. Today, they have about 1.1 million plus registered sellers on the platform!

In November 2019, Qoo10 acquired ShopClues, marking the beginning of ShopClues2. Qoo10, a Singapore-based e-commerce company, has a strong presence in Southeast Asia, including Singapore, Korea, Japan, Malaysia, Philippines, Indonesia, and Vietnam. The acquisition enabled us to leverage Qoo10's extensive network and expertise in cross-border trade. "Qoo10's vision has always been cross-border trade. Our strength lies in facilitating seamless and fast cross-border transactions," Gambhir explains.

ShopClues Bazaar

To better serve budget-conscious customers, especially in Tier II and Tier III cities, ShopClues introduced "ShopClues Bazaar”. This section mirrors the traditional ShopClues model, focusing on affordable products tailored to the needs of these markets. Gambhir emphasized that empowering MSMEs had always been the core mission of the company. "Empowering MSMEs has been at the forefront of our strategic discussions and the defining force behind all our initiatives," says Gambhir.

Biting the E-commerce Pie

The Indian e-commerce market, currently valued at approximately $60-70 billion annually, is expected to grow to $200 billion by 2030, according to government estimates. The e-commerce export market, which ShopClues is targeting, aims to reach $200-300 billion as part of India's broader $2 trillion export goal. "There's a potential for a hundredfold increase in e-commerce exports over the next six years," Gambhir shares. He is confident that Indian products, known for their quality and competitive pricing, will see increasing demand globally.

Empowering MSMEs to Go Global

One of the key benefits ShopClues offers MSMEs is the ability to expand globally without incurring significant upfront costs. Gambhir highlights two primary costs that brands save by partnering with ShopClues: information costs and inventory costs. "Understanding local governing laws and customs of different countries can be challenging and expensive. We save brands this cost. Additionally, they no longer need to take inventory abroad and risk unsold stock," he notes.

By allowing sellers to list products directly from India and ship only upon receiving orders, ShopClues eliminates the need for local warehousing. The company charges minimal operational costs for translation and content management, along with a standard commission of 5 to 20 percent on each transaction. "We make it as easy for them to list on global marketplaces as it is on domestic ones. The differentiator is our ability to do seamless and fast cross-border transactions. So if somebody wants to list their products in another part of the country, he will be given an end-to-end solution as part of ShopClues and Qoo10 family. Qoo10 also has Q-Express, a logistics company. Q-Express helps from an operational point of view and deals with complicated cross-border logistics,” explained Gambhir.

The Role of AI in E-Commerce

Artificial Intelligence plays a significant role in enhancing e-commerce operations. Gambhir explains that AI improves efficiency across various aspects of the business, from customer service to social media management. "For us, 70 percent of queries are now handled by Chatbots, which can detect customer mood and respond faster than human agents," he says. AI also aids in cataloging and generating social media content, making operations smoother and faster. “I think AI will just help things move 40 percent to 50 percent faster in a lot of things,” he added.

ShopClues' Unique Position in the Market

With its association with Qoo10 and now Wish.com, ShopClues has access to a vast network and robust logistics infrastructure. This enables the company to differentiate itself by facilitating global trade for Indian brands. "Our edge lies in our ability to take brands global, not necessarily competing head-on with giants in certain geographies," Gambhir explains. The company focuses on overcoming language, cultural, and geopolitical barriers to boost trade between India and other countries.

Projections and Future Goals

Currently, ShopClues' e-commerce export business operates at a $12 million run rate, with ambitions to reach $100 million by the end of the year. Additionally, the company is working closely with the government to digitize MSMEs and artisans, further expanding its sourcing capabilities. "Our target is to reach $100 million in e-commerce exports by the end of the year, and we are confident in achieving this goal," says Gambhir.

ShopClues is poised for significant growth, driven by its commitment to empowering MSMEs and facilitating global trade. With the support of Qoo10 and Wish.com, the company continues to innovate and expand, offering unparalleled opportunities for Indian brands to reach global markets. As Gambhir aptly puts it, "If any small, medium Indian brand wants to go global today, we are the platform they should come to."

Are you ready to explore the latest trends in India's sports footwear market? Set to reach $46.16 billion by 2024, this market is expanding rapidly, fueled by an increased focus on health and fashion. This guide will help you navigate through the booming sports shoe industry, highlighting the need for consumers to choose well-made sports running shoes from the leading sports shoe brands in India for optimal quality, performance, and style. In this guide, you'll discover a curated list of the top 10 sports shoe brands in India, helping you choose the best in quality, performance, and style for your active lifestyle.

Top Sports Shoe Brands in India:

Here's a simple summary of the top 10 best-selling sports shoe brands in India, noted for their excellent comfort, stylish designs, and advanced technology.

1. Nike Sports Shoes: 

Nike, founded in 1964 by Bill Bowerman and Phil Knight, is a leading shoe brand in India and the largest global seller of athletic footwear and apparel. Known for its innovative designs and high-performance products, Nike is a favorite among athletes and sports enthusiasts. In 2020, Nike's revenue reached over $37.4 billion, and it's expected to exceed $45 billion by FY25, thanks to ongoing investments in technology and innovation. This growth underscores Nike's strong presence and continuous evolution in the sportswear market.

Specifications

• Price: ₹4,500 - ₹15,000, varies by model
• Rating: Typically 4-5 stars
• Weight: 200-400 grams range
• Sole Material: Durable rubber, Air technology
• Category: Running, basketball, lifestyle
• The Nike Air Max series features a wide range of styles and designs, catering to various fashion preferences.
• Nike shoes are crafted from premium materials, making them sturdy enough for both everyday wear and sports activities.
• While Nike Air Max shoes are comfortable and supportive, they may not fit everyone due to differences in foot shapes and walking styles.
• Some Nike Air Max designs might be too intricate or have bold colors that don't appeal to everyone's taste.

Who Should Buy This?

• Perfect for those who value long-lasting quality, excellent cushioning, and effective responsiveness.

Read More:   Footwear Industry in India: How Bright is the Future?

2. Reebok Sports Shoes: Detailed Overview

Reebok , founded in 1958 in England by Joe and Jeff Foster, has grown into a major shoe brand in India, known for its sports and lifestyle products. As a subsidiary of Adidas, Reebok has revitalized its market value, significantly contributing to the group's revenues. The brand is enhancing its presence through investments in sustainable materials and fitness-focused designs, targeting a $2 billion revenue increase by FY25. This strategic shift underscores Reebok's commitment to innovation and its strong position in the global market.

• Price: Varies widely, from budget-friendly options around ₹2,500 to premium models upwards of ₹10,000.
• Rating: Generally receives good ratings, often around 4 to 5 stars.
• Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specific weights vary by model.
• Sole Material: Usually crafted from durable rubber, often featuring specialized technology for added grip and comfort.
• Category: Includes running, training, walking, and casual lifestyle shoes.
• Excellent appearance and quality.
• Comfortable grip.
• Lightweight design.
• Cost-effective.

Sole quality could be improved.

If you're passionate about fitness, these shoes are ideal for you.

Latest Updates in the Reebok Sports Shoe Market

Reebok Expands Presence with New Chennai Stores

3. Adidas Sports Shoes

Adidas , established in 1949 by Adolf Dassler, stands as the second-largest sportswear manufacturer worldwide and the top in Europe. As a prominent player among the best sports shoe brands in India, Adidas is renowned for its high-quality sports running shoes and innovative designs. The brand has significantly impacted India's footwear brands, aiming to elevate its global revenue to $30 billion by FY25 through sustained investments in digital innovation and sustainability initiatives.

• Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹20,000.
• Rating: Often rated between 4 and 5 stars.
• Weight: Lightweight, specifics vary by model.
• Sole Material: Often uses high-performance rubber.
• Category: Includes running, training, basketball, and casual.

Durable, stylish, and equipped with advanced technology like Boost.

Some models may be expensive; sizing can be inconsistent.

Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-quality, technologically advanced footwear.

4. Puma: Sports Shoe Brand in India

Puma, founded in 1948 by Rudolf Dassler, is recognized as one of the top sports shoe brands in India and globally. Renowned for its trendy and high-performance sports running shoes, Puma holds a strong position among India's footwear brands. The company's market value benefits from its innovative products and significant global presence. With plans to reach a revenue of $8 billion by FY25, Puma is focusing on strategic collaborations and the use of eco-friendly materials in its offerings.

• Price: Generally ranges from ₹2,000 to ₹12,000.
• Rating: Often receives ratings of 4 to 5 stars.
• Sole Material: Typically made with durable rubber.
• Category: Offers shoes for running, training, football, and casual wear.

Positives :

• Stylish designs, comfortable fit, good durability.
• Perfect for warm weather
• Sleek, lightweight construction
• Sole absorbs shocks effectively

Negatives :

• Not ideal for individuals with wide feet

Who Should Buy It?

Perfect for daily wear for those with narrow to medium-width feet.

5. Skechers: Sports Shoe Brand in India

Skechers , an American brand founded in 1992 by Robert Greenberg, ranks among the top sports shoe brands in India. Known for its comfortable, stylish footwear, Skechers has secured a strong position within India's footwear brands, appealing to both performance and lifestyle segments. With a robust global presence, the company aims to reach $7 billion in revenue by FY25, driven by ongoing innovation and strategic marketing efforts in the sports running shoes category.

• Price: Typically ranges from ₹3,000 to ₹8,000.
• Rating: Generally receives 4 to 5 stars.
• Sole Material: Often made with flexible rubber and memory foam insoles.
• Category: Includes casual walking shoes, running shoes, and lifestyle sneakers.
• Stylish, versatile footwear.
• Highly comfortable and robust.
• Reduces foot pain effectively.
• Laces often come untied.
• Issues with heel slippage.
• Padding inside could be improved.

Who should buy this?

Skechers' trekking shoes are ideal for anyone who enjoys outdoor adventures and needs comfortable, sturdy footwear.

​​​​ 6. New Balance: Top Sports Shoe Brands India

New Balance , established in 1906 by William J. Riley, is known for its high-quality athletic shoes and has a strong presence among the best sports shoe brands in India. With a focus on performance and innovation, New Balance aims for a revenue of $5 billion by FY25, continuously investing in research and development to enhance its offerings in the sports running shoes category.

• Price: Typically ranges from ₹4,000 to ₹15,000.
• Weight: Lightweight to moderate, specifics vary by model.
• Sole Material: Commonly uses durable rubber or blown rubber.
• Category: Includes running, walking, cross-training, and lifestyle shoes.

High-quality construction, excellent cushioning, stylish designs.

Ideal for athletes and casual wearers looking for high-performance, comfortable, and stylish footwear.

7. Bata: Sports Shoe Brand in India

Bata, founded in 1931 and headquartered in Switzerland, is a cornerstone among India's footwear brands, known for its quality and affordability. As one of the best sport shoes brands in India, Bata boasts a comprehensive retail network that enhances its robust market presence. The company aims to continue its growth trajectory, targeting revenues of Rs 3,500 crores by FY25 through strategic investments in expanding its diverse range of sports running shoes and other footwear products.

• Price: Ranges from ₹999 to ₹3,499.
• Rating: Typically receives 3.5 to 4.5 stars.
• Weight: Varies, generally lightweight to moderate.
• Sole Material: Often made with rubber or synthetic materials.
• Category: Includes casual, formal, and sports shoes.
• Closure Type: Mainly lace-up, some models with Velcro straps
• Soft-cushioning
• Looks and feels high-quality

May develop cracks with use.

This is ideal for individuals looking to enhance their formal style while maintaining comfort and design.

8. ASICS: Sports Shoe Brand

ASICS , a Japanese multinational corporation founded in 1949 by Kihachiro Onitsuka, is known for its high-performance athletic footwear. The brand has a loyal customer base in India due to its focus on quality and innovation. ASICS has a strong market presence, particularly among professional athletes and serious runners. With a focus on innovation and performance, the brand projects its revenue to reach $4 billion by FY25.

• Price: Ranges from ₹2,199 to ₹13,989 depending on the model.
• Rating: Generally around 4 to 4.5 out of 5.
• Weight: Approximately 250-300 grams for typical running models.
• Sole Material: Commonly uses AHAR rubber.
• Category: Mainly sports and running shoes.

Excellent stability, cushioning, and durable design.

• Can be expensive, and limited in fashion-forward styles.
• Who Should Buy This: Best for runners and athletes seeking performance footwear.

9. FILA: Sports Shoe Brand in India

FILA, an Italian sportswear brand founded in 1911, has made a significant impact in the Indian market with its stylish and high-quality footwear. The brand is known for its fashionable designs and performance-oriented products. FILA’s market presence has been revitalized through strategic collaborations and trendy designs. With investments in branding and product innovation, FILA targets a revenue of $2 billion by FY25.

• Price: Varies, roughly ₹2,000 to ₹10,000.
• Rating: Typically around 4 out of 5.
• Weight: Approx. 252 grams for performance models.
• Sole Material: Often uses specialized compounds like Evergrip.
• Category: Sports and lifestyle footwear.

Casual and semi-professional athletes.

10. Campus: Sports Shoes

Campus, an Indian brand known for its affordable and trendy sports shoes, has gained popularity among young consumers. The brand offers a wide range of products that cater to various sports and casual activities. Campus has rapidly grown to become a leading sports shoe brand in India, particularly among the younger demographic. With continuous investments in marketing and expanding its product range, Campus aims to achieve a revenue of Rs 1,500 crores by FY25.

• Price: ₹600 to ₹1,200.
• Rating: Around 4.1 to 4.3 out of 5.
• Weight: Lightweight options available.
• Sole Material: Various, including rubber and PVC.
• Category: Includes sports, casual, and formal.

Who Should Buy This:

Budget-conscious consumers seeking versatile footwear.

Conclusion:

India's sports shoe market is lively, with a mix of global leaders and strong local contenders. Brands like Nike, Adidas, Reebok, and Puma are at the forefront with their innovative designs, catering to both athletic performances and lifestyle needs. Additionally, Indian brands such as Bata and Campus offer cost-effective, stylish options, broadening the range of choices for consumers.

The rising interest in health and style continues to propel the demand for quality sports footwear, positioning these brands to benefit from future market growth.

For a deeper look at the top shoe brands in India, check out this article . Whether you're searching for high-performance sports running shoes or stylish athletic footwear, this guide offers a comprehensive overview to help you make the best choice for your needs.

FAQs on Top Sports Shoe Brands in India

1. Which is the best sports shoe brand in India?

Nike is often highlighted as the top sports shoe brand in India, recognized for its quality and innovation in sports footwear.

2. What are the most affordable sports shoe brands in India?

Sparx and Campus are noted for their affordability, offering good quality sports shoes at lower price points.

3. Which sports shoes are best for running in India?

ASICS and Adidas are widely recommended for running due to their superior cushioning, stability, and support features.

4. Where can I buy original sports shoes in India?

Original sports shoes can be purchased from reputable online platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, as well as from the official stores of brands like Nike, Adidas, and Puma.

5. What are the latest trends in sports shoes in India?

The latest trends include the integration of sustainable materials, the rise of custom and athleisure styles, and technology enhancements for better performance and comfort.

The global wholesale market has experienced robust growth in recent years, with its size projected to increase from $49,488.7 billion in 2023 to $53,017.84 billion in 2024, reflecting a CAGR of 7.1 percent. This growth trajectory is attributed to factors such as economic expansion, global trade facilitation, improved supply chain efficiency, government policies, infrastructure development, and globalization processes during the historical period. Looking ahead, the wholesale market is anticipated to continue its strong momentum in the coming years, reaching $68,092.65 billion by 2028, with a CAGR of 6.5 percent.

As we navigate through 2024, the lines between these two facets of the supply chain have become more defined, influenced by technological advancements, shifting consumer behaviors, and global economic trends.

Defining Wholesale and Retail

Wholesale refers to the process of purchasing goods in large quantities from manufacturers and selling them to retailers or other businesses, who in turn sell them to consumers. Wholesalers act as intermediaries in the supply chain, facilitating the distribution of products on a large scale. Their primary focus is on high-volume, low-margin transactions, which allows them to offer discounted prices to retailers while still making a profit.

Manufacturers prefer selling in bulk to wholesalers because it allows them to move large quantities of goods efficiently, reducing their distribution costs. Wholesalers then warehouse these goods until they are sold to retailers.

Retail, on the other hand, involves selling goods directly to consumers for personal use. Retailers acquire products either from wholesalers or directly from manufacturers, selling them in smaller quantities at higher prices per unit. The goal of retail is to provide a convenient, accessible, and appealing shopping experience to individual customers.

In India, retail encompasses a variety of formats, including standalone brick-and-mortar stores, shopping malls, and e-commerce platforms. The industry has evolved significantly with the advent of digitalization, allowing retailers to enhance customer experiences through personalized service and efficient online transactions.

Key Differences between Wholesalers and Retailers

Wholesalers are essential mediators in the supply chain, serving a business-oriented customer base that includes retailers, other wholesalers, and institutions. It operates on high volume and low margins with the ability to purchase goods in bulk from manufacturers at discounted rates. This enables wholesalers to offer significant discounts per unit, making them a cost-effective choice for businesses looking to stock their shelves.

Orders handled by wholesalers are substantial, often involving large quantities of products shipped in pallets or truckloads. The business model revolves around maintaining long-term B2B relationships, focusing on partnership and trust-building with their clients. Wholesalers typically operate from warehouses or distribution centers, maintaining a lower profile in the market compared to retailers.

Marketing strategies for wholesalers are centered around relationship management and efficiency in bulk transactions. Prioritizing B2B communications and outreach helps in meeting the specific needs of business clients. In this way, wholesalers play a critical role in the economy by facilitating the flow of goods from manufacturers to retailers, ensuring that products are available to consumers through various retail outlets.

Retailers are the final link in the supply chain, directly catering to end consumers and focusing on the general public as their customer base. Operating on smaller volumes with higher margins, marking up prices to cover overhead costs and generate profits. Orders managed by retailers are typically smaller and more frequent, ranging from single items to small quantities that meet individual consumer needs.

In contrast to wholesalers, retailers engage in direct B2C (Business-to-Consumer) relationships, prioritizing customer service and satisfaction. It has a visible presence in the market through physical stores or online platforms, allowing it to engage directly with consumers. Retailers employ marketing strategies that emphasize branding, enhancing the customer experience, and promoting individual products to appeal to end consumers. The marketing efforts are targeted at attracting and retaining customers, fostering loyalty through personalized interactions and tailored promotions.

Overall, retailers play a critical role in delivering products to consumers and meeting their specific demands through a variety of retail formats. By focusing on customer satisfaction and employing effective marketing strategies, retailers ensure that goods are accessible and appealing to the end consumer, contributing significantly to the economy's consumer-driven growth.

Trends Shaping Wholesale and Retail in 2024

Both wholesalers and retailers are navigating several transformative trends in today's market landscape. Sustainability and ethical practices have become paramount, with wholesalers focusing on sustainable sourcing practices and retailers prioritizing eco-friendly products and packaging to meet increasing consumer demand for transparency. Another significant shift is the rise of direct-to-consumer (D2C) models among manufacturers, which is reshaping the wholesale sector as brands seek more control over customer interactions and margins, bypassing traditional wholesale channels.

Global supply chain challenges, including geopolitical tensions and pandemic-related disruptions, are prompting wholesalers and retailers alike to invest in more resilient and flexible supply chain strategies. Concurrently, the digital transformation journey continues, with both wholesalers and retailers integrating cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and blockchain technology to enhance operational efficiency and security.

Consumer behavior has also evolved significantly, with modern consumers expecting high convenience and value. Retailers are adapting by improving online shopping experiences, while wholesalers are enhancing service and support for their B2B customers. These trends highlight the dynamic nature of the wholesale and retail sectors, where adaptation and innovation are key to meeting the evolving demands of both businesses and consumers in a rapidly changing global marketplace.

The Future of Wholesale and Retail

As we move further in time the distinctions between wholesale and retail continue to evolve. Here’s a closer look at what the future might hold for both sectors.

Wholesale Transformation:

Wholesalers are moving towards enhanced collaboration with manufacturers and retailers, aiming to create integrated and efficient supply chains. This collaboration will streamline processes and improve responsiveness to market demands. Technology will be pivotal in achieving these goals, with continued investments in logistics, inventory management, and customer relationship management systems. These advancements will empower wholesalers to operate more effectively and competitively in the market.

Moreover, the future of wholesale will see a strong emphasis on global expansion. Digital platforms will play a critical role in accessing new markets and broadening international customer bases. E-commerce and digital marketing advancements will enable wholesalers to extend their reach beyond traditional boundaries, facilitating global scalability and growth.

Retail Evolution:

Retailers are set to prioritize Omnichannel excellence, perfecting the integration of online and offline shopping experiences. This approach will provide customers with a seamless and cohesive shopping journey, allowing them to interact with brands across multiple touch points. Advanced data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI) will drive personalized shopping experiences by analyzing consumer behavior and preferences in real-time. This will enable retailers to tailor product recommendations, promotions, and customer service interactions to individual preferences, enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty.

Sustainability is another key focus in the future of retail. Responding to consumer demand for responsible consumption, retailers will promote eco-friendly products, reduce their carbon footprint, and improve transparency in their supply chains. Ethical practices will be prioritized throughout the retail ecosystem, ensuring that sustainability remains at the forefront of business operations.

How do retailers interact with consumers compared to wholesalers?

Retailers engage directly with consumers, providing personalized shopping experiences and focusing on customer service. Wholesalers, in contrast, primarily interact with businesses and focus on efficient bulk transactions.

How can businesses leverage the differences between wholesale and retail for growth?

Businesses can leverage wholesale for efficient bulk purchasing and distribution, while retail offers opportunities to engage directly with end consumers and build brand loyalty through personalized experiences and effective marketing strategies.

How do wholesalers contribute to cost savings in the supply chain?

Wholesalers negotiate bulk prices with manufacturers, allowing them to offer discounted rates to retailers. This reduces costs for retailers and helps in managing inventory efficiently.

What are the advantages of wholesalers and retailers adopting AI and data analytics?

AI and data analytics help wholesalers forecast demand more accurately and optimize inventory management. For retailers, these technologies enable personalized marketing, customer insights, and efficient supply chain management.

What strategies are wholesalers using to expand globally in 2024?

Wholesalers are leveraging digital platforms and e-commerce channels to access new international markets. They are also focusing on building strong partnerships with global manufacturers and retailers.

India's economy is set for a significant upswing, with an estimated GDP growth of 8 percent in FY25, according to newly elected CII President Sanjiv Puri. This projection was based on the expectation of next-generation reforms being implemented in a mission mode.

The ambitious target would be underpinned by the continuation of next-generation reforms, improvements in global trade, and several other critical factors. Puri highlighted India's consistent performance in surpassing initial growth estimates, emphasizing that achieving this growth required prioritizing the unfinished reform agenda, enhancing export prospects, and ensuring robust investment and consumption levels, with a normal monsoon being a key factor. Additionally, he shared an optimistic vision for India's economic future, outlining key drivers and a 14-point policy agenda to sustain and accelerate growth.

Key Growth Drivers

Puri identified six pivotal growth drivers propelling India’s economy. These include significant private sector investment, expanding public investment in physical and digital infrastructure, a well-capitalized banking system, booming capital markets, and reduced dependence on oil. Favorable geo-economic conditions would further bolster India's resilience against global headwinds, creating a conducive environment for sustained economic growth.

14-Point Policy Agenda

To establish and maintain this growth momentum, Puri outlined a comprehensive policy agenda. These initiatives have been designed to strengthen the foundations of India's journey towards becoming a globally competitive and inclusive economy, setting a solid track for the nation's development by 2047.

1. State-Level Reforms: Many next-generation reforms lay within state and concurrent domains, necessitating consensus-building. Puri suggested creating inter-state institutional platforms akin to GST Councils to foster this consensus.

2. Capital Expenditure and Fiscal Consolidation: He advocated continued capital expenditure-led growth alongside fiscal consolidation. Also, proposed utilizing part of the RBI's Rs 2.1 lakh crore windfall to increase capital expenditure by 25% in FY25.

3. Building Human Capital: Emphasizing the importance of human capital, Puri called for increased expenditure on public health (targeting 3% of GDP) and education (targeting 6% of GDP) by 2030, with a strong focus on skill development initiatives.

4. Employment Generation: With India being one of the youngest countries globally, Puri highlighted the need for quality employment and livelihood opportunities. He proposed Employment Linked Incentive (ELI) schemes for labor-intensive sectors and suggested creating an International Mobility Authority to track global employment opportunities.

5. Ease of Doing Business: To enhance the competitiveness of the Indian industry, he called for simplifying regulations, reducing compliance burdens, and prioritizing time-bound clearances. He emphasized the need to address land, power, and logistics issues to reduce the cost of doing business.

6. Technological Advancement: Recognizing technology as a critical growth driver, the CII President urged the government to expedite the operationalization of the Rs 1 lakh crore fund for private sector R&D announced in the Interim Union Budget 2024-25.

7. Global Engagement: Puri advocated for increased global engagement to deepen India’s integration with global value chains. He proposed establishing a Global Trade Promotion Body with overseas offices to enhance branding, promotion, and market access for Indian exports.

8. Green Growth: Highlighting the necessity and opportunity of green growth, he called for a comprehensive action plan to tackle climate change and suggested preparing decarbonization plans, just transition roadmaps, and establishing a National Commission on Adaptation and a Green Transition Fund.

9. Expanding the Financial Sector: Puri emphasized the need to expand India's financial sector to support the funding requirements of a rapidly growing economy. He proposed privatizing two public sector banks, diversifying funding sources for NBFCs, and making long-term capital available for infrastructure projects.

10. Tax Reforms: To boost investment climate and competitiveness, he suggested continuing tax reforms. He proposed rationalizing and simplifying capital gains tax and TDS provisions, implementing GST reforms, and considering a three-tier import duty structure.

11. Agricultural Reforms: Puri stressed the importance of building consensus between the Centre and states on agricultural reforms. He suggested creating an Inter-State Agri Reform Council and launching new programs to boost farmers' income, developing warehousing infrastructure, and adopting technology in agriculture.

12. Tourism Sector: Puri identified tourism as a key sector for driving growth and employment. He advocated for the accelerated release of the National Tourism Policy and launching the marketing campaign, Incredible India 3.0, with brand ambassadors in targeted countries.

13. Startup Ecosystem: To support the startup ecosystem, he suggested creating infrastructure for startups, including incubators and accelerators, and simplifying regulations related to taxation. He emphasized making these resources available to youth in Tier II-III cities.

14. Building Trust: Puri underscored the importance of building an environment of trust through transparent, faceless, digital systems for approvals and appeals, self-certifications, and extensive decriminalization.

India's beer scene offers a wide variety of flavors, ranging from crisp lagers and robust ales to velvety stouts and zesty wheat beers. This sector blends traditional brews with modern choices, making it an interesting area to explore.

The Indian beer market is expected to reach Rs 62,240 crore by 2028 with a growth rate of 8.1 percent from 2023 to 2028. This growth is driven by a rising middle class, increased urbanization, and a young demographic eager for new experiences. In this growing market, finding an affordable quality beer can be tough. That’s why we’ve put together a list of the top 10 beers under Rs 400 available in India, helping you make informed choices without overspending.

The market offers a wide variety of beer varieties. These four types of beer are the most popular in India .

Malted barley is mashed with hot water to extract fermentable sugars. After lautering to separate the liquid wort, it is boiled with hops for bitterness and flavor. The cooled wort is fermented with lager yeast at cool temperatures for several weeks, allowing for a clean, crisp flavor to develop. After maturation and possibly filtration, the beer is carbonated and packaged.

2. India Pale Ale

Making India Pale Ale (IPA) starts with mashing, which combines malted barley with hot water to turn starches into sugars that can be fermented to create wort. After adding a lot of hops to the wort to give it taste, aroma, and bitterness, it is boiled for around an hour. The wort is boiled, quickly cooled, and then moved to a fermentation vessel to add yeast to ferment the carbohydrates into carbon dioxide and alcohol. The duration of this fermentation ranges from a few days to many weeks. After fermentation is finished, the IPA is conditioned to further develop its characteristics, sometimes with the addition of dry hopping for added aroma. The IPA is then packaged for distribution, filtered, and carbonated if necessary.

3. Pale Lager

Pale lager is a light-colored, mild-flavored beer with high carbonation, crafted using pale malt, noble hops, soft water, and lager yeast. The brewing process involves milling the malt, mashing to convert starches to sugars, lautering to separate the liquid wort, boiling with hops for bitterness and aroma, rapid cooling, and fermenting at low temperatures. This is followed by a lagering phase at near-freezing temperatures for several weeks to months, enhancing clarity and developing a crisp, clean flavor.

Witbier, also known as Belgian white beer, is a pale and cloudy wheat beer. It is crafted using a mixture of barley malt and a significant portion of unmalted wheat, which contributes to its hazy appearance. Key ingredients include coriander and orange peel, which impart a distinctive citrus and spice character. The brewing process involves mashing the grains, boiling the wort with hops and spices, cooling, and fermenting with a specific strain of ale yeast that adds fruity and spicy notes. The beer undergoes a relatively short fermentation and conditioning period before being lightly filtered and carbonated.

Top 10 Beer Brands in India under Rs 400

Finding a great beer at an affordable price can be challenging, but there are excellent options available. Here, we list the top 10 beer brands in India under Rs 400 that offer quality taste and value, making them perfect for various occasions.

1. Kingfisher Premium Lager - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

Dating back to 1857 when five Indian breweries merged, Kingfisher is renowned for its premium pilsner-style lager, crafted with the finest Saaz hops. This beer, suited to India's humid climate, remains a favorite, with prices for a 330 ml bottle ranging from Rs 110 to Rs 185 in Delhi. Kingfisher offers a variety of variants, ensuring diverse tastes and preferences are catered to. It comes in various packaging options with distinct ABV levels: 4.5 percent for packaged beer, 0.0 percent for non-alcoholic, and 4.1 percent for draught versions.

Why Choose Kingfisher Premium Lager?

Kingfisher is India's largest selling beer, with a market share of around 36%. It has won several awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award. Known for its smooth and refreshing taste, Kingfisher Premium Lager is ideal for any occasion, whether it's a party or a quiet evening at home.

Unique Selling Points (USPs)

• Market Leader : Holds a 36% market share in India.
• Award-Winning : Multiple awards, including the Monde Selection Gold Award.
• Versatility : Suitable for various occasions and preferences.
• Global Presence : Available in numerous countries, enhancing its reputation as a top beer brand.

2. Bira91 - Best Beer Brands in India for an Affordable Price

Established in 2015, Bira91 quickly became a leading beer brand in India. Backed by investors such as Sequoia Capital India, Sofina of Belgium, and Kirin Holdings of Japan, it is produced by B9 Beverages. Available in 330 ml, 650 ml, and 500 ml cans, the brand caters to a wide consumer base with alcohol content ranging from 4 percent to 7 percent. Priced between Rs 120 and Rs 200 in Delhi, Bira91 offers both affordability and quality. The portfolio includes Bira 91 Blonde, White, Strong, Light, IPA, Stout, and Belgian Wit, ensuring a beer for every palate.

Why Choose Bira 91?

Bira 91 is an Indian craft beer brand that has gained immense popularity for its distinctive taste and branding. It has a market share of around 5% in urban areas and is known for its innovative flavors and marketing strategies. Bira 91 Blonde Lager is a refreshing choice that appeals to those seeking a different beer experience.

• Craft Beer : Known for its distinctive and innovative flavors.
• Urban Appeal : Significant market share in urban areas.
• Innovative Marketing : Strong brand presence and creative marketing strategies.
• Variety of Options : Offers several variations to suit different tastes.

3. Budweiser - Top Beer Brands in India for an Affordable Price

Budweiser, an American-style pale lager under Belgian company AB InBev, is known for its consistent quality and refreshing taste. It is available on draft and in bottles and cans, with a unique flavor profile from its blend of malted barley, water, hops, yeast, and up to 30 percent rice. Budweiser Magnum, celebrated for its exceptional brewing, is priced at Rs 130 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 220 for a 650 ml bottle in Delhi, with an ABV of 4.7 percent.

Why Choose Budweiser?

Budweiser is known for its unique beechwood aging process, which gives it a distinctive smoothness. It has a strong presence in over 85 countries and is one of the best-selling beers globally. In India, Budweiser has captured a significant market share due to its consistent quality and premium image.

• Beechwood Aging : Distinctive smooth flavor.
• Global Presence : Available in over 85 countries.

4. Bee Young - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

Bee Young, a strong beer from Delhi's Kimaya Himalayan Beverages, has quickly gained prominence. Priced at Rs 100 for 500 ml cans and bottles, and Rs 130 for 650 ml bottles, it offers exceptional value. Available in Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, and parts of Punjab, Bee Young is known for its rich flavor and strong character, making it a favorite among beer enthusiasts.

Why Choose Bee Young?

Bee Young is crafted to appeal to the younger generation with its strong and invigorating flavor. It has become popular for its high alcohol content, making it a go-to choice for those who prefer a more potent beer. Bee Young's rapid rise in popularity is a testament to its quality and taste.

• Strong Flavor : Known for its robust and invigorating taste.
• High Alcohol Content : Offers a potent drinking experience with 7.2% ABV.

5. Carlsberg - Top Beer Brands in India

Established in 1847 by JC Jacobsen, Carlsberg is a Danish multinational brand known for quality and tradition. In India, prices range from Rs 90 to Rs 250 depending on the variant and volume, with alcohol percentages typically between 4-5 percent. Carlsberg offers five distinctive variants, with Carlsberg Elephant Strong Super Premium being particularly celebrated for its potency and rich malty character.

Why Choose Carlsberg?

Carlsberg is a trusted name in the beer industry, known for its consistent quality and premium taste. The brand's meticulous brewing process ensures a high standard of beer, making it a preferred choice for many. Carlsberg's global presence and strong reputation further add to its appeal, making it one of the top beer brands in India.

• High-Quality Brewing : Known for its meticulous brewing process, ensuring a high standard of beer.
• Global Leader : One of the top three beer brands worldwide, with a strong reputation and global presence.
• Variety of Options : Offers several variations to cater to different tastes and preferences.
• Balanced Taste : Known for its balanced and sophisticated flavor, appealing to those who enjoy a more refined beer.

Manufactured by Som Distilleries and Breweries Limited, Hunter beer is appreciated for its consistent quality and affordability. Popular among the youth, Hunter offers an alcohol percentage ranging from 5-7 across its variants, providing a strong and refreshing option. It is priced at Rs 130 for a 500 ml bottle and Rs 180 for a 650 ml bottle, with regional variations.

7. Tuborg Green - Best Beer Brands for an Affordable Price

With its Danish heritage, Tuborg is a significant player in the Indian market. Prices range from Rs 100 to Rs 130 depending on the volume, making it accessible and popular. Tuborg offers a variety of flavors, catering to different preferences and reinforcing its position as a top beer brand in India.

8. Heineken

Heineken, a global brewing giant, boasts a diverse portfolio of over 300 beers and ciders. Its Dutch pale lager, with 5 percent alcohol by volume, is made by the esteemed Dutch brewing company. In India, Heineken has expanded through a joint venture with United Breweries, establishing local breweries. Priced at Rs 160 for a 330 ml bottle, it appeals to consumers who value quality and taste.

Originating from Mexico, Corona has become a prominent player in India, known for its distinctive taste and history. Offering variants like Corona Light, Corona Premier, and Corona Extra, it caters to various preferences. In Delhi, Corona is priced at Rs 200 for a 330 ml bottle and Rs 250 for a 550 ml bottle, positioning it as a premium choice.

10. Haywards 5000

Haywards 5000, the largest-selling strong beer in India, is known for its smooth yet strong taste and malty flavor, with an ABV of approximately 7 percent. It is a favorite among consumers who appreciate a powerful yet enjoyable drinking experience, embodying the pinnacle of Indian brewing excellence.

What is the alcohol content of Indian beer brands?

Indian beer brands typically have an alcohol content ranging from 4-8 percent, with some craft and strong beers exceeding this range.

Do Indian beer brands offer non-alcoholic options?

Yes, some Indian beer brands provide non-alcoholic or low-alcohol options to cater to those preferring beverages with reduced or no alcohol content.

Which are the most popular beer brands in India?

Popular beer brands in India include Kingfisher, Bira91, Budweiser, and Bee Young.

Which are the best beer brands in India under Rs 400?

Some top beer brands in India priced under Rs 400 include Kingfisher Premium, Haywards 5000, Tuborg Green, and Carlsberg Elephant.

Marketing strategies differ significantly between business-to-consumer (B2C) and business-to-business (B2B) environments, especially in the retail sector. Understanding these differences is essential for crafting effective marketing campaigns tailored to each audience.

Ever wondered why your marketing strategies work wonders for individual consumers but fall flat when targeting businesses? The secret lies in understanding the fundamental differences between B2C and B2B marketing. This article dives into the distinct approaches, highlighting the key differences to help you optimize your marketing efforts for both consumer and business audiences.

What is B2B Marketing?

B2B (business-to-business) marketing involves selling products or services to other businesses. The primary goal is to address the needs, challenges, and pain points of businesses, offering solutions that improve efficiency, productivity, and profitability. B2B marketing requires a deep understanding of the business landscape, the decision-making process within organizations, and the value propositions that resonate with business buyers.

1. Addressing Needs and Challenges  - B2B marketing identifies and addresses specific business problems.

Example: A cloud storage company helps businesses with data storage issues by offering secure, scalable, and cost-effective solutions. Quote: "Switching to this cloud storage solution has significantly reduced our data management costs," says Sarah Lee, IT Manager at TechCorp.

2. Improve Efficiency - Efficiency is crucial in B2B marketing. Businesses want to streamline operations and cut costs.

Example: An inventory management system can make processes smoother by reducing manual checks, minimizing errors, and ensuring optimal stock levels, saving time and resources.

Quote: "Implementing the new POS system saved us 20% in operational costs," says John Doe, CEO of Retail Chain X.

3. Enhancing Productivity - B2B products or services often aim to enhance productivity. 

Example: A project management tool improves team collaboration, tracks progress in real-time, and simplifies task management, helping businesses run marketing campaigns or store renovations smoothly.

Quote: "Our team collaboration has never been better since we started using this project management tool," remarks Jane Smith, Marketing Director at Creative Solutions.

4. Increasing Profitability -  B2B marketing demonstrates how products or services can lead to higher profitability through a clear return on investment (ROI).

Example: A digital marketing agency can show how its strategies have increased sales and customer engagement, resulting in higher store foot traffic and online conversions.

Quote: "Our sales increased by 30% after partnering with this digital marketing agency," says Mark Johnson, Owner of Fashion Hub.

5. Understanding the Business Landscape - B2B marketers need to understand industry trends, competition, and regulations.

Example: A financial software company must know the financial challenges retail businesses face, like managing cash flow and tax compliance, to tailor their solutions accordingly.

Quote: "Their financial software helped us streamline our accounting processes and stay compliant with tax regulations," notes Emily Davis, CFO of Retail Enterprises.

6. Navigating the Decision-Making Process -  B2B decisions often involve multiple stakeholders, such as procurement teams, IT departments, and executives. Selling a POS system might involve convincing IT with technical specs, finance with cost savings, and store managers with ease of use and customer service benefits.

Example: Selling a POS system might involve convincing IT with technical specs, finance with cost savings, and store managers with ease of use and customer service benefits.

Quote: "The ease of use and comprehensive features of this POS system made it an easy decision for our team," says Michael Brown, Operations Manager at QuickMart.

What is B2C Marketing?

B2C (business-to-consumer) marketing focuses on selling products or services directly to individual consumers. The aim is to appeal to the personal needs, desires, and emotions of consumers. B2C marketing strategies are designed to create an immediate connection with consumers, encouraging quick purchase decisions through emotional appeal, convenience, and satisfaction.

1. Emotional Appeal - B2C marketing often uses feelings to connect with consumers. For example, a clothing brand might show a young person gaining confidence by wearing their clothes in a commercial.

Quote: "The emotional connection we create with our customers is what sets us apart," says Jane Doe, Marketing Director at Fashion Brand X.

2. Convenience and Satisfaction - B2C marketing highlights how easy and satisfying the shopping experience is. An online grocery store might advertise how easy it is to order from their app and get same-day delivery.

Quote: "Our app makes grocery shopping a breeze, delivering fresh produce to your door in hours," says John Smith, CEO of QuickGrocery.

3. Quick Purchase Decisions -  Consumers make buying decisions fast, influenced by ads and promotions. A beauty store might offer a limited-time discount to encourage people to buy now.

Quote: "Our flash sales are designed to create excitement and drive immediate purchases," notes Sarah Johnson, Sales Manager at BeautyStore.

4. Personalization - B2C marketing tailors messages and offers to what individual consumers like. An online store might suggest products based on what you've looked at before and send personalized discount emails.

Quote: "Personalized recommendations have significantly boosted our customer satisfaction," says Michael Brown, CTO of E-Shop.

5. Building Brand Loyalty -  B2C marketing aims to keep customers coming back by creating a positive shopping experience and strong customer service. A coffee shop might have a loyalty program where you earn points for each purchase, which you can use for free drinks.

Quote: "Our loyalty program has been key in retaining customers and increasing repeat visits," remarks Emily Davis, Operations Manager at CoffeeHouse.

B2B vs. B2C Marketing: 10 Key Differences

Understanding the difference between B2B marketing and B2C marketing is crucial for developing successful marketing strategies. The following table outlines ten key differences between these two approaches, with examples from the retail industry:

Both B2C and B2B marketing require distinct approaches to be effective. B2C marketing thrives on emotional connections and quick decision-making, while B2B marketing focuses on building trust, providing detailed information, and nurturing long-term relationships. By understanding these differences, marketers can better tailor their strategies to meet the unique demands of their target audiences in the retail sector.

For more insights on the importance of digital marketing in B2B business, read What Importance Digital Marketing Holds in B2B Business .

Top 5 FAQs on B2B Vs B2C Marketing

1. what is the b2c marketing funnel.

The B2C (business-to-consumer) marketing funnel is a model that outlines the stages a consumer goes through before making a purchase. The stages include:

• Awareness: The consumer becomes aware of a product or service.
• Interest: The consumer shows interest by seeking more information.
• Consideration: The consumer evaluates the product against alternatives.
• Intent: The consumer shows intent to purchase.
• Purchase: The consumer buys the product.
• Loyalty: The consumer becomes a repeat buyer.
• Advocacy: The consumer recommends the product to others.

2. What are the differences between B2B, B2C, and C2C?

• B2B (Business-to-Business): Transactions between businesses. Example: A company selling office supplies to another company.
• B2C (Business-to-Consumer): Transactions between businesses and individual consumers. Example: A retail store selling clothes to customers.
• C2C (Consumer-to-Consumer): Transactions between consumers, usually facilitated by a third-party platform. Example: Individuals selling items on eBay or Craigslist.

3. Is Amazon B2B or B2C?

Amazon operates as both B2B and B2C:

• B2C: Amazon's primary business model where it sells products directly to consumers through its online marketplace.
• B2B: Amazon Business, a service that sells products to businesses, offering bulk discounts, business pricing, and other features tailored to business customers.

4. Which component is different in B2B than in B2C?

The decision-making process is a key component that differs significantly between B2B and B2C:

• B2B Decision-Making: Involves multiple stakeholders, such as procurement teams, managers, and executives. The process is longer, more rational, and involves detailed evaluations and negotiations.
• B2C Decision-Making: Typically involves individual consumers making quick decisions based on personal preferences, emotions, and immediate needs. The process is shorter and more impulsive.

With over a century of legacy steeped in precision and passion, Tramontina, the Brazilian houseware brand, renowned globally for its premium cookware, has set its sights on India, marking a significant milestone in its storied history. As the curtains rise on its launch, Tramontina India promises to blend finesse, resilience, and cutting-edge design, heralding a new era of kitchenware innovation across the subcontinent. The brand is synonymous with top-quality culinary solutions, ranging from cookware and cutlery to kitchen accessories and beyond. Founded in 1911 in Carlos Barbosa, Brazil, the company has evolved into a household name with a diverse portfolio of more than 22,000 products, each crafted with a blend of aesthetic superiority and durability.

In an exclusive interaction, Aruni Mishra, CEO, Tramontina India, emphasized the brand's commitment to sustainable practices and environmental stewardship through a rigorous Environmental Management Program. This dedication underscores the brand’s ethos of responsible manufacturing and resource management, setting a benchmark for eco-conscious operations in the houseware industry.

Meeting India's Culinary Demands

Tramontina's foray into the Indian market comes at a pivotal time, aligning with the rapid expansion of the hospitality sector. With a focus on luxury restaurants, hotels, and other establishments, the brand aims to cater to the burgeoning demand for high-quality, professional-grade cookware. "Tramontina's entry into the Indian market signifies a significant milestone, particularly as the HoReCa sector remains relatively untapped in terms of professional cookware," says Mishra. The brand is poised to elevate culinary experiences across India by providing chefs and establishments with the tools they need to excel.

Customized Solutions and Innovation

Ahead of its official launch on June 20, Tramontina has meticulously researched Indian consumer preferences and cooking habits over the past two years. This groundwork has shaped the brand's strategy to introduce products tailored specifically for the Indian market. "Our commitment to India is long-term. We are not merely importing products; we are establishing manufacturing capabilities to ensure that our offerings resonate deeply with Indian consumers," he explains. This approach reflects the company’s proactive stance in adapting its global expertise to local needs, ensuring that each product meets the expectations of Indian households and culinary professionals alike.

“Tramontina was clear that while the innovation and the technology would be theirs, the products would be crafted for the Indian consumer as per their necessities. After thorough research, we have made bespoke product lines for India,” he adds.

Omni-channel Approach

From day one, Tramontina India will adopt an omnichannel strategy, ensuring its products are accessible nationwide. "We are launching across multiple platforms simultaneously, including direct-to-consumer (D2C) channels, e-commerce giants like Amazon and Flipkart, and leading retail outlets such as Reliance, Star India Bazaar, and Shoppers Stop," says Aruni Mishra. This comprehensive approach aims to reach consumers in urban centers and beyond, leveraging a network of 25 distributors and over 800 retail counters across the country.

“In the initial phase, we have targeted 100 smart cities, and a strong, robust distribution channel is set. Even without a soft launch or showcasing a single product, our network of 800 retail counters was built, and when we go live, Tramontina will be available in 100 cities. That’s just phase one,” he declares.

Unveiling the Product Line

Tramontina's initial product launch in India will feature a range of "worry-free" cookware and its acclaimed knife collection. Designed to be toxin-free and PFAS-free, these products promise safety alongside exceptional performance. "We are introducing India to some of our finest offerings, including ceramic-coated cookware, triply stainless steel ranges, cast iron cookware, and the legendary Tramontina knives," Aruni reveals. Each product is crafted to combine durability with aesthetic appeal, catering to discerning consumers who value both quality and safety in their kitchen tools.

Future Vision

Looking ahead, Tramontina India's ambitions extend beyond kitchenware. As part of its five-year plan, the brand intends to introduce a wider range of houseware solutions to the Indian market. "We envision expanding our offerings to include furniture, outdoor furniture, appliances, and more, establishing Tramontina as a comprehensive housewares provider in India," Mishra shares. This phased approach reflects the brand’s strategic commitment to becoming a household name synonymous with quality and innovation across various lifestyle categories.

At the core of Tramontina's mission in India lies a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability and customer satisfaction. "We are here to create a sustainable organization that prioritizes environmental stewardship and long-term customer relationships," affirms Mishra. By prioritizing product durability, safety, and customer service, the brand aims to earn the trust and loyalty of Indian consumers, ensuring that each purchase represents a lasting investment in quality and reliability.

As the Brazilian giant prepares to unveil its offerings to the Indian market, anticipation builds among consumers, chefs, and industry professionals alike. With a blend of global expertise and local adaptation, the company is poised to redefine kitchenware standards and elevate culinary experiences across the nation.

• Home and Kitchen
• Store launch

The plant-based ingredients sector is undergoing a transformative evolution, driven by a significant shift in consumer preferences and innovative advancements within the industry. Historically overlooked by investors who perceived it as a mere commodity sector, the burgeoning plant-based ingredients market is now being recognized for its immense potential for value-added expansion and wealth generation.

According to a recent report titled “From Roots to Riches: Creating Wealth with Plant-Based Ingredients!” by Asit C. Mehta Investment Interrmediates (ACMIIL), n today's fast-paced world, consumers are increasingly scrutinizing what they consume, paying meticulous attention to the ingredients in their food, its nutritional value, and its caloric content.

The rise in popularity of plant-based specialty products, ingredients, and their derivatives is a testament to this trend. These products have found their way into various categories, including ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook meals, frozen and packaged foods, spreads and sauces, baked goods, desserts, ice creams, confectioneries, and more. Plant-based products serve diverse roles in these foods, functioning as sweeteners, thickening agents, stabilizers, emulsifiers, and more.

The Indian Market

India, a land known for its tradition of 'ahimsa' and vegetarianism, has seen a rapid rise in the plant-based product business in recent years. Although the concept of plant-based eating is deeply rooted in Indian culture, the commercial sector has only recently gained significant momentum. The export market for India's plant-based sector is expected to expand substantially by 2030, marking its emergence as a burgeoning industry with enormous potential. Traditionally, the global food industry has relied heavily on animal-based and chemical-based products, but the tide is turning, and plant-based products are gaining prominence.

Capitalizing on India’s Expanding Plant-Based Market

Investors can capitalize on this structural shift, benefiting from the expanding market and premium pricing of plant-based products. Notably, the export market for India’s plant-based sector is projected to expand substantially by 2030. Manorama Industries stands as a solid example of the sector's potential, delivering 16x returns since its listing in 2018. Such success stories show how companies focusing on specialty plant-based products can generate substantial wealth while contributing to a more organic and vegan world. Some of the notable companies operating in the plant-based ingredients industry include Adani Wilmar Ltd, Sanstar Ltd (proposed IPO), Manorama Industries Ltd, Food & Inn, Gujarat Ambuja Exports Ltd, etc.

The Global Market

Globally, the plant-based ingredients market size was approximately $60.71 billion in 2022 , with projections indicating it will reach $120.74 billion by 2029 , expanding at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10.32 percent over these seven years . This growth is underpinned by increasing consumer awareness of the environmental and health impacts of their food choices, propelling the shift towards plant-based alternatives. India's sizable vegetarian population (about 30 percent) and growing awareness of the health and environmental benefits of a plant-based diet further underscore the promising future for this sunrise sector.

Devang Shah, Head of Retail Research, ACMIIL, emphasized the potential of the plant-based ingredients market, stating, “The plant-based ingredients market represents a paradigm shift towards vegetarian, vegan, and organic natural products. Investors who recognize and seize this chance will not only benefit from substantial financial returns but also contribute to a more sustainable future.”

Diverse Applications Across Industries

• Food and Beverages

Plant-based ingredients are revolutionizing the food and beverage industry. Soy-based products, such as tofu, tempeh, and textured vegetable protein (TVP), are increasingly popular as meat alternatives due to their high protein content and versatility. Corn-based products, including corn syrup and maize starch, play significant roles as sweeteners and binding agents in various foods. Fruit pulp, prized for its rich flavor and nutritional content, is widely used in juices, smoothies, desserts, and dairy products. Additionally, rice bran oil is favored for its high smoke point and beneficial nutritional profile, commonly used in cooking and frying.

• Cosmetics and Personal Care

The cosmetics and personal care industry has embraced plant-based ingredients for their beneficial properties. Corn oil is incorporated into soaps for its moisturizing effects, while fruit pulp is utilized in skincare and haircare products for hydration and exfoliation. Cocoa butter equivalents (CBEs) are valued in skincare for their emollient properties, and rice bran oil is used in lotions and creams for its nourishing qualities.

• Pharmaceuticals

In the pharmaceutical sector, maize starch and its derivatives are essential as sweeteners and binding agents in medicines, ensuring even distribution of active ingredients. CBEs are also used in the formulation of medicated candies and lozenges, enhancing texture and mouthfeel.

• Other Applications

Beyond food, beverages, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals, plant-based ingredients find applications in the production of adhesives, paper, textiles, biodiesel, and certain insecticides. This wide-ranging utility highlights the versatility and importance of plant-based ingredients across various industries.

Market Opportunities and Key Demand Drivers in India

The plant-based product market in India is poised for rapid development over the next decade, driven by rising consumer interest, product innovation, and substantial investments from domestic and foreign private sectors. To fully exploit this market potential, businesses need to adopt cutting-edge strategies, such as leveraging technology to boost production efficiency and implementing cost-cutting measures. Additionally, the rich culinary heritage of India offers opportunities to create authentic and unique plant-based products that appeal to both domestic and international consumers.

• Increased Health Consciousness

The booming market for plant-based products is fueled by consumers seeking sustainable and healthy dietary options. India's young population is particularly health-conscious and environmentally aware, driving demand for plant-based product options.

• Lactose-Intolerant Population

The prevalence of lactose intolerance has propelled the popularity of plant-based dairy alternatives, such as almond milk, soy milk, and tofu, offering consumers a viable option without compromising on taste or nutrition.

• Expansion of Distribution

To unlock the full potential of the plant-based market, businesses must create mass awareness, expand distribution networks, and develop an adequate product mix.

• Improved Product Innovation

Plant-based product firms have the opportunity to innovate and create products that meet consumers' taste, texture, and flavor expectations. Key growth drivers include enhanced R&D facilities, expanded distribution networks, higher manufacturing capacity, and raw material availability.

• Urbanization

India's urban population is projected to grow significantly by 2030, creating a sizable market for plant-based foods. Urban consumers are increasingly concerned with their health and favor plant-based protein alternatives.

• Abundance of Raw Materials

India's rich agricultural landscape provides a variety of raw materials for plant-based products, contributing to lower production costs and more affordable end products.

• Nutritional Requirements

A well-planned and varied plant-based diet can meet an individual's daily nutritional needs, offering essential nutrients through whole grains, legumes, nuts, seeds, and fortified foods.

• Export Opportunity

India's strong vegetarian and vegan culinary tradition offers a unique opportunity for exporting plant-based adaptations of traditional meals. The government's efforts to market India as a destination for investment in the food processing industry further bolster export potential.

A Sustainable Future with Plant-Based Products

The global shift towards sustainability, ethical consumption, and health consciousness is driving increased preference for plant-based products across various industries. This transition represents a fundamental change in business operations and consumer choices, with significant benefits for the environment, economy, and society.

Plant-based products offer a sustainable alternative to chemical-based and animal-derived products, reducing ecological footprints, promoting biodiversity, and ensuring a sustainable future.

The adoption of plant-based products can boost employment, especially in agrarian economies like India, creating job opportunities and supporting rural communities.

Market Potential and Investor Appeal

Companies embracing plant-based products are well-positioned to deliver exceptional returns, capitalizing on a discerning market willing to pay a premium for safe, sustainable, and ethically produced goods.

Prasanna Pathak, Director, ACMIIL, adds “As plant-based natural extracts sector expands exponentially backed by industry innovation and global demand, it promises to deliver substantial returns, making it a compelling addition to any forward-looking investment portfolio. Those who judged this sector as beyond-commodity specialty products generated wealth while contributing to the development of organic and vegan world.”

Investors recognizing the value of plant-based products aligned with global sustainability trends stand to gain significantly, as these products become the preferred choice in the market. Companies leading this transition are likely to experience substantial growth, making them highly attractive investment opportunities.

The plant-based ingredients sector is not just a fleeting trend but a transformative force reshaping industries and consumer preferences. With its promising growth trajectory, it offers compelling opportunities for investors, businesses, and consumers alike.

• Plant-Based Meat

The global cosmetics market, valued at $374.18 billion in 2023 , is projected to nearly double, reaching $758.05 billion by 2032 . As the market expands, consumers face unique challenges, particularly finding best makeup during the scorching summer months. While we all look forward to poolside vacations and summer festivities, the reality of melting foundation, smeared mascara, oily skin, and painful sunburns can quickly dampen the fun. But with the right beauty tricks, you can enjoy a flawless, effortless look even in the heat and humidity.

Here’s a list of  the top 10 makeup brands in the Indian market that offer the best summer makeup solutions, ensuring you stay radiant and smudge-free all season long.

1. L'Oréal:

Founded in 1909 by French chemist Eugène Schueller, L'Oréal has grown into the world's largest cosmetics and beauty company. Schueller's pioneering spirit began with the creation of hair dye formulations, which quickly gained popularity among Parisian hairdressers. This innovative start laid the foundation for its vast portfolio, encompassing a wide range of beauty products, including skincare, haircare, makeup, and fragrances. It has a strong financial foundation, listed on the Euronext Paris exchange. This status has enabled it to attract investments, expand its operations worldwide, and acquire numerous well-known brands such as Maybelline, Lancôme, and Kiehl's, further solidifying its dominance in the beauty market.

L'Oréal's enduring mission, "Because we're worth it," reflects its dedication to empowering individuals by enhancing their natural beauty through innovative and high-quality products. Its infallible range is perfect for summer, featuring foundations and concealers that are sweat-proof and long-wearing. The True Match foundation is also a favorite for its natural finish and broad shade range. Its products are in the mid-to-high price range. The Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation is priced around Rs 1,200.

Nykaa, founded in 2012 by Falguni Nayar, has revolutionized the Indian beauty and fashion retail landscape. As a pioneering e-commerce platform, it offers an extensive range of beauty, wellness, and fashion products, including skincare, makeup, haircare, personal care, and apparel, sourced from both global and local brands. A significant milestone in the journey was its initial public offering (IPO) in 2021, which raised Rs 5352 crore. This successful IPO underscored the company's robust market position and investor confidence. Originally an online beauty retailer, it now offers its own line of makeup products.

Nykaa's summer offerings include the SkinShield Anti-Pollution Foundation and their matte-to-last liquid lipstick, both known for their longevity and resilience in humid conditions. Its products range from budget-friendly to premium. The matte-to-last liquid lipstick is priced at Rs 599.

Established in 1952 by J.R.D. Tata and Simone Tata, Lakmé is an iconic Indian beauty brand with a rich legacy of pioneering innovations in the cosmetics industry. As the first cosmetics brand in India, The brand was created to cater to the beauty needs of Indian women, offering products that suit the diverse skin tones and preferences across the country. Its inception was a result of Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru's suggestion to J.R.D. Tata, to develop an indigenous beauty brand to reduce dependency on imported cosmetics under the leadership of Simone Tata.

In 1996, Lakmé became a part of Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL), one of India's largest fast-moving consumer goods companies. This acquisition has further bolstered its growth, allowing it to leverage HUL's extensive distribution network and marketing expertise. It offers a variety of summer-friendly products, including their 9 to 5 weightless mousse foundation and absolute blur perfect primer, which provide a matte finish and long-lasting wear. It priced from affordable to premium, catering to various consumer segments. The 9-to-5 Primer + Matte Powder Foundation, is priced at Rs 575 .

4. Faces Canada:

Faces Canada, established in 2009 by Benjamin S. Bickford , has quickly become a notable name in the beauty industry, known for its diverse and high-quality product range. With a focus on cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products, the brand emphasizes both beauty and safety, appealing to conscious consumers.

The brand offers high-quality ingredients with innovative formulations to create products that withstand the Indian summer. Their waterproof and smudge-proof makeup range is particularly popular. Faces Canada's ultime pro range includes products like the Ultime Pro Long Wear Matte Lipstick and the Ultime Pro Blend Finity Stick, the Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, is priced around Rs 1199 are designed to withstand heat and humidity and to provide effective solutions for all skin types, ensuring long-lasting wear in hot and humid conditions.

5. Mamaearth:

Mamaearth, established in 2016 by Ghazal Alagh and Varun Alagh, has quickly emerged as a leading player in the personal care industry, renowned for its natural and toxin-free products. The brand's inception was driven by its commitment to providing safe, eco-friendly, and effective personal care solutions, particularly for young families and children.

In 2021, Mamaearth raised $50 million in Series D funding, valuing the company at $730 million a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and strong market presence. This funding round was led by Sequoia Capital India, with participation from Sofina Ventures and existing investors such as Fireside Ventures. Its product line includes BB creams with SPF, waterproof mascaras, natural and toxin-free makeup like the glow serum foundation and moisture matte long stay lipstick, perfect for sensitive skin in the summer heat. Its makeup products are moderately priced,  the glow serum foundation priced at Rs 599.

6. Colorbar:

Colorbar, established in 2005 by Samir Modi, has emerged as a prominent name in the Indian cosmetics industry. Its products are also cruelty-free and dermatologically tested, reflecting its dedication to ethical practices and consumer safety. It offers a range of high-performance products, including waterproof foundations, smudge-proof eyeliners, and long-lasting lipsticks. The brand is known for its quality and durability and the products cater to all skin types and are perfect for maintaining a fresh look in the summer heat.

Colorbar's summer must-haves include the 24-hour weightless liquid foundation and waterproof liquid eyeliner, designed to stay put even in extreme heat. The 24-hour weightless liquid foundation is available at Rs 995.

7. Lotus Herbals:

Lotus Herbals, established in 1993 by Kamal Passi, is a leading Indian brand renowned for its innovative use of natural ingredients in skincare, haircare, and cosmetic products. Combining ancient Ayurvedic principles with modern technology, it offers a diverse range of products that cater to the holistic beauty needs of its customers. The brand has reportedly floated a $50 million fund to invest in early stage startups in the beauty category.  As per an industry report, the brand's innovation fund is the second such fund to be launched in India.

The brand's extensive portfolio includes sunscreens, face washes, moisturizers, shampoos, and makeup products, all formulated with a blend of herbal extracts and natural ingredients. Its summer makeup range includes sun-protection infused foundations, waterproof mascaras, and long-lasting lipsticks.  Lotus Herbals' summer essentials include their Ecostay foundation and Matte Glow Daily sunblock, which combine skincare benefits with makeup. The brand's products are priced in the mid-range. The Ecostay Foundation is available at Rs 725.

8. MyGlamm:

MyGlamm, established in 2015 by Darpan Sanghvi, has rapidly risen to prominence as a dynamic beauty and personal care brand in India. In 2021, the brand raised $71 million in Series C funding, a significant achievement that highlighted the brand's robust market position and growth potential. The funding round was led by Accel, along with participation from existing investors like L’Occitane, Bessemer Venture Partners, and Amazon. The brand emphasizes a direct-to-consumer approach, leveraging digital platforms to engage with customers and gather feedback for continuous improvement.

The POSE HD range by MyGlamm is ideal for summer, featuring HD Blush Duo and HD setting powder that offer a flawless, long-lasting finish. Its products are affordably priced, providing reliable makeup solutions for the summer heat. The POSE HD foundation stick is priced at Rs 599.

Sugar Cosmetics, established in 2012 by Vineeta Singh and Kaushik Mukherjee, has swiftly become a prominent player in the Indian beauty market. The brand is known for its vibrant and long-lasting products, catering to the modern Indian woman with a focus on quality and affordability. In 2021, the brand secured $21 million in series C funding, a significant milestone that underscored its rapid growth and robust market presence. This funding round was led by Elevation capital, with participation from existing investors A91 partners and India quotient.

Sugar Cosmetics is a standout in the Indian D2C market , known for its vibrant and high-performance products. Designed to withstand the summer heat, their range includes waterproof eyeliners, smudge-proof lipsticks, and long-lasting foundations. Their foundations and lipsticks are particularly popular for their ability to stay put in the summer heat, making them ideal for all skin types. Their " Aquaholic" range, featuring hydrating stick primers and lightweight foundations, is particularly suited for the summer. It priced in the mid-range, making them accessible to a broad audience. Its bestselling Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is priced at Rs 499.

10. Swiss Beauty:

Swiss Beauty, established in 2008 by Amit and Mohit Goyal, has swiftly risen to prominence in the beauty industry, becoming a go-to brand for makeup enthusiasts and professionals alike. Known for its wide range of high-quality and affordable cosmetics, the brand has carved out a niche in a competitive market by offering products that blend innovation, style, and functionality.

The brand product range includes long-lasting foundations, waterproof eyeliners, and vibrant lipsticks. The summer essentials of the brand include their HD matte lipstick and 24H non-transfer foundation. Their products are known for their high performance and affordability. The brand is positioned in the budget-friendly segment. The HD matte lipstick is priced at approximately Rs 299.

Conclusion: 

In the ever-growing Indian D2C market, these top 10 makeup brands stand out for their ability to provide effective solutions for the summer heat. With a range of products designed to withstand high temperatures and humidity, these brands ensure that you can enjoy a flawless look all season long. Whether you're looking for waterproof makeup, smudge-proof formulas, or products for all skin types, these brands offer something for everyone, ensuring you stay radiant and confident in the summer heat.

1. What are some key factors to consider when choosing summer makeup?

When choosing summer makeup, it's essential to look for products that offer long-lasting wear, sweat-proof and waterproof formulas, and ingredients that help control oil and shine. Additionally, products with SPF protection can help safeguard your skin from sun damage.

2. Which makeup brand offers the best foundation for humid conditions in India?

Several brands offer excellent foundations for humid conditions in India. Notably, L'Oréal's Infallible 24H Fresh Wear Foundation, Faces Canada's Ultime Pro HD Runway Foundation, and Sugar Cosmetics' "Aquaholic" range foundations are all known for their long-lasting, sweat-proof formulas suitable for humid weather.

3. Are there affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market?

Yes, there are several affordable options for high-quality summer makeup in the Indian market. Brands like Swiss Beauty and Sugar Cosmetics offer budget-friendly products without compromising on quality. For instance, Swiss Beauty's HD Matte Lipstick is priced at Rs 299, and Sugar Cosmetics' Smudge Me Not Liquid Lipstick is around Rs 499.

4. Which makeup brands offer cruelty-free products in India?

Faces Canada and Colorbar are notable for their commitment to cruelty-free and dermatologically tested products. These brands focus on ethical practices and consumer safety, making them popular choices for conscious consumers.

5. How can I keep my makeup intact during summer outdoor activities?

To keep your makeup intact during summer outdoor activities, consider using a primer, setting spray, and choosing waterproof and sweat-proof products. Brands like MyGlamm offer the POSE HD Setting Powder, and L'Oréal's True Match Foundation is designed for long-lasting wear, which can help maintain your makeup look even in hot and humid conditions.

Globalization sees a new dawn every day on the back of flourishing technological advancements in the digital realm of commerce. With a wide range of marketing channels in the digital sphere, brands keep trying newer engagement strategies to reach the right audience. However, several factors and deterrents keep the brands bound from reaching their full engagement potential while trying to market themselves through popular social media channels like Facebook/ Instagram, and email & SMS marketing. These factors involve demographic restriction, premiums for additional services, reduced reach and open rate, etc. Resorting to the universally popular messaging platform - WhatsApp emerges as a powerful tool for modern-day retailers to engage with customers beyond boundaries and go truly worldwide.

WhatsApp has been able to achieve the feat on the back of its one-on-one conversation environment, which enables conversation between customers and brands to remain personalized and private. Reportedly, WhatsApp marketing has aided brands to record a 3x increase in conversions over other traditional marketing strategies.

Enjoying a global user base of over 2 billion and a remarkable message open rate of 98 percent, WhatsApp presents retailers with tangible progress in reaching the targeted audience. WhatsApp’s metrics also offer a high click rate ranging between 45-60%, which translates into great chances of conversion of a lead into a consumer, hence amplifying the retailer’s revenue and reach.

To take charge of the full potential of WhatsApp marketing, retailers can implement a range of strategic initiatives tailored to their business objectives:

• Broadcast Carousel & Steal-Deal Limited Offers : Impulse buying is common among digital shoppers and retailers can reap the maximum benefit by running time-bound offers through WhatsApp marketing. Persuasive carousel ads on WhatsApp also help double the click rate as compared to traditional broadcasts, which means increased sales and engagement.
• Abandoned Cart Recovery : Retailers often see their inventories lying unclaimed in virtual carts of shoppers, who then forget the items added to their cart. Sending personalized reminder notifications through WhatsApp can help them recover 25-40 percent abandoned shopping carts into sales. Timing these messages aptly can significantly increase the chances of conversion and help retailers decrease their revenue loss.
• Send Retargeting Campaigns : It is simpler & much more effective to target users who have shown interest in your WhatsApp communication by clicking the CTA button attached to the message. With a mindful retargeting approach to tap the already engaged audience, retailers can bag increased conversion rates and improve marketing spend.
• Cash on Delivery (COD) Confirmation : Automating confirmation messages for Cash on Delivery orders via WhatsApp reduces the chances of a return to origin. The order will be confirmed only once the user confirms they wish to proceed with Cash-on-delivery for their order. Moreover, incentivizing these prepaid orders with special discounts helps mitigate payment-related issues.
• Build an End-to-End Shopping Experience : Retailers & e-commerce owners can build an end-to-end shopping experience for their customers on WhatsApp by sending them Catalogues & enabling payment collection directly within WhatsApp. By transforming the WhatsApp environment into a one-stop shopping destination, retailers can simplify the shopping experience for customers, increasing conversions and sales.
• WhatsApp QR Code Integration : Unique WhatsApp QR codes can be integrated on the website, within retail stores, and on promotional materials to help initiate consumer engagement. This intuitive feature enables customers to converse with retailers anytime they want on WhatsApp, facilitating engagement and lead generation.
• Dynamic WhatsApp Chatbot : Customers can be engaged even during non-business hours through automated responses set in dynamic WhatsApp Chatbots. From answering simple queries to prompting product showcases, the chatbot can add value to the customer experience and help catalyse conversions.
• Click-to-WhatsApp Ads : Running ads on allied social media platforms that bring the lead to your WhatsApp, can help retailers initiate conversations, assist support, and drive sales hassle-free.
• WhatsApp Button Integration : Channeling website visitors to WhatsApp business chat window through a WhatsApp button placed on the website helps record lead information, which the retailers can later use to target personalized communications in a bid to convert potential buyers.

WhatsApp marketing, hence, showcases a wide range of ways to help retailers expand their reach across the world. By taking up innovative strategies and leveraging the full capabilities of WhatsApp, retailers can witness new opportunities that help them build meaningful connections with customers and increase revenue in the long run.

About the Author

Gautam Rajesh Shelley, CEO & Founder of AiSensy

• e marketing

The t-shirt business in India is witnessing exponential growth, with its market value currently estimated at Rs 23,211 crore. It is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of approximately 10 percent over the next decade, potentially reaching a staggering Rs 61,954 crore by 2027 . This surge is driven by several factors, including the increasing acceptance of casual wear, a growing middle class, and a youthful population that favors t-shirts for their versatility and comfort.

1. Understanding and Identifying the Competitive Market:

The Indian market is characterized by a robust presence of both domestic and international brands. The Indian t-shirt market is dominated by men's wear, followed by women's wear and kids wear. In order to succeed in the competitive t-shirt market, it's essential to understand the landscape thoroughly. The women's segment is growing faster due to its smaller base and rising acceptance of casual attire among women. T-shirts are popular across all age groups and include knit shirts, polos, and knit tops, primarily targeting the youth segment.

Key production hubs like Tirupur, Ludhiana, and Mumbai play a significant role due to their well-established ecosystems, skilled workforces, and favorable business conditions. These cities contribute to India’s position as one of the top exporters of t-shirts globally. Notable brands such as Allen Solly , Van Heusen , and Jockey are major players in the Indian market, catering to a wide range of consumers with their diverse product offerings.

2. Identifying the Market for Creating a Successful Business Plan:

Conducting thorough market research is crucial for identifying consumer preferences, market trends, and potential gaps in the market. Understanding the competitive landscape helps in crafting a business plan that outlines the brand's vision, target audience, marketing strategies, and financial projections. Key factors to consider include:

• Target Audience: To effectively understand and engage with your target audience, it's crucial to delve into their demographics, preferences, and purchasing behavior. Demographically, this involves identifying key characteristics such as age, gender, income level, geographic location, and lifestyle choices that influence their buying decisions. Preferences encompass style inclinations, brand affinities, and product expectations, which can be gleaned from market research, surveys, and social media analytics. Purchasing behavior insights, including frequency of purchases, shopping channels, and decision-making triggers, further refine your approach.
• Market Trends: Staying abreast of market trends is essential in the fast-paced fashion industry. This involves monitoring runway shows, consumer feedback, and fashion publications to predict emerging styles and consumer demands. Adjusting your product offerings and marketing strategies accordingly ensures relevance and competitiveness.
• Competitor Analysis: Competitor analysis involves assessing rivals' strengths, weaknesses, and market positioning. This helps identify opportunities for differentiation and areas for improvement in your own offerings.

3. Choosing a Unique Niche and Targeting a New Generation Market Structure:

Differentiation is key to standing out in the competitive t-shirt market. Choosing a unique niche helps in targeting specific consumer segments and creating a distinct brand identity. This could involve focusing on eco-friendly products, customized designs, or themed T-shirts catering to specific interests or communities.

Managing design and production involves ensuring high-quality materials, innovative designs, and efficient production processes. Leveraging local artisans and sustainable practices can also enhance the brand's appeal, especially among environmentally conscious consumers.

4. Choosing a Business Model to Evaluate Your Product:

Selecting the right business model is essential for evaluating and selling your product. Some common business models in the t-shirt industry include:

• Retail: The retail landscape offers various sales models, each with distinct advantages and considerations. Traditional physical stores or retail chains provide direct customer interaction, fostering personalized experiences and immediate feedback, but often higher operational costs due to rent, staff, and inventory management.
• Direct-to-Consumer (D2C): Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) models leverage online platforms to sell products directly to consumers, enabling greater control over branding, pricing, and customer relationships. This approach reduces intermediary costs associated with traditional retail, although it requires robust e-commerce capabilities and marketing strategies to drive traffic and sales.
• Wholesale: Wholesale models involve selling products in bulk to retailers or distributors, ensuring wide distribution and large-volume sales. While this model can lead to substantial revenue through economies of scale, profit margins may be lower due to discounts offered to wholesalers.
• Print-on-Demand: Print-on-Demand (PoD) allows for manufacturing products as orders are received, minimizing inventory costs and reducing the risk of overstock. Unit production costs may be higher compared to bulk manufacturing, impacting overall profitability unless managed efficiently.

For startups, the D2C model is often advantageous due to lower initial investment and the ability to reach a broader audience through e-commerce platforms.

5. Setting the Right Price:

Pricing strategy is critical in attracting and retaining customers while ensuring profitability. Key factors to consider include:

• Cost of Production: The cost of production encompasses several key elements crucial for pricing strategies. Materials constitute the raw inputs needed for manufacturing, with quality and availability directly impacting costs. Labor costs involve wages for production staff, reflecting efficiency and local wage standards. Overhead costs encompass facility expenses, utilities, administrative costs, and other operational expenses necessary for production.
• Market Positioning: Market positioning involves strategically aligning pricing with the brand's perceived value in the market. Premium brands command higher prices due to perceived quality or exclusivity, while mid-range brands offer a balance of quality and affordability. Budget brands focus on competitive pricing to appeal to price-sensitive consumers.
• Consumer Willingness to Pay: Understanding consumer willingness to pay involves market research and customer feedback to gauge the maximum price consumers are willing to spend on the product. Factors influencing willingness to pay include perceived value, brand loyalty, product differentiation, and economic factors.

Offering tiered pricing with different ranges of products can cater to various segments of the market, from budget-conscious buyers to those seeking premium offerings.

6. The Importance of Creating a Social Media Presence:

In today's digital age, the online presence of a brand is essential. A well-designed website and active social media profiles on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter help in:

• Brand awareness  involves strategies to increase recognition and familiarity with a brand among a broader audience. This includes leveraging multiple channels such as social media, traditional media, influencer partnerships, and sponsorships to enhance visibility and reach. Consistent brand messaging and visual identity across these platforms reinforce recognition and establish a strong brand image.
• Customer Engagement: Customer engagement plays a pivotal role in fostering relationships and loyalty. Interaction through customer service channels, social media platforms, and community forums allows brands to address inquiries promptly, resolve issues, and gather valuable feedback.
• Marketing and Promotion: Effective marketing and promotion are essential for communicating brand values, product benefits, and promotions to target audiences. This involves developing tailored advertising campaigns that resonate with consumer demographics and preferences. Utilizing data-driven insights, brands can optimize ad placements, refine messaging, and measure campaign effectiveness to maximize return on investment and enhance brand visibility.

Integrating efficient shipment and payment methods enhances the customer experience, ensuring timely deliveries and secure transactions.

7. Marketing and Promotion:

Effective marketing and promotion are vital for driving sales and building brand loyalty. Strategies include:

• Social Media Marketing: Social media also allows for real-time engagement, enabling brands to respond to comments, address customer queries, and build a community around their products. Utilizing features like stories, reels, and live sessions helps keep content dynamic and engaging.
• Email Marketing: Email marketing remains a powerful tool for directly reaching consumers with tailored content. By sending newsletters, promotional offers, and product updates, brands can keep subscribers informed and interested. Personalized email campaigns, driven by customer data and preferences, enhance engagement and conversion rates. Automated email sequences can nurture leads, onboard new customers, and re-engage inactive subscribers.
• Traditional Marketing: Traditional marketing methods, such as print media, billboards, and events, are effective for reaching broader and diverse audiences. Print ads in magazines and newspapers, outdoor advertising like billboards, and participation in trade shows or sponsorship of local events help increase brand visibility and credibility. These channels often complement digital efforts, creating a cohesive and comprehensive marketing strategy that maximizes reach and impact.

Collaborating with influencers and bloggers can also amplify the brand's visibility and credibility.

8. Legal and Financial Considerations:

Compliance with legal and financial regulations is essential for smooth business operations. Key considerations include:

• Permits and Licensing: Acquiring necessary permits and licenses is essential for legal operation. Depending on the business type and location, this may include general business licenses, health permits, zoning permits, and industry-specific certifications. Researching local, state, and federal requirements ensures that the business meets all regulatory standards. Regularly renewing and updating permits is necessary to avoid operational disruptions and legal consequences.
• Trademark Protection: Trademark protection involves registering the brand's trademark to safeguard intellectual property. A trademark protects brand names, logos, slogans, and other distinctive elements from unauthorized use. Registering with the appropriate government authority provides legal protection and the ability to enforce trademark rights. Monitoring and enforcing trademarks against infringement ensures brand integrity and market exclusivity.

9. Managing Operations:

Efficient operations management ensures customer satisfaction and business growth. Key aspects include:

• Customer Service: Providing excellent customer service is essential for building customer loyalty and satisfaction. Effective customer support involves promptly addressing inquiries, resolving complaints, and managing returns with a focus on creating positive experiences. This can be achieved through multiple channels such as phone support, live chat, email, and social media interactions. Implementing feedback mechanisms, such as surveys and follow-up communications, allows businesses to continuously improve their service quality.
• Brand Analysis: Brand analysis involves the continuous evaluation of market performance and customer feedback to refine strategies and enhance brand positioning. This process includes tracking key performance indicators (KPIs) such as sales data, market share, and customer engagement metrics. Analyzing customer feedback from reviews, surveys, and social media provides insights into consumer perceptions and expectations. Regular brand audits help identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats, enabling proactive adjustments to marketing, product development, and customer service strategies.

10. Embracing Technological Advancements

Incorporating advanced technologies can significantly enhance business operations and customer experience:

• Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL): Offering flexible payment options to attract more customers.
• Artificial Intelligence (AI): Utilizing AI for personalized marketing, inventory management, and customer service.
• Sustainability: Adopting sustainable practices to appeal to eco-conscious consumers and reduce environmental impact.

The t-shirt industry in India is poised for significant growth, offering lucrative opportunities for entrepreneurs. By understanding the competitive market, conducting thorough research, and choosing a unique niche, businesses can establish a strong presence. A well-thought-out business model, effective pricing strategy, and robust online presence are essential for success. Additionally, compliance with legal requirements, efficient operations management, and embracing technological advancements will further drive business growth and sustainability.

Starting a t-shirt business in today's dynamic market requires strategic planning, innovation, and a customer-centric approach. By leveraging these insights and strategies, aspiring entrepreneurs can navigate the complexities of the market and achieve long-term success.

FAQs on T-Shirt Business in India

1. What are the initial steps to start a t-shirt brand?

Begin by defining your brand concept and target audience. Conduct market research to understand trends and competition. Create a business plan outlining your goals, budget, and marketing strategy. Secure the necessary funding and set up a business structure. Design your t-shirts, find a reliable supplier, and establish an online presence through a website and social media.

2. How do I design t-shirts that stand out?

Focus on unique and creative designs that resonate with your target audience. Use high-quality graphics and stay up-to-date with design trends. Consider hiring a professional designer if needed. Ensure your designs are versatile and can be printed on various t-shirt styles. Test your designs with a small audience to gather feedback before mass production.

3. What printing methods should I use for my t-shirts?

The most common printing methods include screen printing, direct-to-garment (DTG) printing, heat transfer, and sublimation. Screen printing is cost-effective for large orders, while DTG is ideal for small batches and detailed designs. Heat transfer is good for on-demand printing, and sublimation works best for all-over prints. Choose a method based on your budget, design complexity, and order volume.

4. How do I market my t-shirt brand effectively?

Develop a comprehensive marketing strategy that includes social media marketing, influencer collaborations, and email campaigns. Utilize SEO techniques to improve your website’s visibility. Create engaging content such as blog posts, videos, and lookbooks to showcase your designs. Participate in local events and pop-up shops to gain exposure. Consider offering promotions and discounts to attract customers.

5. What are the common challenges in starting a t-shirt brand, and how can I overcome them?

Common challenges include managing production costs, maintaining consistent quality, and standing out in a saturated market. Overcome these by building strong relationships with reliable suppliers, investing in high-quality materials, and continuously innovating your designs. Focus on excellent customer service and create a strong brand identity. Stay adaptable and ready to pivot your strategies based on market feedback.

• Indian Startup
• Fashion & Lifestyle
• Indian retail market

The global bicycle market is on a significant upward course to grow from $110.38 billion in 2023 to $228.90 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 11.0 percent. This growth is fuelled by the increasing popularity of cycling, not just as a mode of transportation, but also as a recreational activity and a means to maintain fitness. With its diverse landscapes and a growing interest in healthy living, there has been a surge in demand for bicycle brands in India. Whether you're a professional cyclist, a fitness enthusiast, or someone who enjoys a casual ride, finding the right bicycle is essential. Here are the top 10 bicycle brands in India that cater to all kinds of riders.

Best Cycle Brands in India

Here's a list of the best cycle brands in India.

1. Avon Cycles: Top Cycle Brand in India for All Age Groups

The brand showcase the classic example of the enterprising Punjabi spirit. In the early days following India's independence post-partition in 1947, the legendary Pahwa Brothers dreamed of providing the common man with an affordable means of mobility. The organization combines the simplicity and speed of a family business with the broad-based features of corporate functioning. The former inspires trust, while the latter instills confidence in its ability to perform continually and consistently.

The brand is intensifying its efforts to expand both its domestic and international market presence. Known as the largest bicycle manufacturer in India, it has exceeded its FY 23-24 sales target by the beginning of its fourth quarter, achieving a remarkable milestone. With an operating revenue of over Rs 500 crore, the brand is a powerhouse in the industry. J&K Bank has partnered with Avon Cycles Ludhiana to finance their electric vehicle (e-vehicle) range, continuing their proactive, environmentally friendly strategy. This brand is a standout in the list of top bicycle brands in India.

• Brand: Avon Cycles
• Type: City, Mountain, Kids, E-vehicles
• Tires: High-quality rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
• Wheel Size: Various sizes, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
• Saddle: Comfort-enhanced with ergonomic design
• Suspension: Available on select models (front suspension and full suspension options)
• Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg
• Frame Size: Multiple sizes available (small, medium, large)
• Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes available across different models

Pros and Cons of Avon Cycles

Why It is Worth Buying

Avon Cycles offers a variety of affordable and reliable bicycles suitable for all ages. Their range includes city, mountain, kids, and e-vehicles, ensuring a suitable option for every rider. Features like comfort-enhanced saddles and high-quality tires contribute to a smooth ride, while disc and V-brakes ensure safety. Despite limited suspension options on some models, Avon Cycles’ overall build quality and affordability make them a top choice among cycle brands in India.

2. Hero Cycles: Leading Innovation Among Cycle Brand in India

Hero Honda commenced its operations in 1984 as a joint venture between Hero Cycles of India and Honda of Japan. Controlled by Pankaj M Munjal, Hero Motors Company (HMC) is an Indian multinational business conglomerate. The brand name was adopted by the Munjal brothers for their flagship company, Hero Cycles Ltd. The joint venture, named Hero Honda Motors Limited, was established in Dharuhera, India, with the Munjal family and the Honda group each owning a 26 percent stake in the company.

For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2023, Hero Cycles Limited reported an operational revenue exceeding Rs 500 crore. The company’s EBITDA grew by an impressive 323.07 percent compared to the previous year, with its net worth increasing by 8.77 percent. It offers a variety of cycles, from city rides to e-cycles, with prices ranging from Rs 6,050 to Rs 60,999. As one of the top cycle brands in India, Hero Cycles is a leading choice for many.

• Brand: Hero Cycles
• Type: Road, Mountain, City, E-cycles
• Tires: Durable rubber, sizes ranging from 20 to 29 inches
• Wheel Size: Multiple sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
• Saddle: Ergonomic design for enhanced comfort
• Suspension: Available on select models, including front suspension and full suspension options
• Frame Size: Various sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
• Brakes: Disc brakes (160mm and 180mm) and V-brakes

Pros and Cons of Hero Cycles

Hero Cycles is renowned for its innovative designs and durability. They offer a wide range of bicycles, including road, mountain, city, and e-cycles, catering to both casual riders and cycling enthusiasts. With ergonomic saddles and durable tires, Hero Cycles provide a comfortable and long-lasting riding experience. Despite the higher price point on some models, the brand’s commitment to quality and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

3. Firefox Bikes: Premium Quality Among Top Cycle Brands in India

In early 2005, the cycling scene in India experienced a dramatic transformation when the brand introduced an imported range of approximately 30 bike models into the Indian bicycle market. This range, covering the full spectrum of mountain, all-terrain, road, BMX, and kids' bikes, was made according to higher international quality standards and specifications, significantly enhancing the biking experience in India.

Firefox Bikes sold 18,000 cycles and earned revenue of Rs 22.5 crore in the first quarter of FY 2023. Catering primarily to the premium segment, the brand holds an estimated market share of 13-15 percent contributing to being a top bicycle brand. Prices for the bikes start around Rs 11,000 and go beyond Rs 45,000, making it a leading name in the high-end bicycle market in India.

Specifications:

• Brand: Firefox Bikes
• Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road
• Tires: Premium rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
• Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
• Saddle: Comfort-oriented with cushioning for long rides
• Suspension: Available on many models, including front suspension and full suspension options
• Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 110 kg
• Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 21"
• Brakes: Disc brakes, with options like 160mm and 180mm disc sizes

Pros and Cons of Firefox Bikes

Firefox Bikes stands out for its premium quality and comfort. Catering to enthusiasts and professionals, their range includes mountain, hybrid, and road bikes. The comfort-oriented saddles and high-quality rubber tires ensure a smooth and enjoyable ride. With many models featuring suspension and disc brakes, Firefox Bikes are designed for performance and reliability. Despite a higher price point, the brand's focus on quality and comfort makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

4. Cannondale: High-Performance Cycles Brands in India

The Cannondale Bicycle Corporation, an American division of the Dutch conglomerate Pon Holdings, supplies bicycles. In 1971, Joe Montgomery initially focused on making bicycling accessories and clothing, the tiny company challenged the industry in the 1980s by introducing some of the first mass-produced bicycle frames made from aluminum instead of steel. Now, the company has capitalized on the cycling boom that accelerated during the pandemic, including electric models under the nameplate Neo.

Cannondale offers a diverse range of bikes, including road, mountain, active, electric, and kids' bikes, along with biking equipment, gears, and accessories. In 2023, Cannondale reached a new high with an astounding $74.0 million in annual revenue. Known for its dedication to quality and innovation, Cannondale serves a wide variety of cyclists, from casual riders to professional competitors.

• Brand: Cannondale
• Type: Road, Mountain, Hybrid, Electric
• Tires: High-performance rubber, sizes ranging from 24 to 29 inches
• Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented for maximum comfort and efficiency
• Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available, including front suspension, full suspension, and lefty suspension options
• Pay Load: Standard capacity up to 120 kg, heavy-duty options available for up to 150 kg
• Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 15" to 23"
• Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes, with options like 160mm, 180mm, and 203mm disc sizes

Pros and Cons of Cannondale Bikes

For more details, visit their official website.(https://www.cannondale.com/)

Cannondale bikes are renowned for their high-performance quality and advanced features, making them ideal for serious cyclists. The brand offers a wide range of models, including road, mountain, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to various cycling needs. Their bikes come with advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, ensuring a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Cannondale's focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among cycle brands in India.

5. La Sovereign : High-Quality and Stylish Cycle Brand in India

The first-ever joint venture between companies based in Thailand and India to market high-quality bicycles and kids' toys with world-class designs to Indian consumers. An India-based company has been in the bicycle trade for the past 40 years, establishing a strong brand presence in both the Indian and export markets. As one of the leaders in the trade, the company has attained a high level of technical expertise in manufacturing and marketing over the years

La Sovereign operates with revenue ranging from Rs 1-100 crore for the financial year ending March 31, 2023. The brand is situated in Ludhiana, Punjab, having an authorized share capital of Rs 3.75 crore and a total paid-up capital of Rs 3.65 crore. The company's net worth has increased by 0.24 percent, with starting prices for their bikes around Rs 10,000 on e-commerce platforms.

• Brand: La Sovereign
• Type: City, Mountain, Kids, Hybrid
• Wheel Size: Various sizes available, including 20", 24", 26", 27.5", and 29"
• Saddle: Comfort-focused design for enhanced riding comfort
• Frame Size: Multiple sizes available, typically ranging from 14" to 21"
• Brakes: Disc brakes and V-brakes, with options like 160mm disc sizes and standard V-brake configurations

Pros and Cons of La Sovereign Bikes

La Sovereign is known for its stylish and high-quality bicycles, catering to various cycling needs, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid models. The brand emphasizes comfort with its well-designed saddles and durable tires, ensuring a pleasant riding experience. Although priced higher, the reliability and design of La Sovereign bikes make them a preferred choice among top cycle brands in India.

6. BSA :Top Cycle Brand in India for Durability and Comfort

Established in 1949 by the Murugappa Group in collaboration with Tube Investments (UK), TI Cycles has evolved from a bicycle manufacturer to an expert in mobility and well-being solutions. Renowned for its flagship bicycle brands—BSA, Hercules, Montra, and Mach City—the brand has pioneered and perfected numerous cycle categories in India. These include the first-ever MTB, geared bike,  Shox model, girls' bike, kids' bike, light roadster, carbon frame bike, and India’s cycling café. The inaugural Hercules bicycle was produced in 1951, marking the beginning of many innovations. It operates plants in Chennai and Rajpura and maintains major warehouses in Guwahati and Chennai, serving a nationwide network of over 1,200 dealers.

The brand is renowned for launching some of the first bicycles on the Indian market across various categories such as MTB, geared cycles, kids’ cycles, and ladies’ cycles. With a vast price range starting from Rs 1,800-25,000, BSA offers a diverse range of cycles with 62 models currently available on major e-commerce websites. It is undoubtedly among the top cycle brands in India.

• Type: City, Kids, Road
• Tires: Durable rubber
• Wheel Size: Multiple sizes
• Saddle: Comfortable
• Suspension: Available on some models
• Pay Load: Standard capacity
• Frame Size: Various sizes
• Brakes: V-brakes

Pros and Cons of BSA Bikes

BSA is a leading cycle brand in India, known for its durable and comfortable bicycles. Ideal for city, kids, and road cycling, BSA bikes come with durable rubber tires and comfortable saddles, ensuring a smooth ride. The brand offers various sizes and affordable prices, making it accessible to many cyclists. Although it has fewer high-performance models, BSA’s reputation for quality and reliability makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

For more details, visit the official website. (https://www.bsabicycles.com/)

7. Road Master: Reliable and Affordable Cycle Brand in India

An Indian premium bicycle brand and currently the fastest-growing bicycle manufacturing company in India. Established to empower Indian bicycle riders, Road Master Cycles provides highly durable and cost-effective bicycles with a variety of design choices. The brand entered the Indian bicycle market in 2014 with a mission to offer the best value products, cutting-edge technology, and dedicated round-the-clock customer support.

It boasts an authorized share capital of Rs 2,000,000. Within nearly a decade of operation, the company has successfully delivered over 400,000 cycles across India. Offering a diverse range of over 60 models, Road Master Cycles caters to a wide variety of bicycling needs in the country. With a well-knitted network of loyal channel partners, the brand ensures its accessibility and visibility to consumers, further solidifying its position in the Indian bicycle market.

• Brand: Road Master
• Wheel Size: Various sizes
• Saddle: Comfort-oriented
• Suspension: Available on select models
• Frame Size: Multiple sizes
• Brakes: Disc and V-brakes

Pros and Cons of Road Master Bikes

Road Master is a popular cycle brand in India known for its reliability and affordability. The brand offers a variety of models, including city, mountain, kids, and hybrid bikes, making it accessible to a wide range of riders. With durable tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Road Master ensures a smooth and enjoyable riding experience. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand's affordability and reliability make it a preferred choice among the top cycle brands in India.

For more details, visit their official website.(https://www.roadmasterbikes.com/)

8. Btwin (Decathlon) : Leading Cycle Brand in India for All Riders

Renowned brand of bicycles, parts, and accessories exclusively available at Decathlon, offers cyclists a perfect blend of style, performance, and affordability. Crafted by expert manufacturers across Asia and Europe, with a touch of French precision added since 2010, these bikes are a testament to quality and innovation. Over the years, Portugal has been instrumental in producing over 1 million bicycles, ensuring top-notch craftsmanship. Not just limited to bikes, B'TWIN also provides a wide range of accessories and parts, all designed to enhance your cycling experience without breaking the bank.

Under the global leader Decathlon, the brand reported an impressive annual revenue of Rs 3,950 crore as of March 31, 2023. With a strong presence in over 70 countries, the brand continues to expand globally, focusing on innovation and sustainability. The bicycles start at around Rs 7,999 and go beyond Rs 26,000, making them accessible to many customers.

• Brand: Btwin (Decathlon)
• Type: Mountain, Hybrid, Road, Kids
• Tires: High-quality rubber
• Saddle: Ergonomic and comfort-oriented
• Suspension: Available on many models
• Brakes: V-brakes and disc brakes

Pros and Cons of Btwin Bikes

Btwin, a brand from Decathlon, is well-regarded among the best cycle brands in India for offering a wide range of high-quality bicycles. Whether you're into mountain biking, road cycling, or looking for a reliable kids' bike, Btwin has you covered. Their bikes feature ergonomic saddles, durable tires, and good suspension options, ensuring comfort and performance. Although some models may be pricier, Btwin’s commitment to quality and variety makes it a top choice among cyclists in India.

For more information, visit the Decathlon website.(https://www.decathlon.in/)

9. Trek: Premium Quality Among the Best Cycle Brands in India

A bicycle product manufacturer and distributor under brand names Trek, Electra Bicycle Company, Bontrager, and Diamant Bikes. In the past, the business has produced bicycles under the brands Villiger Bikes, LeMond Racing Cycles, Klein, and Gary Fisher. Trek Bicycles is marketed through 1,700 individually owned bicycle shops in North America, subsidiaries in Europe, Asia, and South Africa, as well as distributors in 90 countries worldwide. The brand has its headquarters located in Waterloo, Wisconsin. The majority of Trek bicycles are produced in nations other than the US, such as the Netherlands, Germany, Taiwan, and China.

Trek Bicycle, a leading bicycle brand in India, reports a revenue/turnover of Rs 1-100 crore. The company's net worth has increased by an impressive 98.66 percent, and its EBITDA has risen by 238.31 percent. With global revenue reaching $900.0 million, the bicycle continues solidifying its position as a top bicycle brand in India and a major player in the global market.

• Brand: Trek
• Type: Mountain, Road, Hybrid, Electric
• Tires: High-performance rubber
• Saddle: Ergonomic and performance-oriented
• Suspension: Advanced suspension systems available
• Pay Load: Standard and heavy-duty options
• Brakes: Hydraulic disc brakes

Pros and Cons of Trek Bikes

Trek is a top cycle brand in India, known for its high-performance quality and advanced features. The brand offers a wide range of bicycles, including mountain, road, hybrid, and electric bikes, catering to serious cyclists and enthusiasts. With advanced suspension systems and hydraulic disc brakes, Trek bikes ensure a smooth and safe ride. Despite being in a premium price range, Trek’s focus on performance and innovation makes it a top choice among the best cycle brands in India.

For more information, visit the official website.(https://www.trekbikes.com/)

10. Stryder

It has a large selection of bicycles including E-bikes, Roadster, Kids, Premium, Mountain, and SLR bikes. In India, Stryder bicycles may be found in over 4000 retail locations. In addition to being one of the top bicycle brands in India, Stryder has more than three million satisfied riders worldwide and exports to SAARC, Africa, and the Middle East. 

It is a prominent name in the bike industry, achieved impressive financial breakthroughs with revenue ranging between Rs 100-500 crore. The company's net worth surged by 16.58 percent, reflecting its commitment to innovation, quality, and customer satisfaction. It continues to set benchmarks, ensuring its position as a preferred choice for cycling enthusiasts with a focus on sustainability and cutting-edge technology.

• Brand: Stryder

Pros and Cons of Stryder Bikes

Stryder, known for its affordability and versatility, offers a range of bicycles suitable for city riding, mountain biking, kids, and hybrid models. With high-quality rubber tires and comfort-oriented saddles, Stryder bikes provide a smooth and enjoyable ride. Despite having basic design aesthetics and limited advanced features, the brand’s affordability and reliability make it a strong contender among the top cycle brands in India.

For more details, visit their official website. (https://www.strydercycles.com/)

FAQs  on Top Cycle Brands in India

1. What types of bicycles do these brands offer?

These brands offer a variety of bicycles including road bikes, mountain bikes, hybrid bikes, electric bikes, kids' bikes, and more.

2. Where can I buy bicycles from these brands?

Bicycles from these brands are available for purchase at their respective dealerships, retail stores, and major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Decathlon's online store.

3. Do these brands offer warranty and after-sales service?

Yes, most of these brands offer warranty and after-sales service for their bicycles. The warranty period and service terms may vary, so it's recommended to check with the brand or their authorized dealers for specific details.

4. How can I choose the right bicycle brand for my needs?

To choose the right bicycle brand, consider factors like your budget, the type of cycling you plan to do (road, mountain, commuting), and your specific preferences for features and design.

• Bicycle Industry

The organised paints sector in India is on the cusp of a significant transformation, with production capacity poised to nearly double to approximately 7.8 billion litres per annum (blpa) between fiscal years 2024 and 2027. This ambitious expansion will be fueled by investments totaling around Rs 19,000 crore, including significant contributions from a major new entrant.

A substantial portion of this new capacity, about 2.4 blpa, is expected to become operational in the current fiscal year, with the new player alone adding 1.3 blpa. This expansion will primarily focus on the decorative segment, which represents 75-80 percent of the total production. The sector's volume is projected to continue its healthy annual growth rate of 10-15 percent, consistent with historical trends.

Increased Competition and Pricing Strategies

However, this surge in capacity is likely to intensify competition as companies vie for market share. To attract customers and fully utilize their expanded capacities, especially in the value segment, which accounts for more than half of the sector's total revenue, manufacturers might adopt aggressive pricing strategies. Consequently, overall revenue growth is expected to moderate to 7-10 percent this fiscal year. Furthermore, operating profitability is predicted to decline to 15-17 percent due to heightened marketing expenditures and pressure on realisations.

Stable Credit Profiles Amidst Competitive Pressures

Despite these challenges, the credit profiles of existing manufacturers are expected to remain stable. This resilience is attributed to their near debt-free balance sheets and robust liquidity, which is equivalent to nearly one-fourth of their net worth. A study of six major firms, representing approximately 90 percent of the organised sector’s gross sales of around Rs 70,000 crore, supports this outlook.

Poonam Upadhyay, Director at CRISIL Ratings, states, “The volume growth of 10-15 percent this fiscal will be driven by steady demand from retail and business-to-business segments — catering to construction, real estate and automobiles — which is salutary. Rising disposable incomes, increasing consumer preference for quality and branded products, rising home sales and an expected recovery in rural demand will be supportive. However, pressure on realisations will partially offset the benefit of higher volume, tempering revenue growth this fiscal.”

Impact of Pricing and Promotional Strategies

In the previous fiscal year, the sector saw a modest revenue growth of around 4 percent, as manufacturers reduced prices by 4-5 percent through higher discounts and rebates in response to softened crude-linked input prices. This strategy, coupled with increased promotional spending to counter competition, resulted in gross margins rising by approximately 500 basis points. However, operating margins increased by only 300 basis points to around 20 percent from 17 percent in fiscal 2023.

Raw Material Prices and Operating Profitability

The prices of key raw materials, particularly crude-linked derivatives such as binders, solvents, and additives, as well as titanium dioxide, are expected to remain steady. This stability will help maintain gross margins at 40-42 percent this fiscal year. However, due to increased advertising and promotional spending aimed at supporting retail network expansion and reinforcing brand recall amidst intensifying competition, operating profitability is likely to moderate to 15-17 percent from around 20 percent last fiscal year. Additionally, new entrants are expected to face operational losses in their initial years.

Strategic Investments and Diversification

To maintain a competitive edge and broaden their product offerings, existing manufacturers are introducing new products and expanding into non-paint categories such as adhesives, construction chemicals, and waterproofing products. This strategic diversification has led to increased investments in capacity, backward integration, research and development, and technology.

Anil More, Associate Director at CRISIL Ratings, notes, “We expect the credit quality of existing manufacturers to be largely stable despite high capex. They are likely to fund capex through cash surplus and accruals, while new entrants will utilise a mix of debt and fresh equity. While the key debt metrics are expected to moderate, interest coverage and debt/Ebitda ratios of the sample set will stay comfortable at 14-16x and 0.5-0.7x, respectively, in this and next fiscal compared with previous peaks of over 40x and less than 0.1x, respectively.”

Market Dynamics and Future Outlook

The impact of volatile crude oil prices on key raw material costs, currency fluctuations, an anticipated recovery in rural demand, and a higher-than-expected increase in competitive intensity due to new capacities coming online are critical factors to watch. These elements will play a significant role in shaping the sector's future dynamics and profitability.

As the paints sector navigates this period of substantial growth and heightened competition, companies will need to balance their expansion strategies with prudent financial management to sustain their market positions and profitability.

• Paint Industry
• paints industry

The current value of the pet care industry worldwide is expected to skyrocket to $246.66 billion in 2023 and reach $427.75 billion by 2032 , indicating unparalleled development in this business. This increase is the result of "paw parents" being more and more committed to the health and welfare of their furry companions, which has led to large expenditures in many areas of pet care. A pet website, Pet Keen , reports that food and treats account for  75–80 percent of pet care costs , highlighting the critical role nutrition plays in pet parenting. The remaining expenditure covers accessories, grooming supplies, toys, and services, highlighting the comprehensive nature of modern pet care.

Best Pet Care Brands in India

From premium pet food that caters to specific dietary requirements to innovative treats that promote health and well-being, here are  the top 10 pet care brands with detailed information   that are always at the forefront in the Indian market:

1. Supertails:

Supertails, a dynamic player in the realm of pet care brands, was founded by Varun Sadana, Aman Tekriwal, and Vineet Khanna,  in 2021  with a vision of presenting a comprehensive solution for pet food and supplies. Supertails has been committed to providing top-notch products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents. With a series of successful funding rounds, including a recent  $28.4 million investment led by RPSG Capital Ventures, Whiteboard Capital, Titan Capital, Sauce.vc, Saama Capital, Fireside Ventures, DSG Consumer, Partners Ka Enterprises, and Alteria Capital in 2024 , the brand has solidified its position in the market.

What sets the brand apart in the competitive market of pet care brands is its relentless pursuit of innovation. The brand continuously invests in research and development to introduce cutting-edge solutions that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to state-of-the-art personalised training, Supertails offers a comprehensive service designed to enhance the well-being of pets.

The brand's strength lies in its provision of fully digital telehealth consultations and online pet behaviour training services, administered by a team of seasoned internal veterinarians and pet behaviour experts. Whether it's promoting online pet behaviour training services, internal veterinarians, or pet behaviour experts, Supertails provides tailored solutions to meet the diverse needs of pets. The brand's dedication to customer satisfaction and pet wellness fosters a strong bond of trust with paw parents.

2. Royal Canin:

Royal Canin, a renowned name in the pet care industry, has established itself as a leader by prioritizing the health and well-being of pets through scientifically formulated nutrition. Founded in 1968 by French veterinarian Dr. Jean Cathary, the brand has consistently focused on understanding the unique needs of pets, each formula meets the specific dietary needs of pets, whether it is breed-specific nutrition or addressing particular health concerns such as obesity, digestive issues, or allergies, making it a preferred choice among pet owners and veterinarians worldwide.

As a subsidiary of Mars, incorporated in 2001 , the brand benefits from substantial financial backing. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported an impressive revenue of $18 billion in 2022, with Royal Canin contributing significantly to this figure. Its products are tailored to cater to the precise needs of different breeds, sizes, and life stages, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its specialized formulas are crafted to support everything from joint health and dental care to skin and coat conditions, providing comprehensive care for pets. Royal Canin's commitment to quality control and safety ensures that pet owners can trust the consistency and efficacy of their products.

3. Heads Up for Tails:

Heads Up for Tails (HUFT) has rapidly emerged as a distinguished name in the top 10 in the pet care industry, celebrated for its dedication to providing high-quality products and services that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners. Founded in 2008 by Rashi Narang , HUFT has carved out a niche in the market with its innovative, thoughtful, and pet-centric approach.

One of the key reasons HUFT stands out in the crowded pet care market is its comprehensive range of products and services. From premium pet food and grooming supplies to stylish accessories and toys, HUFT offers a holistic shopping experience for pet owners. Its products are meticulously designed to ensure safety, comfort, and enrichment, reflecting a deep understanding of pet needs. The brand has expanded into personalized services such as grooming, training, and pet spa treatments, providing a one-stop solution for pet care.

Its products are sourced and crafted with a focus on sustainability and safety, ensuring that pets receive the best care possible. The brand also emphasizes customization, allowing pet owners to personalize products, thereby enhancing the bond between pets and their owners. HUFT actively engages with the pet community through educational content, events, and social initiatives, fostering a supportive and informed pet-loving community.

Drools, a premier pet care brand, has swiftly ascended to prominence through its commitment to providing high-quality, nutritionally balanced pet food. Founded by Fahim Sultan , the brand was established with a vision to enhance the health and well-being of pets through superior nutrition. Drools is recognized as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians alike.  In 2021, it secured $60 million in funding from L. Catterton , a leading consumer-focused private equity firm. This investment has empowered Drools to expand its product line, enhance its distribution network, and invest in research and development.

In the competitive pet care market by focusing on scientific research and nutritional expertise. Each product is meticulously crafted to meet the specific dietary needs of pets, ensuring optimal health and vitality. Its extensive range includes dry and wet food for dogs and cats, tailored for various life stages and health conditions. By using high-quality ingredients free from artificial colors and preservatives, Drools ensures that pets receive wholesome, safe nutrition. The brand emphasizes balanced nutrition, which is crucial for maintaining pet health. Drools' products are rich in essential nutrients, including proteins, vitamins, and minerals, supporting overall well-being, boosting immunity, and promoting healthy skin and coat. It offers specialized diets for pets with specific health needs, such as weight management, digestive care, and joint support.

5. Fabled Pets:

Fabled Pets,  founded by Varun Sharma , has swiftly emerged as a prominent player in the pet care industry, driven by a passion for enhancing pet wellness. It has been committed to providing top-quality products and services that prioritize the health and happiness of pets and their paw parents.

The brand leverages cutting-edge research and technology to develop products that address the evolving needs of pets. From advanced nutritional supplements to interactive toys and training tools , Fabled Pets offers a comprehensive range of solutions designed to promote the physical and mental well-being of pets. The brand offers premium ingredients that are backed by scientific research, ensuring superior quality and efficacy.  These products cater to a wide range of pet needs, from promoting joint health and dental care to addressing anxiety and behavioral issues. The brand's commitment to innovation means that pet parents can trust Fabled Pets to provide innovative solutions for their furry companions.

6. Dogsee Chew:

Dogsee Chew, a distinguished name among pet care brands, has garnered acclaim for its all-natural, high-quality pet treats. Founded by Bhupendra Khanal in 2015 , the brand emerged from a desire to provide pets with wholesome, healthy treats that align with natural dietary practices. Dogsee Chew is celebrated as one of the top pet care brands, trusted by paw parents and veterinarians around the globe. The brand raised $7 million in a Series A funding round in 2021 , led by Sixth Sense Ventures.

The brand specializes in 100 percent natural dog treats made from yak and cow milk sourced from the Himalayas. These hard cheese treats are free from preservatives, additives, and artificial coloring, making them a healthy and safe choice for pets. The company's commitment to natural ingredients and traditional manufacturing processes ensures that every treat is of the highest quality, providing pets with nutritious and delicious snacks.

Dogsee Chew offers numerous benefits to its consumers. The treats are not only nutritious but also help maintain dental health by reducing plaque and tartar buildup. They are high in protein and low in fat, making them an ideal snack for dogs of all breeds and sizes.

7. Whiskas:

Mars founded Whiskas , a well-known brand in the pet care space. With its commitment to providing cats with wholesome and nutritious food, Whiskas aims to improve the lives of animals and their paw parents everywhere. The parent business, Mars Petcare, reported a healthy $18 billion in revenue in 2022 , with Whiskas making a large contribution to this amount.

The brand stands out as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to quality and expertise in feline nutrition . With decades of experience and research, Whiskas understands the unique dietary needs of cats and formulates its products accordingly. It offers a wide range of cat food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all crafted with premium ingredients to ensure optimal health and satisfaction for feline friends.

Its cat food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting cats' overall health and well-being. From promoting healthy digestion and strong immunity to maintaining shiny coats and optimal weight, Whiskas cat food addresses various aspects of feline health.

8. Pedigree:

Pedigree, a leading name among pet care brands, was founded by Mars,  a global powerhouse in the pet care industry. Established with a mission to provide dogs with wholesome nutrition. Mars Petcare, the parent company, reported a substantial revenue of $18 billion in 2022 , with Pedigree contributing significantly to this figure.

The brand counts as one of the top pet care brands due to its unwavering commitment to canine health and nutrition. With decades of expertise in dog food formulations, they understands the unique dietary needs of dogs and craft their products accordingly. The brand offers a diverse range of dog food options, including dry kibble, wet food, and treats, all made with high-quality ingredients to support dogs' overall health and well-being.

Its dog food formulations are designed to provide balanced nutrition, supporting dogs' energy levels, digestion, and immunity. Pedigree also offers specialized diets for dogs with specific health needs, such as weight management and dental care. Pedigree's products are crafted with delicious flavors and textures to appeal to dogs' taste preferences, ensuring mealtime excitement and satisfaction.

9. Kennel Kitchen:

Kennel Kitchen was f ounded by Siddharth Talwar in 2015 with a vision to provide pets with wholesome and nutritious meals. Kennel Kitchen has been committed to crafting premium-quality pet food using natural ingredients, earning the trust of paw parents seeking the best for their furry companions.

The brand prides itself on using only the finest human-grade ingredients sourced from trusted suppliers. Each recipe is thoughtfully crafted to provide pets with balanced nutrition, ensuring their overall health and well-being. Kennel Kitchen offers a diverse range of products, including dry food, wet food, and treats, all made with love and care to meet the unique dietary needs of pets.

Its formulations are free from artificial colors, flavors, and preservatives, making them a safe and healthy choice for pets. Recipes are rich in essential nutrients, promoting optimal health, digestion, and immunity in pets.

10. Himalaya:

Himalaya Pets, founded with a vision by M. Manal in 1930 , has transcended generations to become a trusted name in pet care brands. With a legacy rooted in Ayurveda and natural wellness, the brand earned the loyalty of paw parents worldwide through its commitment to holistic pet health.

Drawing inspiration from the Himalayan Mountains and ancient Ayurvedic principles , the brand formulates its products with natural ingredients known for their healing and rejuvenating properties. From herbal supplements to grooming essentials, Himalaya Pets offers a diverse range of solutions designed to promote the overall well-being of pets.

Its formulations are free from harmful chemicals and additives, making them safe and gentle for pets' sensitive skin and delicate digestive systems. Its products address a wide range of pet needs, from promoting coat health and soothing skin irritations to supporting joint mobility and dental hygiene.

Each firm on display demonstrates a dedication to improving the health and happiness of pets globally in the cutthroat pet care sector. Innovation and quality are at the forefront of the food business, from established giants like Royal Canin and Mars-owned Whiskas and Pedigree to up-and-coming brands like Heads Up for Tails and Kennel Kitchen.

The following businesses manufacture products that specifically address the requirements of pets by giving priority to natural health concepts, nutritional competence, and scientific research. Pet owners have a wide range of alternatives, whether it's a breed-specific diet, natural ingredients, or customized services. Together, these firms contribute to the booming pet care market by building strong ties between pets and their owners, offering appropriate nourishment, and supporting general well-being.

FAQs on Pet Care Brands:

1. What factors are driving the growth of the pet care industry?

The increasing commitment of "paw parents" to their pets' health and welfare, leading to significant expenditures in various areas of pet care, primarily food and treats, is driving the industry's growth.

2. What percentage of pet care costs do food and treats account for?

Food and treats account for a remarkable 75–80 percent of pet care costs, underscoring the crucial role of nutrition in pet parenting.

3. How do top pet care brands distinguish themselves in the market?

Top pet care brands differentiate themselves by consistently delivering high-quality products that cater to the diverse needs of pets and their owners, along with a commitment to enhancing pets' lives.

4. What are some examples of products offered by these top pet care brands?

Examples include premium pet food catering to specific dietary requirements and innovative treats promoting health and well-being.

5. Why are these top pet care brands celebrated in the Indian market?

These brands are celebrated for their innovative products and commitment to enhancing pets' lives, earning recognition for their quality and contribution to the pet care industry.

• parenting segment

The landscape of e-commerce in India is witnessing a significant transformation, particularly in Tier II and III cities , where the demand for babycare products is soaring. This surge is not just a fleeting trend but a reflection of deeper changes in consumer behavior and market dynamics. The order volumes for babycare products in FY24 saw a remarkable 30 percent increase compared to FY23 across these smaller cities.

Rising Demand across Online Platforms

Both marketplaces and brand-specific websites have experienced substantial growth in order volumes, with marketplaces recording a 34 percent year-on-year (YoY) increase and brand websites witnessing a 21 percent rise in FY24 , according to data analyzed by Unicommerce. This dual-channel growth underscores the expanding reach of e-commerce and the growing preference among consumers for online shopping, driven by convenience and a wider range of choices.

Popular Babycare Products Driving Growth

A variety of babycare products have seen heightened demand in these regions. Essentials such as wet wipes, cotton nappies, and eco-friendly detergents are among the top-sellers, reflecting a shift towards more sustainable and health-conscious choices. Additionally, items like soft toys, mittens, rompers, bodysuits, feeding spoons, diapers, pants, tops, and vests are also flying off the virtual shelves, showcasing the diverse needs and preferences of consumers.

This growth can be attributed to several factors, including increased awareness about such products, the ease of access provided by online platforms, and the innovative use of technology by brands to engage with their customers. The rising spirit of e-commerce in these smaller cities is transforming how parents shop for babycare essentials, making high-quality products more accessible than ever.

Shift Towards Sustainable and Innovative Babycare

The evolving consumer demands in Tier II and III cities are pushing brands to offer more eco-friendly, customized, and organic products. As parents become more conscious of the environmental impact and the quality of products used for their babies, brands are responding with sustainable alternatives. Leading babycare brands like Chicco, Superbottoms, Mi Arcus, R For Rabbit, and The Mom Store are at the forefront of this movement , providing products that cater to the modern parent's need for both safety and sustainability.

READ MORE:  Boom in Startup Investments: 44 pc of Investors Targeting Growth in Tier II & III Cities

Future Prospects and Market Opportunities

Kapil Makhija, MD & CEO of Unicommerce, highlights the strategic importance of these emerging markets. “E-commerce continues to make deep inroads into smaller cities, and consumers are relishing its presence across these parts now. We are seeing emerging categories like babycare witnessing growth through e-commerce. This presents an opportune gateway for traditional as well as newer brands to tap these markets. We are committed to supporting brands in rooting their establishments in these parts with our adaptable technology platform,” he stated.

The expanding e-commerce footprint in Tier II and III cities signifies a promising future for brands willing to innovate and cater to the unique needs of these consumers. As technology continues to bridge the gap between urban and rural markets, the babycare segment is poised for sustained growth, driven by the rising demand for quality, sustainability, and convenience.

• brand expanding in tier II III cities

In a remarkable testament to its unwavering commitment to technological advancement, digital commerce, and unparalleled service delivery, GreenHonchos has been awarded the coveted Digital Transformation of the Year Award 2024 at the recent IReC Forum organized by Indian Retailer in Bengaluru. 

A Milestone in Digital Excellence

The Digital Transformation of the Year Award is bestowed upon organizations that demonstrate exceptional innovation, strategic implementation of cutting-edge technologies, and a transformative impact on their industry. GreenHonchos has emerged as a paragon of these virtues, harnessing the power of composable commerce technology, new-age tenants of digital commerce, data analytics, and over a decade of experience in scaling 200+ global retail brands online. 

"The credit for this award goes to all our brand partners who patiently navigate the realms of eCommerce with us every day through the fault lines, allowing us the scope to experiment and innovate. What we are today is the sum of all the learnings we have gained in interactions with industry patrons over the last decade of working with high-potential retail brands across categories.” - Navin Joshua (Founder & Director, GreenHonchos).

Embracing Entrepreneurial Leadership 

In the dynamic realm of eCommerce, the success of GreenHonchos is credited to its consumer-centricity and investment in its people to uphold its consultative and service orientation in the ecosystem.

This belief has guided their strategies in attracting, hiring, and nurturing top-tier talents in the retail and eCommerce domain. By prioritizing skillsets and expertise in the market, they have assembled and nurtured a team of eComm experts who not only drive the company forward but also nurture the next generation of eCommerce innovators. These strategic decisions were more than just business moves; they were opportunities for a 200+ member team to become India’s leading eCommerce enabling workforce, enhancing their skills, and broadening their perspectives.

“As a Great Place To Work Certified Organization, we always strive to harness the potential of the best of the People, Processes, and Technology to deliver results for our cohort of eRetail businesses. And our journey is far from over; we remain steadfast in our commitment towards problem-solving through the ever-evolving market dynamics pivoted by technology, and helping you gain a competitive advantage.” - added Navin.

Looking Ahead to New-Retail Era

The Digital Transformation of the Year Award serves as a monumental affirmation of GH’s commitment to lead the charge, driving transformative change and setting new benchmarks for the industry. HQ’ed in the national capital region with offices in Mumbai & Bengaluru, GH has also established a strong presence in GCC over the last year, operating from its global office in Dubai.

In its pursuit of leveraging tech innovations, the agnostic nature of digital commerce, and its global presence, the company has recently started offering cross-border eCommerce enablement services to facilitate the global expansion of  Made in India retail businesses. 

While India continues to grow as the global retail hub, its well-oiled and robust eComm enabling ecosystem is poised to play a pivotal role in helping the retail industry drive the next phase of growth by tapping into the growing demand of digital-native shoppers across the globe. 

• digital transformation
• RETAIL AWARDS

In a country like India, where summers can be brutally hot, an air conditioner (AC) is no longer a luxury but a necessity. Choosing the right AC can be daunting, given the myriads of brands available in the market. This comprehensive guide will help you navigate through the top 10 air conditioner brands in India, offering insights into their features, reliability, and overall value. Whether you're wondering which brand AC is best or looking for the best air conditioner company in India, this article has you covered.

Best ACs in India for 2024 from the Top 10 Selling Brands

Here's a list of the top air conditioners from the top 10 selling brands in India to assist you in making an informed choice.

1. Carrier:

Carrier consistently ranks among the top AC brands in India for its innovation, quality, and reliability. Hailed as one of the best AC companies in India, Carrier sets industry standards with cutting-edge technology. It secures a prominent position in the list of top 10 AC brands in India due to its extensive product range and availability. For discerning consumers seeking the best air conditioning solution, Carrier offers unmatched performance, comfort, and durability.

Established in 1915 by Willis Carrier, leads the air conditioning industry with a century of expertise in heating, cooling, and refrigeration solutions. The best-selling Carrier Infinity 24ANB1, priced from Rs 50,000-1,50,000 depending on capacity and features, reflects the brand's commitment to innovation, sustainability, and quality.

Key Features:

Carrier air conditioners include smart networking options, quiet operation, sophisticated temperature control, and excellent energy economy. In order to provide dependable performance and better indoor air quality, they frequently include sturdy construction, superior air filtering systems, and environmentally friendly refrigerants.

Pros and Cons:

Industry-leading energy efficiency, advanced comfort technology, quiet and reliable performance, durable construction, and environmentally friendly design make this AC stand out, although it faces the drawbacks of premium pricing compared to standard models and the necessity for professional installation and maintenance.

A South Korean multinational has been renowned for consumer electronics and home appliances since 1958. LG air conditioners are available through authorized dealerships and showrooms, major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Tata CliQ, and retail chains such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales. These channels offer home delivery, installation services, competitive pricing, and financing options. Exclusive deals and offers can also be found on the official LG website.

In India, LG is known for durable, energy-efficient ACs. Its Dual Inverter Split AC, priced around Rs 35,000-55,000, is a popular choice for its advanced features and competitive pricing.

The revolutionary cooling technologies, silent operation, smart connectivity features, and great energy efficiency set LG air conditioners apart. Along with multi-stage air filtration systems for better air quality and faster cooling, dual inverter compressors, and sleek, contemporary designs that complement any decor, these are common features.

Pros and cons:

Energy-efficient, quiet operation, and smart features characterize AC units, offering enhanced durability, but they come with the drawbacks of a higher initial cost and complex installation.

3. Samsung:

Samsung, a global leader in electronics, offers air conditioners catering to various needs with a focus on quality and innovation. Samsung air conditioners are available on major e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and the official Samsung online store, often featuring attractive discounts. They are also widely available in physical retail stores such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales, offering hands-on experience and in-person consultations.

An extensive network of authorized dealers and service centers ensures access to genuine products and after-sales support. Additionally, Samsung regularly engages in promotional campaigns with seasonal discounts, exchange offers, and easy EMI options to attract buyers. Its Wind-Free AR18TY3QBBU, priced around Rs 45,000, is a top seller known for innovative features, making it competitive in the premium segment.

Samsung air conditioners stand out for their superior air purifying features, quick cooling speeds, smart connectivity via Wi-Fi and voice control, and digital inverter technology for energy savings. It also guarantees comfort and visual appeal with its sleek, contemporary designs, silent operation, and longevity.

Innovative Wind-Free Technology, energy efficiency, smart connectivity, health benefits, and quiet operation make this AC appealing, though it comes with the drawbacks of a higher price point, installation costs, and maintenance requirements.

Voltas, a prominent Tata Group company, is a leading name in India's air conditioning sector, renowned for innovation, energy efficiency, and top-notch customer service since 1954. Volta’s air conditioners are easily accessible through numerous authorized dealers nationwide. They are available on leading e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Tata CliQ for online shoppers.

Exclusive Voltas brand stores offer a comprehensive range of products with hands-on customer service. Partnerships with major electronics retail chains like Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales further enhance market reach. Its best-selling 1.5 Ton 3 Star Split Inverter AC, priced around Rs 35,000, offers a perfect blend of affordability, efficiency, and features, catering to diverse Indian climatic conditions with reliable cooling performance and advanced features.

Key Features :

Precision temperature control, energy economy, sturdy construction, and cutting-edge cooling technology are all hallmarks of Volta’s air conditioners. To further provide increased comfort and better indoor air quality, it also provides digital connection, eco-friendly refrigerants, air purification systems, and silent operation.

Energy efficiency, effective cooling, health benefits, and low maintenance make this AC desirable, although it comes with the drawbacks of initial cost and installation charges.

Daikin Industries, Ltd., a Japanese multinational, excels in air conditioning and refrigeration since 1924. Daikin products are available through a wide network of authorized dealers, ensuring genuine products and reliable after-sales service. It has a strong online presence on platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and their official website. Exclusive brand outlets in major cities allow consumers to experience their products first-hand. Partnerships with retail chains like Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales enhance reach and accessibility.

Daikin offers robust customer support, including installation services, maintenance contracts, and a responsive helpline. Renowned globally for innovation and quality, it's a top 10 AC brand in India. The Daikin FTKF50TV, priced around Rs 45,000, is a best-seller, valued for its high performance, energy efficiency, and reliability, making Daikin a preferred choice in India.

The primary features of Daikin air conditioners, which are known for their excellence, are their innovative inverter technology, quiet operation, intelligent climate management, and outstanding energy efficiency. Additionally, they provide strong air filtration systems, environmentally acceptable refrigerants, and intuitive digital connection, all of which contribute to maximum efficiency and improved comfort.

High energy efficiency reducing electricity bills, powerful cooling performance, quiet operation ideal for bedrooms and offices, smart and user-friendly controls, and durable build quality make this AC appealing, yet it faces the drawbacks of a higher upfront cost compared to budget brands and limited availability of service centers in remote areas.

6. Blue Star:

Blue Star, a pioneering brand in air conditioning since 1943, leads India's HVAC industry with its commitment to quality and innovation.  Blue Star is consistently ranked among the best AC brands in India for reliable and energy-efficient solutions. Renowned for its innovative technology and superior quality, Blue Star is considered one of the premier AC companies in India. It secures a place among the top 10 AC brands in India, recognized for its extensive product range and customer-centric approach.

For those seeking the best-in-class air conditioning experience, Blue Star is a top contender, offering excellent performance, efficiency, and reliability. Its best-selling 5-Star Inverter Split AC, priced around Rs 43,690, offers superior performance and energy efficiency, making it a premium yet value-for-money choice.

The energy-efficient, cutting-edge cooling technologies, and sturdy construction of Blue Star air conditioners are well known. They come equipped with characteristics like high ambient cooling for harsh temperatures, anti-corrosive blue fins for longevity, precision cooling, and advanced air purification systems. Furthermore, a lot of models have smart connectivity, which offers convenient and smooth control.

Superior energy efficiency leading to lower electricity bills, precise temperature control for enhanced comfort, eco-friendly design with sustainable refrigerants, and durability backed by Blue Star's legacy of quality make this AC a compelling choice, despite the premium pricing compared to non-inverter models and potentially higher initial investment offset by long-term savings.

7. Panasonic:

Panasonic consistently ranks among the best AC brands in India, known for its quality and innovation. As a leading global electronics company, Panasonic is a top contender in the Indian air conditioning market, trusted by millions. It frequently secures a position among the top 10 AC brands in India in various rankings and surveys. For consumers seeking reliability, performance, and innovation, Panasonic offers a comprehensive range of air conditioning solutions.

Panasonic Corporation, a global electronics leader, is renowned for quality, innovation, and sustainability in air conditioning. The Panasonic Aero Series, starting at Rs 44,000, offers top-notch technology and design for unmatched comfort and efficiency, making it a customer favorite worldwide.

Energy efficiency, cutting-edge air purification technology, silent operation, and intelligent networking choices are just a few of the remarkable features available in Panasonic air conditioners. In addition, they have unique designs that improve indoor air quality and comfort, long-lasting construction, accurate temperature management, and eco-friendly refrigerants.

Exceptional cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, advanced air purification technology, quiet operation, and durable construction highlight this AC's appeal, although it faces the drawbacks of potentially higher initial costs compared to competitors and limited availability of certain models in specific regions.

Godrej is among the best AC brands in India, known for its commitment to quality and innovation. As a leading AC company, Godrej sets benchmarks for others to follow, with a rich legacy of trust and excellence. It consistently features among the top 10 AC brands in India due to its relentless pursuit of excellence. For those seeking the best AC brand in India, Godrej offers a perfect blend of performance, reliability, and affordability.

Godrej, a trusted household name since 1897, excels in various consumer electronics, including air conditioners. Its best-selling model, the Godrej 5 Star Split AC GSC 18ITC5-WTA, starts at a competitive price of Rs 35,000 to Rs 40,000, reflecting the brand's commitment to quality and affordability.

Key traits of Godrej air conditioners are eco-friendly refrigerants, quiet operation, smart inverter technology, and energy efficiency. In order to ensure the best cooling and convenience, they also provide sophisticated air purification systems, sturdy construction, and smart features like smartphone control and auto-restart.

Pros and Cons :

Excellent energy efficiency, superior cooling performance, durable build quality, value for money, and eco-friendly operation make this AC attractive, although it may entail installation charges and clearer warranty terms could be desired.

9. Hitachi:

Hitachi, a global conglomerate, is trusted for advanced air conditioning solutions in India. Hitachi consistently ranks among the top AC brands in India for its quality, performance, and innovation. As a leading AC company, Hitachi is known for its extensive product range and superior technology. It secures its position in the top 10 AC brands in India due to its strong brand presence and customer loyalty.

Hitachi emerges as a preferred choice for consumers seeking the best air conditioning solution, backed by its stellar reputation and cutting-edge products. Its iConnect series, featuring the Hitachi iConnect 1.5 Ton 5 Star Split AC starting at Rs 37,500, prioritizes comfort, energy efficiency, and durability, making it a top choice in the market.

High energy economy, strong cooling capability, whisper-quiet operation, and cutting-edge air purification technology are among the primary characteristics that set Hitachi air conditioners apart. In addition, they often come with sophisticated features like temperature-optimizing smart sensors, sleek and contemporary designs, and sturdy construction that guarantees comfort and long-term dependability.

Exceptional cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, smart features for convenience, stylish design, and a trusted brand reputation make this AC appealing, yet the premium pricing and additional installation and maintenance costs may deter budget-conscious consumers.

10. Whirlpool:

Whirlpool, a global leader in home appliances, excels in air conditioning with its innovative designs and energy efficiency. It consistently ranks among India's top AC brands for its stellar reputation, extensive range, and customer satisfaction. As one of the best AC companies in India, Whirlpool sets benchmarks for quality and innovation.

It secures a coveted spot among India's top 10 AC brands, focusing on superior products and customer service. For discerning consumers, Whirlpool is a top choice for its performance, efficiency, and innovation. The Whirlpool Magicool 3D Cool Inverter AC, starting at Rs 31,500, offers a perfect blend of performance and aesthetics, making it a top choice for households and businesses.

The distinctive characteristics of Whirlpool air conditioners, such as the 6-sense IntelliComfort Technology for accurate temperature and humidity management, the Turbo Cool technology for quick cooling, and the 4-in-1 Filtration with HEPA filters for better air quality, set them apart. They stand out from other brands on the market thanks to their unique MPFI (Multi-Port Fluid Injection) technology, which guarantees effective cooling even in hot weather.

Superior cooling performance, energy-efficient operation, smart features for enhanced convenience, sleek and modern design, and advanced filtration for clean and healthy air highlight this AC's appeal, although the initial investment might be higher compared to non-inverter models and there may be limited availability in certain regions.

Finding the best AC brand in India involves considering various factors such as energy efficiency, cooling capacity, and budget. The top 10 air conditioner brands in India listed above offer a range of options to suit different needs and preferences. Whether you prioritize advanced technology, energy efficiency, or affordability, there's an AC brand that will meet your requirements.

As the temperatures rise, investing in a reliable air conditioner from one of these top brands will ensure you stay cool and comfortable all summer long. Remember to compare different models and features to find the best air conditioner company in India that aligns with your specific needs.

The top 5 FAQs:

1. What are the key factors to consider when choosing an air conditioner?

The key factors to consider include energy efficiency, cooling capacity, technology (such as inverter technology), air quality features, and budget.

2. What are some popular air conditioner brands in India?

Some of the popular air conditioner brands in India include LG, Samsung, Voltas, Daikin, Blue Star, Panasonic, Carrier, Godrej, Hitachi, and Whirlpool.

3.  Where can I purchase air conditioners from these brands?

Air conditioners from these brands are available through authorized dealerships, major e-commerce platforms like Amazon and Flipkart, as well as retail chains such as Croma, Reliance Digital, and Vijay Sales.

4. What are some common features found in top-selling air conditioner models?

Common features include inverter technology for energy efficiency, advanced air purification systems, smart connectivity for remote control, high cooling capacity, and durable build quality.

5. How do I ensure proper maintenance and after-sales service for my air conditioner?

It is recommended to purchase from authorized dealers to ensure genuine products and access to reliable after-sales service. Additionally, many brands offer installation services, and maintenance contracts, and have responsive helplines for customer support.

During the forecast period between 2024 and 2030, the size of India whiskey market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 4.61% reaching a value of $28.97 billion by 2030. The IWSR's report highlights substantial double-digit growth, partly influenced by the regularization of the Uttar Pradesh market, resulting in an 11% volume increase and indicating ongoing prospects for the Indian whisky market. Over the last decade, the average whisky price in India nearly doubled to $7.18 per litre, highlighting the market's appeal and early stages of premiumization, making it a promising arena for the growth and influence of premium and imported whiskeys in India.

The top whisky brands in India hold a significant place in the lives of Indian consumers, symbolizing more than just a drink. Often associated with status and prestige. India's love affair with top whisky brands is nothing short of legendary. It has an impressive variety of top whisky brands in India and a price list that caters to every palate and budget. The Top Indian whisky brands market is a treasure trove waiting to be explored. From the smooth sophistication of single malts to the rich complexity of blended scotch whiskies, there's a perfect pour for everyone.

Whether you're a seasoned connoisseur or just beginning your whisky journey. Here is an ultimate guide to the top 15 whisky brands in India that will tantalize your taste buds and elevate your spirits.

Best Whisky Brands in India

We've put together a list of the best-selling whisky brands in India, making it easier for you to choose the right one for your next purchase.

One of the top whisky brands in India, Dewar's iconic 18-year-old drink is an excellent blended scotch, with a creamy finish, and a subtle smokiness that seems to roll off the tongue. In terms of pricing, Dewar's 18-Year-Old is positioned at the higher end of the market. For instance, a 1-litre bottle at Delhi Duty-Free is priced at Rs 9,790. Dewar Blended Scotch Whisky introduces the fourth iteration of Dewar's 19 Year Old - The Champion's Edition. Crafted to honour the enduring collaboration between Dewar and the U.S. Open Championship, this limited-edition whisky celebrates the 124th U.S

• Alcohol Volume Percentag e: 40% ABV
• Category : Blended Scotch whisky

2. Black Dog Reserve

Black Dog whisky holds a significant position in the Indian market, being the second-most-sold whisky brand in the country. Despite facing high taxes, its popularity has grown consistently, showing a 3% growth rate in the last few years post-COVID-19​. One of the best whisky in India with a stellar reputation and a remarkable taste, Black Dog Reserve is an aged and rare liquid with an unusually smooth blend of malt and grain whiskies from Scotland. The amber liquid carries a beautiful aroma of matured wood, and a pronounced rich malt taste, coupled with sherry sweetness making space in the top whisky brand in India.

• Alcohol Volume Percentage : 42.8% ABV

3. Glenkinchie 12

Glenkinchie 12-year-old is ranked among the top 15 whisky brands in India in the single malt Scotch whisky category. It features delightful notes of cereal, green apple, lemon, and sweet honey. If you prefer lighter drinks, this is one of the smoothest whiskies you can find. Distilled in the lowland region of Scotland, this refined single malt is perfect for enjoying as a pre-dinner drink. The premium pricing can be a barrier in a price-sensitive market like India. Additionally, limited availability in more general retail settings can restrict its reach to a wider audience.

• Alcohol Volume Percentage : 43% ABV
• Category : Single Malt Scotch whisky

4. Glenmorangie 10-Year Original

An exceptional single malt scotch contributing to the best whisky brand list, hailing from the Glenmorangie Highland distillery in North Scotland, this one is an absolute value for money. It's a mature spirit capable of delighting even the most demanding of whisky enthusiasts, that's soft, mellow and immensely creamy to taste. It carries pleasant spicy notes, and the medium-bodied whisky is clean and well-balanced. At this price, it stands undefeated as a must-mention under the top 15 whisky brands in India.

• Category : Highland Single Malt Scotch whisky

5. Glenfiddich 12

Glenfiddich 12 is widely available in various retail outlets across major cities in India. It can be found in high-end liquor stores, duty-free shops at airports, and specialized online platforms that cater to premium spirits. It is not just one of the top whisky brands in India, but a best-selling name all over the world, Glenfiddich 12-year-old is immensely smooth, with a refreshingly sweet and fruity essence. This is one of those classic whisky brands in India you're likely to encounter the iconic green bottle of, at practically every bar you visit. 

• Alcohol Volume Percentage : 40% ABV

6. The Glenlivet

Undoubtedly one of the most famous and Top Whisky Brands in India, The Glenlivet 12-year-old boasts a soft, smooth balance of sweet summer fruits and fresh floral notes. This is one of the most popular single malt whiskies across the world, and the Glenlivet distillery is famous for being the first officially licensed whisky distillery in Scotland, and thus in a way, starting it all. High import duties and state excise taxes significantly increase the cost of Glenlivet in India. These include bottling costs distributor and retailer margins. Fluctuations in the INR to GBP rate impact the cost of imported whiskies.

7. Ballantine's 12-Year

A beautiful blend of cherry-picked single malt and grain whiskies, Ballentine's is a rich, complex yet smooth-tasting whisky that's aged for 12 years making it a part of the top 15 whisky in India. Glenburgie single malt range, 12 Year Old, 15 Year Old and 18 Year Old, won Gold at the ISC. Defined by toffee, honey and creamy notes, you get this famous whisky in a traditional square bottle. In cities like Delhi, you can find it priced around Rs 3,600, while in Hyderabad, it might go up to Rs 4,670.

8. Talisker 10

Brimming with subtle red fruit flavours after being aged in American oak casks that previously contained port, Talisker 10 boasts of a sweet and peat palate with hints of rocky flavours setting up a spot in the list of best Whisky brands in India. It's a complex whisky that frequently gets pitted under the best whisky brands in India. Websites like The Whisky Shop and The Whisky Exchange ship to India, offering a convenient option for purchasing Talisker 10 and other premium whiskies, although availability and shipping times can vary.

• Alcohol Volume Percentage : 45.8% ABV

9. Jack Daniel’s Old No.7

Now, this is indisputably one of the top whisky brands in India, that doesn't need an introduction, right? Jack Daniel’s Old No. 7 is widely available in liquor stores across major cities in India, including Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, Chennai, and Kolkata. Several online platforms, such as Amazon India, BigBasket, and specialized liquor websites, offer Jack Daniel’s Old No. 7 for purchase. This provides convenience and accessibility for consumers across the country.  The iconic whisky brand has been awarded around 7 gold medals as an ode to its quality and distinct taste, packed with butterscotch notes and a long toasted oak finish.

• Category : Tennessee Whisky

10. Jim Beam Bourbon Black

The fact that Jim Beam Black has been rated the No.1 bourbon in the world, bears testimony to why it deserves a spot in this list of the top 15 whisky brands in India. India’s regulatory environment and high taxes on imported alcohol can impact the availability and pricing of Jim Beam Bourbon Black. Limited availability in certain regions and occasional supply chain disruptions can affect the product’s accessibility.

• Category : Bourbon Whisky

11. Monkey Shoulder

Monkey Shoulder is an iconic mix of different single malt whiskies from three of the finest Speyside distilleries, namely Kininvie, Balvenie, and Glenfiddich, married together to produce a rich flavour and smooth consistency. One of The Best Whisky brands in India, Monkey Shoulder bridges the gap between fun and premium whiskies effortlessly, and the amusing name has a history of its own. The growing middle class in India, with increasing disposable incomes and a penchant for premium products, presents a significant opportunity for Monkey Shoulder.

• Alcohol Volume Percentag e: 40 to 43 % ABV
• Category : Blended Malt Scotch whisky

12. Amrut Fusion Single Malt Whisky

Manufactured by Bengaluru's Amrut Distilleries with locally grown barley from North-West India, this liquor was the first-ever single malt added to the top 15 whisky brands in India. In 2010 Amrut was listed as the world's third finest whisky by none other than whisky connoisseur Jim Murray in his renowned Whisky Bible. The international acclaim and awards won by Amrut Fusion help in boosting its domestic sales and brand image, attracting new consumers.

• Alcohol Volume Percentage: 50% ABV
• Category: Indian Single Malt Whisky

13. Chivas Regal 12 Years

Crafted from a unique blend of the finest malt and grain whiskies, each matured for a minimum period of 12 years, Chivas Regal is an iconic top whisky brand in India that's continually touted amongst the best whiskies in India. It carries a rich and fruity taste with generous flavours, and luxurious notes of honey, vanilla and ripe apple. The price of Chivas Regal 12 Years in India typically ranges from Rs 3,500 to Rs 5,000 per 750ml bottle (approximately $48 to $68). 

14. Jameson

This one-of-a-kind whisky deserves a spot in every list of The Best Whisky Brands in India, owing to its world-famous Irish blend alone. This crisp whisky comes with a beautiful golden honey hue, along with a smooth and quality taste, triple distilled to perfection. The 18-year-old received a series of gold and double gold medals at the San Francisco World Spirits Competition between 2005 and 2010. The brand employs a mix of traditional advertising, digital marketing, and social media engagement. Jameson also sponsors events, hosts tasting sessions, and collaborates with bars and restaurants to enhance its visibility and consumer engagement.

• Category : Irish Whisky

15. Johnnie Walker Red Label

One of the most popular and top whisky brands in India, this is a name every whisky enthusiast in the country is well-familiar with. Of all the variants produced by Johnnie Walker, the red label is by far the most affordable quality scotch one can get their hands on. Being one of the top whisky brands in India has six gold medals at the Le Monde Selection competitions and three double gold medals awarded by the jurors of the San Francisco World Spirit Competition. Its wide availability in both physical stores and online platforms, coupled with effective marketing strategies and a robust brand image, ensures its continued popularity among Indian consumers. 

India's whisky market is a captivating blend of tradition and innovation, mirroring the country's rich cultural tapestry. From the legendary Dewar's 18, celebrated for its creamy finish and subtle smokiness, to the exotic and robust Talisker 10, each of India's top 15 best-selling whisky offers a unique narrative of craftsmanship and heritage. These whisky brands in India are more than just beverages; they are a testament to our country’s evolving palate and burgeoning appreciation for fine spirits. With its iconic status and butterscotch notes, the globally acclaimed Jack Daniel's Old No.7 stands alongside local marvels like Amrut Fusion Single Malt, a pioneer in Indian single malts known for its complex flavors and international acclaim.

FAQs on Top Whisky Brands in India

1. What is the target market for whisky? The target market for whisky includes adults who enjoy spirits, typically ranging from young professionals to older adults.

2. Which brand of whisky is famous in India? Royal Stag is a famous whisky brand in India.

3. Which whiskey has the highest alcohol content in India? Amrut Fusion has one of the highest alcohol contents among Indian whiskies, around 50% ABV.

4. Which is the largest market for whisky? The United States is the largest market for whisky, with India being a significant and fast-growing market.

5. Who invented whisky in India? Whisky was introduced to India during British colonial times, with the first distillery set up in the 1820s.

6. What whiskey has no smell? Most whiskies have a distinct aroma; it's rare to find one without any smell.

• alcoholic beverages

In today’s rapidly evolving retail landscape, the traditional boundaries between online and offline shopping are increasingly blurred. This transformation is driven by the desire to meet consumer expectations of convenience, choice, and care. Key industry leaders shared their insights on navigating this new terrain at a recent IReC X D2C summit, shedding light on how they leverage technology and customer behavior trends to stay ahead.

The Three Cs: Collection, Convenience, and Care

Rajesh Jain, Managing Director and CEO of Lacoste India , emphasized the importance of the three Cs—Collection, Convenience, and Care—in driving customer engagement. Lacoste’s approach to collection involves offering a diverse range of merchandise that embodies the brand’s commitment to relaxed elegance and freedom of movement. These offerings are regularly updated, creating a dynamic shopping experience both online and offline.

Convenience, according to Jain, is about making shopping a seamless leisure activity. Customers often explore products offline, register their preferences, and make purchases online at their convenience. This trend underscores the importance of an integrated shopping experience that allows customers to switch effortlessly between online and offline channels. Lacoste’s loyalty program, Club Lacoste, plays a crucial role in analyzing customer behavior, revealing that many customers are channel agnostic, purchasing across multiple platforms.

Care for the environment is the third C, reflecting a growing consumer consciousness about sustainable practices. Millennials and Gen Z customers are particularly attuned to the origins and environmental impact of the products they buy, often willing to pay a premium for sustainably produced goods. This shift highlights the need for brands to prioritize eco-friendly practices to build lasting customer loyalty.

Leveraging Technology for a Seamless Experience

Technology is at the heart of modern retail strategies, as highlighted by the insights of Amitabh Suri, CEO of U.S. Polo Assn. India . Suri discussed the critical role technology plays in bridging the gap between online and offline shopping experiences. For U.S. Polo Assn., the challenge lies in creating engaging online content that compensates for the lack of sensory experiences available in physical stores. The goal is to make the online journey as captivating as possible through compelling visuals and interactive content.

Suri also pointed out the importance of large, visually appealing physical stores. These spaces not only enhance the shopping experience but also tell the brand’s story, offering customers a reason to visit beyond just purchasing products. This approach aligns with the need for brands to create memorable experiences that go beyond mere transactions.

Merging Online and Offline in High-Value Transactions

Saurabh Jain, Co-Founder and CEO of Livspace India highlighted the unique challenges in the home interiors sector, where purchases are high-value, infrequent, and deeply personal. Livspace successfully marries online and offline components to provide a comprehensive customer journey. The digital platform serves as the starting point, offering inspiration and convenience, while physical experience centers provide the tactile interaction necessary for such significant investments.

This seamless transition between digital and physical touchpoints is crucial for maintaining customer engagement over the long purchase cycle, which can span several months. By understanding the strengths of each medium, Livspace ensures that customers receive the best of both worlds—online accessibility and offline reliability.

Adapting to Omnichannel Marketing

Anshuk Aggarwal, Co-Founder of Adyogi , discussed the evolution of omni-channel marketing and the integration of online and offline data to optimize advertising strategies. By utilizing tools like Meta’s conversions API and Google’s local inventory ads, brands can measure the impact of online ads on offline sales, allowing for more targeted and effective marketing campaigns. This integration not only improves return on ad spend (ROAS) but also ensures that marketing efforts are aligned with customer behavior across different regions and store locations.

Aggarwal emphasized the importance of maintaining price parity across channels to ensure a consistent brand experience. This strategy avoids penalizing customers for choosing one shopping method over another and helps build trust and loyalty.

READ MORE:  How Retailers are Embracing Sustainability & Making a Difference This World Environment Day

A Unified Retail Experience

The insights shared by these industry leaders underscore the importance of a unified retail experience that leverages the strengths of both online and offline channels. By focusing on collection, convenience, and care, and by investing in the right technologies, brands can create seamless and engaging shopping experiences that meet the evolving expectations of today’s consumers.

As the retail landscape continues to change, the ability to adapt and innovate will be key to success. Brands that can integrate their online and offline strategies effectively, while also addressing the growing demand for sustainability, will be well-positioned to thrive in this dynamic environment.

• omnichannel
• retail sector

Fast-moving consumer Goods are essential and everyday products, like Snacks (chips, cookies, candies), Beverages (soft drinks, juices, tea, coffee) and Packaged foods (cereals, pasta, instant noodles are specifically designed for high demand and frequent consumption. While urban markets have traditionally been the FMCG industry's focus, their growth potential is nearing saturation. This has spurred a strategic shift towards rural areas, where a burgeoning consumer base presents exciting opportunities. The rise of internet access, increasing disposable incomes, and evolving lifestyles in rural India are fueling demand for these goods. The rural markets contribute a significant 39 percent to the total sales of FMCG products, highlighting their immense potential.

This shift has led companies to prioritize rural marketing strategies. Companies are now recognizing the unique needs and preferences of rural consumers.

Let us understand the contribution of the FMCG sector to rural penetration.

One of the key contributions of FMCG enterprises in rural penetration is the distribution network. Companies have developed extensive distribution networks that reach even the most remote villages. This enables them to supply their products to consumers in rural areas, where access to goods and services may be limited. By reaching these rural markets, Companies are able to tap into a vast consumer base and increase their market reach. 

Another factor that contributes to the success is product affordability. The products are generally priced at a range that is affordable to the masses, including those in rural areas. This makes it easier for consumers in rural areas to purchase these products, thereby increasing sales and market penetration. 

The FMCG sector also plays a significant role in creating employment opportunities in rural areas. By setting up manufacturing units, distribution centers, and retail outlets in rural locations, the companies provide job opportunities to local residents. This not only boosts economic development in rural areas but also improves the standard of living for the local population.

Moreover, the sector contributes to the overall development of rural areas by supporting agriculture and allied sectors. Many FMCG companies source raw materials such as fruits, vegetables, and grains from farmers in rural areas. By partnering with local cooperatives and farmers, companies not only ensure a steady supply of quality raw materials but also support the livelihoods of farmers.

India's rural market is also expanding rapidly due to a confluence of factors. Increased internet access in villages is exposing consumers to various goods and brands, shaping their preferences. Furthermore, rising incomes due to improved economic conditions are giving rural residents greater purchasing power. 

Navigating a distinct set of challenges is necessary to fully realize the enormous potential of the rural market. Limited transportation networks and a lack of proper storage facilities, both public and private, create logistical hurdles for distributing products effectively in remote locations. Reaching these consumers also requires a cost-conscious approach. Packaging needs to be affordable, and marketing strategies must consider the limitations of traditional media. Seasonal variations in demand, often tied to agricultural income cycles, add another layer of complexity.

Socio-economic factors like lower per capita income, unequal land ownership, and lower literacy rates further complicate reaching and engaging this audience. 

By addressing these challenges companies can unlock the vast potential of this market and contribute significantly to rural development.

In a nutshell, winning over the hearts and wallets of rural consumers requires a tailored approach from FMCG companies. Understanding their unique preferences, tastes, and spending habits is crucial for developing relevant products and marketing strategies. This not only benefits companies through market expansion, but also creates jobs, supports agriculture, and contributes to the overall development of rural India.

Additionally, respecting the social dynamics and diverse needs within individual villages is essential. By striking a balance between national brand identity and local sensitivity, FMCG companies can build trust and foster long-term success in the rural market.

Authored By

Anand Nayak, Co-Founder, Chai Sutta Bar

• rural market

Shirts are more than just garments; they are statements of style, personality, and sophistication. In India, where fashion is a vibrant tapestry of tradition and innovation, finding the perfect shirt can be both exhilarating and daunting. Whether you're a trendsetter, a corporate professional, or a casual connoisseur, the right shirt can elevate your look and boost your confidence. But with a plethora of brands trying for your attention, how do you choose the best?

Fear not, we've curated a comprehensive list of the top 10 shirt brands in India for 2024, covering everything from classic elegance to contemporary flair. Join us as we explore the crests of craftsmanship, quality, and style, guiding you through the maze of options to find your perfect fit.

1. John Players

Established in 2002, John Players stands tall among the top shirt brands in India, celebrated for its diverse range of shirts and affordable price range. Known for its comfort and style, John Players' shirts cater to various body shapes and preferences.

Why Choose John Players?

With a range of regular and slim fits, John Players shirts offer comfort and style without compromising on quality. Whether it's a casual outing or a formal event, John Players ensures a satisfactory shopping experience for every fashion enthusiast. The brand offers a range of products, including Checked, Faded, Printed, Self-Design Solid, and Striped, starting at Rs 1500.

Retail Landscape:

John Players has a widespread retail presence across India, with standalone stores, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the affordable fashion segment and focuses on catering to the youth market.

2. Blackberrys

Established in 1991, Blackberrys is among the best shirt brands in Indian clothing, primarily serving men. Known for its quality fabric and diverse styles, Blackberrys offers shirts suitable for all settings and occasions.

Why Choose Blackberrys?

With a wide range of fits including slim, trim, and comfortably fitted, Blackberrys shirts enhance individuality and style effortlessly. While slightly pricey, Blackberrys shirts are worth the investment, ensuring durability, comfort, and sophistication. The brand offers a range of products that are slender, trim, stylish, comfortably fitted, and priced as low as Rs 1500.

Blackberrys has a strong retail presence in India with exclusive brand outlets, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the mid-range segment and focuses on providing value for money.

3. Louis Philippe

Louis Philippe is synonymous with men's luxury clothing, offering a blend of tradition and modernity. Established in India in 1989, Louis Philippe has become a premier destination for formal and semi-formal menswear, renowned for its high-end shirts and sophisticated designs.

Why Choose Louis Philippe?

With a range of fits including classic fit, slim fit, and smart fit, Louis Philippe shirts exude style and sophistication for every occasion. Whether it's a traditional gathering or a contemporary event, Louis Philippe ensures impeccable craftsmanship and timeless elegance. The brand offers Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Print, Solid, Textured, and striped as a part of its product portfolio, starting from Rs 1200,

Louis Philippe has an exclusive network of stores in prime locations across India, along with a presence in high-end department stores and online platforms. It competes in the premium segment of the market.

4. Allen Solly

Catering to both men and women, Allen Solly has carved a niche for itself since its inception in 1993. Known for its quality and design, Allen Solly offers a wide selection of shirts for various age categories, making it one of the top shirt brands in India.

Why Choose Allen Solly?

With a range of fits including custom fit, regular fit, and slim fit, Allen Solly caters to diverse body types and preferences. Whether it's a formal occasion or a casual outing, Allen Solly shirts exude timeless elegance and sartorial innovation. Starting from Rs 900, the brand offers a diverse product portfolio including Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Printed, Striped, Solid, Textured, and striped designs.

Allen Solly has a significant retail footprint in India, with exclusive brand outlets, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the mid to upper-mid-range segment.

Peter England stands tall among trademarked shirt companies in India, offering a wide range of contemporary styles and consistent fits. Especially popular among young professionals, Peter England's modern and stylish formal attire has become synonymous with fashionable work wear.

Why Choose Peter England?

With a diverse range of fits including athletic, regular, and slim, Peter England bridges the gap between formal and casual wear seamlessly. Whether it's a business meeting or a casual outing, Peter England shirts ensure comfort, style, and affordability. The brand's product selection includes Checked, Printed, Dots, Graphic Print, Striped, Solid, Textured, and striped, starting at Rs 900.

Peter England has a widespread retail presence across India, with standalone stores, department store tie-ups, and a strong online presence. It competes in the mass-market segment and targets price-conscious consumers.

6. Indian Terrain

Indian Terrain has emerged as a prominent player among top shirt brands, particularly popular with the younger demographic. Known for its trendy and hip designs. Indian Terrain offers a wide array of shirts, with a special focus on checked patterns. Additionally, the brand extends its expertise to formal wear, ensuring elegance and style for every occasion.

Why Choose Indian Terrain?

With a commitment to quality and durability, Indian Terrain shirts, crafted entirely from cotton, offer a unique blend of style and longevity. Whether you prefer a slim, normal, or contoured fit, Indian Terrain caters to diverse preferences, making it a go-to destination for fashion-forward individuals. Starting from a price point of Rs 850, the brand offers Checked, Printed, Jacquard, Solid, and striped shirts as a part of its product portfolio.

Indian Terrain has a strong presence in India with its own exclusive stores, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the mid-range segment of the market.

Established in 1851, Arrow is India's first international apparel brand, known for its premium selection of men's casual shirts. With a diverse range of styles and patterns, Arrow caters to the discerning gentleman seeking excellence in fashion.

Why Choose Arrow?

With a range of fits including regular fit and slim fit, Arrow shirts offer versatility and elegance for every occasion. Whether it's a formal event or a casual outing, Arrow ensures impeccable craftsmanship and timeless style. In terms of products, the brand offers Checked, Solid, Striped, Patterned Weave, Printed, Self-Design, Heathered, Textured, Color Blocked, Dyed, and Fabric Decoration starting at Rs 799.

Arrow has a significant presence in India through exclusive brand outlets, department store tie-ups, and online platforms. It competes in the mid to upper-mid-range segment.

8. Park Avenue

Owned by the Raymond Group, Park Avenue offers high-end workwear shirts for the meticulous professional. With a restrained color scheme and impeccable craftsmanship, Park Avenue shirts command attention and admiration.

Why Choose Park Avenue?

With a range of regular and slim fits, Park Avenue shirts exude sophistication and elegance for every season. Whether it's a formal meeting or a social gathering, Park Avenue ensures impeccable style and confidence. With prices starting at Rs 600, the brand's product line includes Checked, Solid, Striped, Geometric Print, Band Neck, Floral Print, Printed, and Tie-Dye.

Park Avenue has an extensive retail network across India, including exclusive brand outlets, high-end department stores, and online platforms. It competes in the premium segment and is known for its luxury offerings.

9. Roadster

If you're looking for value-driven shirts, Roadster is the brand for you. Offering a vast selection of casual shirts for both men and women, Roadster enhances your style quotient with patterned, denim, checkered, and solid-colored shirts.

Why Choose Roadster?

With a range of slim and regular fits, Roadster shirts offer comfort and style at an affordable price range. Available exclusively on Myntra, Roadster shirts are perfect for everyday wear, adding a touch of flair to your wardrobe. The brand's product line includes Checked, Dots, Graphic Print, Patterned, Print, Solid, Textured, and Striped, with prices starting at Rs 500.

Roadster has a significant online presence through e-commerce platforms and operates exclusive brand outlets in select cities. It competes in the fast-fashion segment and focuses on offering affordable yet stylish clothing options.

10. Raymond

Since its establishment in 1925, Raymond has been synonymous with custom shirts, offering excellent fit and unparalleled comfort. With a wide selection of shirts for both men and women, Raymond stands apart for its commitment to quality and innovation.

Why Choose Raymond?

Offering a wide range of fits including classic fit, contemporary fit, and modern fit, Raymond caters to diverse preferences and styles. Whether it's a formal affair or a casual outing, Raymond shirts ensure a perfect blend of style, comfort, and confidence. With prices starting at Rs 350, the brand's product line includes Barre, Checks, Butta Fabric, Corduroy, Houndstooth, Intarsia, Jacquard, Knitted, and Oxford.

Raymond has a strong retail presence through its exclusive stores, multi-brand outlets, and online sales channels. It competes in the premium segment and is known for its suiting expertise.

Market Overview:

The apparel market in India is vast and diverse, with both domestic and international brands competing for consumer attention. With a rapidly growing middle class and increasing disposable incomes, the Indian apparel market has been experiencing steady growth over the years. Key factors influencing the market include changing fashion trends, increasing brand consciousness, and the rise of online shopping.

Consumer Behavior:

• Brand Consciousness:

Indian consumers are becoming increasingly brand conscious, seeking value, quality, and style from the brands they choose.

• Preference for Western Wear:

There has been a shift in consumer preferences towards Western wear, especially among urban youth, influenced by globalization and changing lifestyles.

• Online Shopping:

The rise of e-commerce platforms has transformed the way Indians shop for clothing, offering convenience, a wide range of choices, and attractive discounts.

• Value for Money:

 Consumers are looking for value-for-money propositions, seeking quality products at affordable prices.

• Influence of Celebrities and Influencers:

Celebrity endorsements and influencer marketing play a significant role in shaping consumer preferences and purchasing decisions.

In conclusion, the Indian market offers a plethora of options when it comes to shirt brands, each catering to diverse preferences, styles, and budgets. From established players like Raymond and Louis Philippe to emerging brands like Roadster and John Players, there's something for everyone. Whether you prioritize quality, design, or affordability, these top shirt brands in India ensure a delightful shopping experience, elevating your style and confidence with every wear.

India's best shirt brands offer a remarkable variety that caters to all preferences and needs. Whether you seek the elegance of formal wear or the relaxed vibe of casual shirts, these brands have something for everyone. Embrace the finest in fashion with these top shirt brands in India and elevate your wardrobe with their timeless and stylish offerings. So, why settle for anything less? Embrace the epitome of style with these top-notch shirt brands and make a statement wherever you go.

• What makes these shirt brands stand out?

These shirt brands stand out for their commitment to quality, diverse styles, and consistent fits, catering to the fashion needs of every individual.

• Are these brands suitable for both men and women?

Yes, most of these brands offer a wide selection of shirts for both men and women, ensuring inclusivity and diversity in their collections.

• What is the price range of these shirt brands?

The price range varies across brands, starting from as low as Rs 500 and going up to 1,500 and above, depending on the brand and the shirt's design.

• Do these brands offer different fits?

Yes, these brands offer various fits, including slim, regular, custom, and bespoke, catering to different body types and style preferences.

• Where can I purchase these branded shirts?

These branded shirts are available at exclusive brand outlets, multi-brand retail stores, and online platforms like Myntra and Amazon, providing convenience and accessibility to customers nationwide.

• apparel fashion
• Park Avenue

In today's dynamic retail landscape, strategic collaborations between brands have emerged as a vital strategy for unlocking success. At the IREC X D2C 2024 Summit held in Bengaluru, industry experts convened to discuss the transformative power of partnerships in the retail sector. Here are ten key takeaways from the insightful panel discussion.

1)Enhancing Competitiveness through Collaboration:

Strategic collaborations empower brands to leverage each other's strengths, resources, and market reach, fostering innovation and enhancing competitiveness. By pooling resources and expertise, brands can navigate challenges more effectively and capitalize on emerging opportunities in the market.

Deepak Chhabra, Managing Director, Timex Group India , said, “In today’s global village, one should focus on core strengths and seek partnerships that bring value. Especially in the competitive retail space, it’s crucial to tie up with the right partners who also bring a lot of value.”

2)Focus on Core Strengths:

Panelists emphasized the importance of brands focusing on their core strengths and seeking partnerships that complement their capabilities. This strategic approach enables brands to streamline their operations and allocate resources more efficiently, driving sustainable growth in the long run.

Chhabra said, “Strategic partnerships are imperative for success. They help brands enter the market faster, extend their reach, and tap into the consumer bases of their partners.”

3) Right Celebrity Collaborations for Brand Success:

The panel discussed the nuances of celebrity-led brands, highlighting the significance of deep involvement and commitment from celebrities. Authenticity and alignment with the brand's values are crucial for establishing credibility and building trust with consumers, ultimately contributing to the brand's long-term success.

Pallavi Barman, Chief Strategy Advisor, HRX said, “The biggest challenge is to understand the celebrity’s commitment to the brand in terms of availability, their involvement and understanding, among others. So the biggest thing that we have achieved at HRX is that the gentleman, Hrithik, is thoroughly involved with the brand and he has always been a key leader of the business.”

4) Cross-Industry Alliances for Innovation:

Cross-industry alliances offer brands an opportunity to explore new creative avenues and tap into diverse consumer segments. By collaborating with partners outside their traditional domain, brands can drive innovation, expand their market reach, and create unique value propositions for their customers.

5) Licensing Collaboration for Amplification

Licensing collaborations provide brands with the flexibility to extend their brand presence across various categories and geographies. Iconic characters like Chhota Bheem serve as valuable assets for licensing agreements, allowing brands to amplify their reach and engage with consumers in meaningful ways.

Citing an example, Anvita Prasad, Associate Vice President, Green Gold Animation Pvt Ltd shared an exciting collaboration, "So Singapore Tourism wanted to attract Indian families to visit their country. We collaborated with them and created 10 to 12 mini cities with Chota Bheem and friends through storytelling. We were talking about the popular places of Singapore, shopping experiences, cuisine, etc.”

6)Strategic Alliances Drive Market Penetration:

Strategic alliances enable brands to penetrate new markets more efficiently by leveraging the local expertise and networks of their partners. Whether through joint ventures, distribution agreements, or co-marketing initiatives, collaborations facilitate market entry and accelerate growth in unfamiliar territories.

7)Symbiotic Nature of Partnerships:

Collaboration is not just a transactional exchange but a symbiotic relationship where both parties benefit mutually. By sharing resources, knowledge, and market insights, brands can strengthen their market position and create value for their stakeholders, including customers, shareholders, and employees.

8)Customer-Centric Approach:

Throughout the discussions, panelists reiterated the importance of maintaining a customer-centric approach in strategic collaborations. By prioritizing the needs and preferences of their target audience, brands can deliver personalized experiences and build lasting relationships with their customers.

9) Value Creation for Stakeholders:

Strategic collaborations should create value not only for the brands involved but also for their stakeholders, including customers, partners, and employees. By aligning their objectives and fostering a culture of collaboration, brands can maximize the benefits of their partnerships and drive sustainable value creation across the ecosystem.

10) Continuous Adaptation and Learning:

In the fast-paced retail industry, the ability to adapt and learn from collaborations is essential for long-term success. Brands must remain agile and open to experimentation, embracing feedback and insights gleaned from their partnerships to refine their strategies and stay ahead of the curve.

Strategic collaborations represent a powerful tool for driving innovation, competitiveness, and growth in the retail sector. By fostering partnerships that are built on trust, mutual respect, and shared values, brands can unlock new opportunities, expand their market presence, and create lasting value for their stakeholders in an ever-evolving marketplace.

Did you know that Sylvester Stallone, the legendary Hollywood action star, is actually auctioning off the 11th feature of his famous movie "Rocky"? And guess what's included in this exciting sale? The Patek Philippe Grandmaster Chime, valued at a staggering Rs 62 crore! This collection is a showcase of rare timepieces that have been carefully curated over the course of several decades.

Luxury watches have come a long way from being mere timekeeping machines. They have evolved into symbols of artistry, social status, and incredible history. These killer accessories are not just about looking stylish; they represent a legacy of precision, innovation, and sheer elegance. In India, where culture is a vibrant fusion of all things amazing, luxury watches are wholeheartedly embraced as icons of style and heritage. Among the top watch brands in India, these timepieces epitomize elegance and sophistication. When you delve into the world of luxury watch brands in India, you'll discover a perfect blend of tradition and modernity that truly resonates with watch enthusiasts.

The aim of this combination of system and user prompts is to enhance the assistant's ability to refine the text into a more natural, human-like version while remaining true to the original content's intent and factual accuracy.

Top 10 Watch Brands in India

Here are the 10 most-rated luxury watch brands in India:

1. Rolex : Top Watch Brands in India

When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, there's no match for Rolex. It's the epitome of style, success, and timeless elegance. Rolex has gone beyond being just a timekeeper and has become a symbol of status and sophistication. The Rolex Oyster Perpetual and Datejust models are more than just watches; they're heritage pieces that tell stories of achievement and refinement. Known for their impeccable quality and enduring designs, Rolex watches are the definition of luxury that lasts for generations.

Here are some key details about Rolex:

• Established Year: 1905
• Founders: Hans Wilsdorf and Alfred Davis
• Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland
• Products: They offer a range of luxury watches, including popular models like the Submariner, Daytona, and Explorer.
• Store Outlets in India: You can find authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai.
• Innovations: Rolex has been a pioneer in the industry, introducing the first waterproof wristwatch (Oyster), the first watch with an automatically changing date on the dial (Datejust), and the first wristwatch to show two time zones at once (GMT-Master).
• Awards and Recognition: Rolex is renowned for its precision, with many of their models certified as Superlative Chronometers.

Each Rolex timepiece is crafted with utmost care, ensuring precision and durability. Whether you prefer the sporty Submariner or the elegant Day-Date, Rolex has a wide range of models to suit every taste. The brand's commitment to excellence is evident in their rigorous testing and use of top-notch materials. When you invest in a Rolex, you're not just getting a watch; you're acquiring a piece of history that will be cherished for years to come.

2. Franck Muller : Best Watch Brands in India

When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, Franck Muller is a name that really stands out for aficionados of exquisite timepieces. They're known for their innovative designs and intricate complications, which have earned them a special place in the world of high-end watches.

Here are some key details about Franck Muller:

• Established Year: 1991
• Founder: Franck Muller and Vartan Sirmakes
• Headquarters: Genthod, Switzerland
• Products: They offer a range of top-tier luxury watches, including the iconic Crazy Hours, Vanguard, and Long Island collections.
• Store Outlets in India: You can find their watches at select luxury watch retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore.
• Innovations: Franck Muller is renowned for introducing unique complications like the Crazy Hours, which features a non-linear arrangement of the hour markers, and the Master Banker, designed specifically for international business travelers.
• Awards and Recognition: Their timepieces have gained widespread acclaim for their distinctive designs and mechanical sophistication.

Franck Muller watches are more than just accessories; they're true masterpieces that seamlessly blend artistry with mechanical precision. The brand's unwavering commitment to excellence is evident in every meticulous detail and the use of only the finest materials. Not only are Franck Muller watches visually striking, but they also offer exceptional performance, making them the go-to choice for discerning watch enthusiasts in India. Whether you prefer the bold and striking Vanguard collection or the whimsical and unconventional Crazy Hours, Franck Muller watches are guaranteed to leave a lasting impression on both enthusiasts and collectors alike.

Omega stands out in the world of luxury watches with its rich heritage and association with precision timekeeping. Known for its role in space exploration and sports timing, Omega watches are a blend of innovation and timeless elegance.

• Established Year: 1848
• Founder: Louis Brandt
• Headquarters: Biel/Bienne, Switzerland
• Products: Luxury watches, including the iconic Speedmaster, Seamaster, and Constellation collections
• Store Outlets in India: Multiple authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
• Innovations: First watch worn on the moon (Speedmaster), co-axial escapement technology, and official timekeeper of the Olympic Games
• Awards and Recognition: Known for precision, many models are certified as Master Chronometers, meeting rigorous standards set by the Swiss Federal Institute of Metrology (METAS)

Omega watches are celebrated for their robust performance and elegant designs. The Speedmaster, famously known as the "Moonwatch," has been a part of all six lunar missions, while the Seamaster is renowned for its association with James Bond. Omega’s dedication to precision is evident in their stringent testing processes and use of innovative materials. For those seeking the top watch brands in India, Omega offers a perfect blend of history, technology, and style. Whether you're exploring the depths of the ocean with a Seamaster or timing a race with a Speedmaster, Omega watches are among the top 10 watch brands in India built to perform and impress.

Breguet is a distinguished name in the world of horology, known for its rich history and remarkable precision. As one of the oldest and most prestigious watchmakers, Breguet has been a symbol of innovation and excellence since its founding.

• Established Year: 1775
• Founder: Abraham-Louis Breguet
• Headquarters: L'Abbaye, Switzerland
• Products: Luxury watches, including the Classique, Marine, Tradition, and Reine de Naples collections
• Store Outlets in India: Available at select high-end retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, and Bangalore
• Innovations: Inventor of the tourbillon, Breguet hands, and the first wristwatch
• Awards and Recognition: Known for its technical advancements and elegant designs

Breguet watches are more than just timepieces; they are masterpieces that reflect over two centuries of expertise. Each watch is made with meticulous attention to detail, featuring detailed dials, fine engravings, and complex mechanisms that showcase the brand's dedication to quality. For those seeking the best watch brands in India, Breguet stands out with its blend of tradition and technology.

Whether you prefer classic designs or contemporary innovations, Breguet offers a diverse range of models to suit various tastes. From the refined Classique collection to the maritime-inspired Marine series, Breguet's watches are a testament to the brand's enduring legacy. Among watch brands in India, Breguet holds a distinguished place, offering pieces that are both sophisticated and historically significant.

5. Tag Heuer

TAG Heuer is a prominent name among the best watch brands in India, known for its sporty designs and precision engineering. Renowned for its association with motorsports and high-performance timekeeping, TAG Heuer has made a significant mark in the world of horology. When it comes to luxury watch brands in India, TAG Heuer stands out with its blend of innovation and style, making it a favorite among enthusiasts. Among the various watch brands in India, TAG Heuer offers a diverse range of models that cater to different tastes and preferences.

• Established Year: 1860
• Founder: Edouard Heuer
• Headquarters: La Chaux-de-Fonds, Switzerland
• Products: Luxury watches, including the Carrera, Monaco, and Aquaracer collections
• Store Outlets in India: Available at multiple authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
• Innovations: Introduced the first oscillating pinion for chronographs, the Monaco, which was the first square water-resistant watch, and the Mikrograph, capable of measuring 1/100th of a second
• Awards and Recognition: Celebrated for its contributions to sports timing and precision engineering

TAG Heuer watches are known for their robust performance and contemporary designs. The Carrera collection, inspired by the world of racing, offers a blend of style and functionality, making it a favorite among enthusiasts. The Monaco, with its distinctive square case, has become an icon of modern watch design. The Aquaracer series is tailored for those who seek adventure, offering water resistance and durability.

For those seeking the best watch brands in India, TAG Heuer provides a perfect blend of innovation and elegance. Each timepiece reflects the brand’s commitment to precision and quality. TAG Heuer's watches are not just accessories but reliable companions that enhance both style and performance. Among watch brands in India, TAG Heuer is a preferred choice for those who value heritage and cutting-edge technology.

6. Hublot : Best Watch Brands in India

Hublot is definitely one of the coolest watch brands in India. They're known for their badass designs and innovative use of materials. As a top luxury watch brand in India, Hublot has built a reputation for fusing traditional Swiss watchmaking with a modern twist. When it comes to watch brands in India, Hublot offers a killer combo of craftsmanship and cutting-edge technology that really appeals to all the watch enthusiasts out there.

Let's get down to the facts:

• Established Year: 1980
• Founder: Carlo Crocco
• Headquarters: Nyon, Switzerland
• Products: They've got a whole range of luxury watches, including the iconic Big Bang, the classy Classic Fusion, and the bold Spirit of Big Bang collections.
• Where to Find Them: You can get your hands on Hublot watches at authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai.
• Innovations: These guys have pioneered the "Art of Fusion" concept, which means they mix materials like gold and rubber to create some seriously cool watches. They even came up with the first scratch-resistant 18K gold, known as Magic Gold!
• Awards and Recognition: Hublot has been praised for their innovative designs and their use of fancy materials.

Now let's talk about the watches themselves. Hublot timepieces are all about style and cutting-edge technology. The Big Bang collection is a total showstopper, with its bold and dynamic design that really captures the brand's innovative spirit. On the other hand, the Classic Fusion line is all about understated elegance. They take traditional watchmaking techniques and give them a modern twist with some seriously cool materials. And let's not forget about the Spirit of Big Bang series, which stands out with its unique barrel-shaped case and intricate details.

If you're on the hunt for the best watch brands in India, Hublot is definitely a name to remember. They bring together innovation, luxury, and style in the most perfect way. Each Hublot watch is a true testament to their commitment to quality and creativity. Whether you're into the bold and badass vibes of the Big Bang or the refined elegance of the Classic Fusion, Hublot watches are made to make a statement. When it comes to watch brands in India, Hublot is the top choice for those who appreciate a blend of heritage and contemporary flair. So go ahead, rock that wrist bling with confidence!

7. Breitling : Top Watch Brands in India

Breitling is all about adventure and precision, which is why it's a favorite among aviators and explorers. As one of the top watch brands in India, Breitling is known for its tough and functional designs that cater to professionals and enthusiasts alike. When it comes to watch brands in India, Breitling really stands out because they're all about creating timepieces that are both stylish and super practical.

Here are some key details about Breitling:

• Established Year: 1884
• Founder: Léon Breitling
• Headquarters: Grenchen, Switzerland
• Products: They make luxury watches, including the awesome Navitimer, Chronomat, and Superocean collections
• Store Outlets in India: You can find them at lots of authorized retailers in major cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bangalore, and Chennai
• Innovations: Breitling is the genius behind the first chronograph pushers, they even made a watch with a distress beacon, and they pioneered the slide rule bezel
• Awards and Recognition: People love Breitling for being super precise and durable, especially professionals in aviation and diving

Let's talk about the Navitimer series for a sec. These watches are a nod to Breitling's aviation roots and have that cool slide rule bezel. They're not just watches, they're like precision instruments that can track time as accurately as an experienced pilot. It really shows how committed Breitling is to being excellent and reliable. The Chronomat series is a great mix of toughness and sophistication, while the Superocean line is perfect for deep-sea adventurers. So basically, no matter what you're into, Breitling has got you covered.

If you're on the lookout for the best watch brands in India, you can't go wrong with Breitling. They've got innovation, durability, and style all rolled into one. Each Breitling watch is made to the highest quality standards, so you know it's gonna perform flawlessly in any situation. Whether you're a pilot, a diver, or just someone who appreciates a finely crafted timepiece, Breitling definitely stands out among watch brands in India as the top choice. They've got a rich heritage and their performance is second to none.

Chopard stands out not only for its exquisite watches but also for its commitment to ethical craftsmanship. As one of the best watch brands in India, Chopard is renowned for its luxurious designs and sustainable practices. Among watch brands in India, Chopard offers a unique blend of elegance and responsibility, making it a top choice for discerning buyers.

• Founder: Louis-Ulysse Chopard
• Products: Luxury watches, including the L.U.C., Happy Diamonds, and Mille Miglia collections
• Innovations: Use of fair-mined gold in the L.U.C. line, introduction of the Happy Diamonds collection with free-moving diamonds, and advanced in-house movements
• Awards and Recognition: Celebrated for its contributions to ethical luxury and its innovative designs

The Chopard L.U.C. line, crafted from fair-mined gold, represents the brand’s dedication to sustainability without compromising on elegance. This collection embodies Chopard's commitment to responsible luxury, appealing to those who seek to balance sophistication with ethical values. The Happy Diamonds series is another iconic collection, featuring free-moving diamonds that create a playful and luxurious aesthetic.

A Chopard watch is a statement of moral sophistication, appealing to those who seek to balance luxury with responsibility. For those looking for luxury watch brands in India, Chopard offers timepieces that are not only beautifully designed but also crafted with a conscience. Each watch reflects the brand's dedication to quality, innovation, and ethical practices. Among watch brands in India, Chopard stands out for its unique combination of style, history, and sustainability, making it a preferred choice for those who value both elegance and ethical production.

9. Longines

With a heritage dating back to the 19th century, Longines continues to captivate watch enthusiasts with its timeless designs. From the athletic sophistication of the HydroConquest to the classic elegance of the Master Collection, Longines offers a range of styles to suit different preferences. A Longines watch is a graceful blend of tradition and modernity, making it a timeless accessory that transcends trends.

10. Bell & Ross

Founded by a team of designers and aviation experts, Bell & Ross creates watches that are both functional instruments and works of art. The brand’s iconic square-cased models are inspired by aviation control panels, making them popular among those who appreciate precision and style. A Bell & Ross watch is for the adventurous and the discerning, embodying a dedication to accuracy and a flair for design.

Ways to Choose Right Watch Brand?

Choosing the right luxury watch brand in India involves considering various factors such as personal style, functionality, and the brand’s heritage. Here are some tips to help you make the right choice:

Understand Your Style

Luxury watches come in various styles, from classic and elegant to sporty and modern. Determine your personal style and choose a brand that complements it. For instance, if you prefer timeless elegance, brands like Rolex and Breguet might be ideal. If you lean towards a modern and bold aesthetic, Hublot and Bell & Ross could be more suitable.

Consider the Functionality

Different watch brands offer various functionalities tailored to specific needs. If you are an adventurer or sports enthusiast, brands like Tag Heuer and Breitling, known for their precision and durability, would be excellent choices. For those who prioritize ethical craftsmanship, Chopard offers luxurious timepieces with a commitment to sustainability.

Brand Heritage and Reputation

A watch is not just a timekeeping device; it is a statement of identity and prestige. Consider the heritage and reputation of the brand. Rolex, for instance, is renowned for its legacy of excellence and is often associated with success and sophistication. Omega’s association with space exploration adds a layer of historical significance to its timepieces.

Budget Considerations

Luxury watches come with varying price tags. Establish your budget and explore brands that offer the best value within your range. While some brands like Rolex and Omega are known for their high-end luxury, others like Longines provide a balance of elegance and affordability.

Visit Authorized Retailers

To ensure the authenticity and quality of your purchase, always buy from authorized retailers. Visiting a showroom allows you to experience the watch firsthand, understand its features, and make an informed decision. In Mumbai, Time Avenue is a premier destination for luxury watches, offering an extensive collection of top-tier brands like Rolex, Omega, and Hublot.

Properly cared for, a luxury watch will last for several decades (or longer). Check out any of the major watch auctions (Phillips, Christie’s, etc.) and you will find ready evidence of this. Worn regularly over years or decades, a watch becomes intimately associated with its owner. A luxury watch’s ability to stand the test of time means it can be passed down to future generations. It can serve as a meaningful heirloom, rite of passage or long-lasting memento.

FAQ’s on Luxury Watch Brands in India

• What are the best luxury watch brands available in India?

Many luxury watch brands are available in India, including Rolex, Omega, TAG Heuer, Patek Philippe, Audemars Piguet, and more. The choice often depends on personal taste, budget, and desired features.

• Where can I buy authentic luxury watches in India?

Authorized dealers and boutiques of luxury watch brands are the best places to buy authentic watches. Some well-known retailers in India include Ethos Watches, Kapoor Watch Co., and The Prime - Luxury Watch Boutique.

• What is the price range for luxury watches in India?

Luxury watches in India can range widely in price depending on the brand, model, and materials used. Entry-level luxury watches might start around Rs 1 lakh, while high-end models can go up to several crore.

• Do luxury watches come with international warranties in India?

Yes, most luxury watch brands provide international warranties that are valid in India. It's essential to purchase from authorized dealers to ensure your warranty is honoured.

• Are luxury watches a good investment in India?

Luxury watches can be a good investment as they often retain or appreciate in value over time, particularly limited-edition models or those from prestigious brands. However, it's essential to research and buy wisely to ensure a return on investment.

Best watch brands in India are more than just timepieces; they are symbols of craftsmanship, heritage, and personal style. The market offers a diverse range of brands and models to suit different tastes and budgets, from classic designs to avant-garde complications. Purchasing a luxury watch is not just a transaction but an investment in a piece of artistry and history. It's a decision that reflects an appreciation for quality and an understanding of the value of time.

As the luxury watch market in India continues to evolve, consumers can expect to see more innovation, exclusivity, and personalized service from brands and retailers. Whether as a personal indulgence or an investment opportunity, luxury watches remain a timeless choice for discerning individuals in India who appreciate the finer things in life.

In celebration of World Environment Day, a spotlight shines on several leading brands that are showcasing their commitment to sustainability and environmental stewardship . From eco-friendly practices to innovative programs, these retailers are making significant strides towards a greener, more sustainable future , proving that businesses can thrive while prioritizing the planet.

VAHDAM India , a prominent global wellness brand renowned for its premium teas and spices, has made remarkable progress in its environmental, social, and governance (ESG) goals. In its recently released annual Impact Report, the brand highlights several key achievements that underscore its dedication to sustainability. One of the most notable accomplishments is the brand’s recognition as a B Corp-certified company. This globally trusted certification signifies that VAHDAM India meets high standards of social and environmental performance, accountability, and transparency. This certification places the brand among the leaders in the global movement for an inclusive, equitable, and regenerative economy.

Bala Sarda, the Founder & CEO of VAHDAM India, emphasized the company's ethos of "DO GOOD BY DOING GOOD," aiming to create a sustainable impact on both people and the planet. This philosophy is reflected in the brand’s ongoing efforts to maintain its status as a Certified Plastic Neutral and Climate Neutral brand. For four consecutive years, the brand has achieved net-zero plastic and carbon footprints.

“In the financial year 2023-24 alone, we have reduced our carbon footprint by an impressive 15.39 percent and plastic footprint by 24.68 percent compared to the previous year,” said Sarda.

VAHDAM India’s innovations extend to its packaging solutions. The company has made a significant shift to eco-friendly materials, with its pyramid tea bags now made from 100 percent non-GMO cornstarch (PLA). This material industrially decomposes within four days and home-composts within 22-44 months, providing an environmentally sustainable alternative to traditional plastic tea bags.

Beyond environmental initiatives, VAHDAM India is also dedicated to social impact through its flagship CSR program, TEACH ME. Since its launch in 2018, the program has directed a minimum of 1 percent of the company’s revenue towards the education of its farmers' children. This initiative has already impacted over 13,500 children across more than 70 locations, establishing 40+ Digital Learning Centres (DLC) throughout India. The company aims to expand this initiative further, with plans to add 100 more DLCs and reach an additional 32,000 children in the coming year.

Mia by Tanishq , another leader in sustainable practices, is reaffirming its commitment to the environment with its #GoldForGood campaign. This initiative encompasses several impactful actions aimed at fostering a greener planet. One of the standout programs is a special tree plantation drive, wherein Mia will plant a tree for every purchase made at a Mia store during the month of June. This effort is part of the "Trees for Villagers" program in Fatehabad, Haryana, aligning with the World Environment Day theme of "Only One Earth." By contributing to this program, Mia not only emphasizes the importance of preserving the planet for future generations but also creates a tangible positive environmental impact with each customer purchase.

Mia by Tanishq also prioritizes sustainability across its value chain, from stores to manufacturing processes. Most of Mia's jewelry is crafted from recycled gold, significantly reducing the environmental impact associated with mining fresh gold. This practice not only conserves natural resources but also promotes responsible sourcing and sustainable production methods. The brand’s comprehensive 4-P framework—People, Place, Process & Planet—ensures rigorous sustainability standards across its operations, reflecting its dedication to creating beautiful jewelry pieces that honor the planet.

Shyamala Ramanan, Business Head of Mia by Tanishq, highlighted the brand’s mission, stating, "Our #GoldForGood initiatives reflect our dedication to sustainability, ensuring that our customers can make a positive impact with every purchase. At Mia, we believe that style and sustainability can go hand in hand, and we are dedicated to making a positive difference in the world."

Snitch , a leading men's fashion brand, is also making waves in the sustainability sphere with its innovative approach to sustainable fashion. The brand recently integrated Relove, a platform dedicated to promoting sustainable fashion by allowing customers to purchase authenticated preloved Snitch items at significant discounts and sell their own preloved Snitch products. This integration offers customers a seamless and user-friendly experience, enabling them to browse, sell, and purchase preloved items directly from the Snitch website.

The Relove initiative aligns with broader environmental conservation objectives by actively contributing to waste reduction. By keeping products in circulation and out of landfills, Snitch addresses the fashion industry’s substantial carbon footprint, which accounts for approximately 10 percent of global emissions. Through the resale of each garment, Snitch helps save six times its weight in CO2, significantly reducing the fashion industry’s environmental impact. Moreover, this initiative empowers customers to retain cherished pieces while finding new homes for those they no longer wear, fostering a more sustainable and mindful approach to consumption.

Siddharth Dungarwal, Founder and CEO of Snitch, expressed the brand's commitment to sustainable fashion, stating, "The integration of Relove epitomizes our steadfast commitment to sustainable fashion. We believe in offering our customers stylish, high-quality clothing and the opportunity to make eco-conscious choices. By integrating Relove, we empower our customers to contribute to a more sustainable future. This initiative allows them to enjoy their favorite Snitch styles while supporting environmental conservation."

In the beauty industry, brands like Kylie Cosmetics and Anastasia Beverly Hills are leading the charge with their ethical and sustainable practices. Kylie Cosmetics, inspired by Kylie Jenner’s passion for makeup and business, has been a trailblazer since its launch in 2015. The brand’s products are cruelty-free, vegan, gluten-free, and free from parabens and sulfates, ensuring that beauty enthusiasts can enjoy high-quality products without compromising on their values. In 2021, Kylie Cosmetics relaunched as a clean and vegan brand, making its products globally available through select brick-and-mortar retailers and its direct-to-consumer website.

Anastasia Beverly Hills (ABH) is equally dedicated to ethical beauty. The brand has always been committed to cruelty-free product formulation, testing, and development, ensuring that no product is manufactured at the expense of animal testing. ABH also offers a wide range of vegan beauty products, providing responsible beauty choices across various categories including face, brow, eyes, and lips.

In the skincare sector, brands like O3+ Professional and INNISFREE are making significant contributions to sustainability. O3+ Professional adheres to the 3R’s theory of Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle, using recycled materials for all its packaging. This initiative aims to help create a plastic-free world, demonstrating the brand’s commitment to environmental stewardship.

INNISFREE , inspired by Korea’s pristine Jeju Island, incorporates natural ingredients such as green tea, volcanic ash, orchids, and tangerines into its products. The brand prioritizes eco-friendly packaging and responsible production processes, using FSC-certified packaging paper and boxes instead of plastic. INNISFREE’s dedication to sustainability is further exemplified by its development of refillable product options and its commitment to minimizing environmental impact.

READ MORE:  The Rise of Sustainable Fashion: Innovations Shaping the Future of Textile Industry

These retailers demonstrate that sustainability and responsible practices are not just possible but integral to modern business operations. By embracing eco-friendly initiatives, from tree plantations and recycled materials to circular economies and clean beauty, these brands are paving the way for a more sustainable future. As consumers, supporting these initiatives can help drive the global movement towards a healthier planet, making every purchase a step towards sustainability.

• Indian retailers
• Sustainability
• environment

Building a brand rooted in Ayurveda, especially when it wasn't widely recognized or respected, posed significant challenges. Vivek Sahni, Founder & Chairman of Kama Ayurveda, successfully navigated these hurdles to establish a global presence. In an exclusive interaction, Sahni shares the brand's journey, challenges faced, and the promising future of Ayurveda in the modern world. From the early days of skepticism and minimal acceptance to becoming a global ambassador of authentic Ayurvedic wellness, Kama Ayurveda's story is one of resilience, dedication, and an unwavering commitment to traditional wisdom. Sahni's insights shed light on how the brand maintained its authenticity while evolving to meet contemporary demands, all the while promoting a holistic approach to beauty and wellness that resonates deeply with today's conscious consumers.

The Genesis of Kama Ayurveda

"I think the most important thing is to figure out why you're doing something," says Vivek Sahni. "You need to be really clear, like, am I doing this to make money? Am I doing this to get fame? What's your purpose? Once you figure out what your purpose is, your journey is defined. For us, it was very clear. It was to take something Indian, traditional, and with proven efficacy out to the world, and that was Ayurveda."

Kama Ayurveda began not just as a business venture but as a mission to present classical, authentic Ayurveda without dilution, using original formulations. "We were in Kerala, we were in Coimbatore, working with pharmacies, exploring thousands of formulations. We looked at concerns like skin issues, dark circles, fine lines, pigmentation, and hair problems like hair fall, dandruff, and itchy scalp. Ayurveda is a system of medicine that heals from the inside out," explains Sahni. The brand embraced the concept of "slow beauty," focusing on natural, long-term results rather than quick fixes.

Staying True to Authenticity

Twenty-three years later, Kama Ayurveda remains committed to authentic classical Ayurveda. Iconic products like Kumkumadi are continually refined to stay true to their original formulations. Sahni emphasizes, "For us, it's about staying true to authentic classical Ayurveda. The real success of Kama has been to take names like Kumkumadi, Bringadi, Eladi, Urjasara — unheard and unpronounceable 20 years ago — and make them household names. Now, you Google any of them, and you'll find 200 brands selling them."

The brand's dedication to authenticity has paid off. Today, numerous brands sell these once-unknown products, a testament to Kama Ayurveda's influence and success in popularizing traditional Ayurvedic names globally.

Expanding to Global Markets

In 2017, Kama Ayurveda began exploring international markets, a journey that took about six to seven years to materialize. The brand's strategic partnership with Puig, a global investor, facilitated their entry into prestigious locations like Harrods in the UK and a freestanding store in Notting Hill. Each store features Ayurveda doctors offering consultations and treatment rooms providing head massages, body massages, and facials, ensuring the brand's commitment to authentic Ayurveda.

"What is truly extraordinary is that the bestsellers here are the bestsellers in the UK. The hair oil, face oil, and rose water show that human beings are pretty much the same around the world," notes Sahni. This consistency in customer preference underscores the universal appeal of Ayurveda.

Embracing Q-Commerce

The pandemic necessitated a shift towards Q-commerce, and Kama Ayurveda embraced it with enthusiasm. "We have had no choice but to be available on QC. We started last year just before Diwali. It's been fantastic. It's quite amazing and very exciting," says Sahni. The brand partnered with Blinkit to offer quick delivery services, providing last-minute gift boxes and seasonal kits that proved to be immensely popular, especially during Diwali. This move has made Kama Ayurveda products more accessible, enhancing customer convenience and satisfaction.

The Future of Ayurveda

The global interest in Ayurveda has surged post-COVID-19, and Sahni is optimistic about its future. "We are certainly banking on the fact that Ayurveda will stay. We are sticking with our authentic Ayurvedic story of not diluting formulations. Even our creams, for example, have Ayurvedic oil as the base," he explains. Sahni draws parallels with the global success of yoga, another traditional Indian practice, and hopes Ayurveda will replicate this success worldwide.

Addressing the preferences of Gen Z, Sahni notes, "They're far more educated and conscious about the environment, sustainability, and what they use. This demographics’ awareness and concern for global issues make them a promising audience for Ayurveda, which emphasizes natural and sustainable practices."

Kama Ayurveda's journey from a niche traditional practice to a global brand is a testament to the power of authenticity and dedication. By staying true to classical Ayurveda and adapting to modern demands, the brand has successfully navigated challenges and achieved international acclaim. As Vivek Sahni aptly puts it, "In a world crowded with brands and noise, when you find something authentic and true to its foundation, people automatically come to it." The future of Ayurveda looks promising, and Kama Ayurveda is poised to lead the way.

• Beauty and wellness
• growth strategy

The omnichannel approach is transforming retail, aiming to provide a seamless, integrated shopping experience across all customer touchpoints. This approach leverages technology to unify online and offline channels, ensuring customers have a consistent experience regardless of how they choose to shop.

Today, unified commerce is not just about integrating online and offline channels but also about leveraging technology and data to provide a personalized, consistent, and seamless shopping experience. Companies need to overcome operational silos, maintain brand consistency, and ensure data privacy to build customer trust and loyalty. By focusing on these aspects, retailers can successfully navigate the complexities of omnichannel retail and drive growth in a competitive landscape. In a lively discussion among industry leaders such as Berry Singh, COO, ace turtle; Ravi Bable, Head of Marketing, OSPREE Duty Free; Rajiv C. Menon, National Sales and Retail Head, Mia by Tanishq; and Akhil Jain, Executive Director, Madame, several key insights into the implementation and challenges of omnichannel retail were unveiled. Here are the top takeaways.

1. Native Omni-Channel Adoption

Berry Singh's journey with Ace Turtle illustrates the importance of being a native omnichannel player. From its inception, the company focused on bridging online and offline retail. The development of their technological product, Rubicon, enabled brands to accept orders from anywhere and fulfill them from any location. This seamless integration was vital during the transition to omnichannel retail, emphasizing the need for a strong technological backbone to support such a shift.

2. Data-Centric Approach

Data plays a critical role in omnichannel retail. Singh highlighted that Ace Turtle does not work with wholesale multi-brand distribution due to the lack of data availability. For a tech-focused company, understanding customer buying patterns and predicting future purchases is crucial. By leveraging data, the brand maps the customer’s omnichannel journey, ensuring they provide the right products at the right time.

3. Single View of Customer and Inventory

A single view of the customer and inventory is the holy grail of omnichannel and personalization, emphasized Akhil Jain. When customers shop, whether online or offline, having a unified view of their interactions helps in providing a personalized experience. Additionally, ensuring inventory visibility across all channels prevents loss of sales. For instance, a product not available in one store might be available in another, and technology can help fulfill such orders seamlessly.

4. Personalization Through Technology

Rajiv Menon emphasized the importance of personalization. By revamping their website and developing an app, Mia by Tanishq made it easier for customers to browse and purchase jewelry. They addressed the cultural challenges of buying jewelry online by implementing features like virtual try-ons and chatbots to assist customers. This personalization helped bridge the gap between the online and offline shopping experiences.

5. Unified Commerce for Duty-Free Retail

Ravi Bable’s experience with duty-free retail illustrates a unique aspect of omnichannel retailing. Unlike traditional retail, duty-free customers are travelers who can be targeted before they even enter the store. By leveraging pre-booking systems through the Adani One app, they provide a seamless shopping experience. This system ensures that customers can pre-book their orders and collect them conveniently, enhancing their travel experience.

6. Overcoming Siloed Operations

One significant challenge in adopting an omnichannel approach is overcoming siloed operations within organizations. Singh pointed out that traditional retail organizations often have separate teams for different channels, leading to fragmented customer experiences. Ace Turtle addressed this by integrating their operations through a tech platform, ensuring that all customer interactions are unified and consistent.

7. Expanding Retail Presence

For a jewelry brand, expanding their retail presence was crucial. Menon shared that they increased their store count from 40 to 185 within three years, making their brand accessible in more cities. This expansion complemented their online presence, allowing customers to find them through various channels, whether print ads, television, social media, or physical stores. This holistic approach ensured that customers had multiple touchpoints to interact with the brand.

8. Customer Profiling and Insights

Understanding customer behavior across channels is essential. Singh explained that by using smart cameras and customer data platforms, they can profile customers based on their interactions. This profiling helps in providing personalized recommendations and improving the overall shopping experience. However, it also raises concerns about data privacy and security, which companies must address to build customer trust.

9. Maintaining Brand Consistency

Maintaining brand consistency across different locations and channels is challenging. Bable highlighted that in duty-free retail, ensuring a consistent experience across various airports is crucial. They rebranded their stores to provide a seamless experience for travelers, regardless of their departure or arrival points. Consistency in assortment and customer service helps build brand loyalty.

10. Leveraging Technology for Growth

Jain emphasized the role of technology in maintaining stability and driving growth. By integrating CRM tools and creating customer personas, they could better understand and cater to their customers. The use of gamification, digital discovery, and meaningful data insights helped in retaining customers and enhancing their shopping experience. Despite the challenges faced by offline retail, leveraging technology has been instrumental in staying competitive.

• MIA by Tanishq

At the IReCxD2C Summit Bengaluru, the Founders Forum panel titled "Insights From The Brands Who Are Disrupting with Hybrid and Retail Strategy in 2024" brought together visionaries who are reshaping the retail landscape. The discussion centered on re-examining store strategies and purpose in an omnichannel world. Leaders from Dragon Hill, XYXX, Fabled Pets, BeYoung, Bold Care, and Elemental converged to share invaluable insights on redefining store strategies and purposes in an omnichannel world. Against the backdrop of a rapidly changing consumer landscape and the continued rise of digital commerce, the panelists shed light on the critical importance of blending online and offline strategies, harnessing consumer insights, and embracing innovation to stay ahead in today's dynamic retail environment.

Embracing the Omnichannel Approach

Dragon Hill, led by Mayur Solanki, is a pioneer in merging technology with retail experiences. Known for its innovative approach, Dragon Hill creates not just products but immersive shopping experiences that captivate customers.

"Our brand is built on integrating cutting-edge technology with customer-centric design," Mayur begins. "From the outset, we aimed to create not just a product but an experience that resonates with our consumers."

Leveraging data analytics has been central to Dragon Hill's strategy. "We use data to refine our product offerings and personalize the shopping experience. It's about making every interaction meaningful and memorable," Mayur emphasizes. This approach has positioned Dragon Hill as a leader in the new era of experiential retail.

Redefining Men's Innerwear

XYXX has made significant strides in the men's innerwear market by focusing on comfort and innovative design. Siddhartha Gondal shares the brand's journey from inception to becoming a household name.

"Our journey began with a simple idea: to redefine men's innerwear with premium fabrics and innovative designs," Siddhartha shares. XYXX's success is attributed to its relentless focus on consumer feedback. "Listening to our customers has been crucial. Their insights help us continuously improve and introduce new features that meet their needs."

Recently, XYXX has expanded its presence in offline retail, opening exclusive brand outlets in key cities. This move aligns with their strategy to create a seamless omnichannel experience for customers.

Quality and Innovation in Pet Care

Varun Sharma's ventures, Fabled Pets and GNV Commodities, reflect his passion for quality and innovation. Fabled Pets is dedicated to providing high-quality, nutritious products for pets, while GNV Commodities focuses on efficient supply chains and exceptional value.

"Fabled Pets was born out of a love for pets and a desire to provide high-quality, nutritious products," Varun explains. At GNV Commodities, the emphasis is on delivering value through quality products and efficient supply chains.

Understanding customer needs and preferences has been key to their strategy. "We use this knowledge to tailor our products and services, ensuring we meet and exceed their expectations," Varun highlights. Both brands have successfully integrated online and offline strategies to enhance customer engagement and satisfaction.

Making Fashion Accessible in Bharat

BeYoung, co-founded by Shivani Soni, is revolutionizing fashion retail for India's Tier II, III, and IV cities. With a mission to make aspirational and affordable products accessible to the mass market, BeYoung has grown significantly by focusing on digital-first strategies.

"Our mission is to make aspirational and affordable products accessible to the mass market," Shivani explains. "We started in Udaipur and have grown significantly by focusing on digital-first strategies."

The pandemic accelerated BeYoung's online presence. "The pandemic pushed us to enhance our online presence. We achieved around Rs 200 crore GMV through our D2C platform, and now we're looking to expand into physical stores and marketplaces," Shivani shares. BeYoung’s strategy involves understanding customer needs and offering customizable options to enhance the shopping experience.

Innovating Men's Wellness

Bold Care is making waves in the men's wellness industry. With a focus on education and accessibility, Bold Care offers a range of products addressing sexual wellness and health.

"We make men's sexual wellness and health products, and education is a big part of our strategy," Parinita Hendre, Business Head, Bold Care says. "We've seen significant growth online and are now expanding into offline retail."

Transitioning to offline retail comes with challenges. "Educating customers in a physical setting is different. We're working on training pharmacy staff and providing informational materials to ensure our customers are well-informed," Parinita adds. Bold Care’s commitment to addressing customer needs through education and innovative products sets it apart in a competitive market.

Building Consistent Retail Experiences

Elemental, under the leadership of Amit Mohta, has become a cornerstone in the retail fixtures industry. Known for building consistent and engaging in-store experiences, Elemental has played a critical role in helping brands transition from online to offline retail.

"We've built over 7,000 stores globally, each reflecting the unique identity of the brand," Amit Mohta, Joint Managing Director, Elemental states. "Consistency in look and feel is crucial for customer recognition and trust."

Amit emphasizes the role of data in designing stores. "We gather insights from various touchpoints to help our clients design stores that not only look great but also enhance the shopping experience," he adds. Elemental’s expertise ensures that every store provides a seamless and engaging customer experience.

Data-Driven Retail Strategies

The panelists agreed that a balanced approach, combining strategic vision with consumer insights, is essential for success in today's retail landscape. Mayur Solanki summarized this sentiment, stating, "In an omnichannel world, data-driven strategies and a deep understanding of customer needs are crucial for creating a seamless shopping experience."

These industry leaders' stories offer valuable lessons for the future of retail, illustrating how innovation, customer-centricity, and data-driven decision-making can drive success. As they continue to adapt and innovate, their insights provide a roadmap for brands looking to thrive in a hybrid and omnichannel world.

The Future of Omnichannel Retail

The insights shared by these industry leaders at the IReCxD2C Summit Bengaluru highlight the importance of a balanced approach, combining strategic vision with consumer insights. As they continue to innovate and adapt, their stories offer valuable lessons for the future of retail.

By embracing an omnichannel approach, leveraging consumer insights, and prioritizing innovation, these brands are not only disrupting the market but also shaping its future. As the retail landscape continues to evolve, it's clear that a strategic blend of online and offline strategies, coupled with a deep understanding of consumer behavior, will be crucial for success. Whether it's Dragon Hill's focus on seamless experiences, XYXX's dedication to customer feedback, or BeYoung's mission of accessibility, each brand exemplifies the power of adaptability and innovation in an ever-changing market.

Artificial intelligence (AI) is swiftly changing the retail sector, by transforming several aspects such as customized suggestions, inventory management, and customer service. Retailers and other brands across the globe are quickly adopting AI-based solutions to enhance automation in their respective stores. The rise of digital technologies is opening fresh opportunities and redefining the benchmarks within the retail sector. Artificial intelligence has the potential to replace traditional retail in its current form by predicting what customers will buy in the future, cutting down costs and bringing an unprecedented level of efficiency and convenience. With the increasing integration of AI into retail operations, we can anticipate a significant enhancement in customization, efficiency, and agility across the sector. Embracing this technology is no longer a choice but a necessity for retailers aiming to stay competitive in a rapidly changing market. This will eventually transform the way we shop and engage with companies in the digital era.

Evolution of AI

Early applications of AI were limited to basic automation of inventory management and simple customer service interactions. Over time, as machine learning algorithms became more sophisticated, AI became more integral in personalizing customer experiences. These AI applications now can be seen in both online and offline domains, be it for internal operations or customer interactions. These innovations are also using cloud technologies to improve consumer experiences. In one of the reports of Accenture, it was mentioned that, “Google and Accenture announced cloud-based retail innovation tools. This partnership smoothly linked Accenture's AI. RETAIL Platform with Google Cloud, demonstrating a commitment to customer success via technology”. By predicting future trends and consumer behavior, retailers can make proactive decisions that enhance efficiency and profitability.

Transformative tool

In the context of the retail Industry, AI refers to the use of advanced algorithms and machine learning technology that can process and react to volumes upon volumes of data by translating that information into real, actionable insights for business performance. For example, NLP powers chatbots and virtual assistants to understand more about customer queries in real-time concurrently. This allows retailers to better understand consumer habits, use it for optimizing inventory management and tailor marketing campaigns. By leveraging AI, retailers can offer more intuitive and responsive customer interactions, predict future trends with greater accuracy, and streamline their operations to achieve higher levels of efficiency and profitability. AI serves as a transformative tool that empowers retailers to innovate and adapt in an increasingly digital marketplace.

Data Privacy and security

As AI permeates the retail sector, overcoming challenges and ethical considerations becomes paramount to harnessing its full potential responsibly. One critical issue is data privacy and security. In the AI era, safeguarding customer information is essential to maintaining trust and complying with regulations, as Flipkart protects consumer data with strong encryption and secure servers, complying with India's Personal Data Protection Bill. Also, Tata Cliq rigorously tests and monitors its recommendation algorithms to provide fair and impartial product choices across consumer demographics. Moreover, upholding fairness and transparency ensures that AI technologies improve retail settings by encouraging trust, diversity, and responsible innovation. Companies like Reliance Retail have set up compliance teams to ensure adherence to local and international regulations, including maintaining transparency in AI decision-making processes and ensuring ethical standards are met. By addressing these challenges head-on, Indian retailers can effectively leverage AI while maintaining customer trust and adhering to ethical standards.

The integration of AI in the retail sector offers transformative opportunities for enhancing customer experiences, optimizing operations, and driving growth. However, the successful adoption of AI hinges on addressing several major concerns that must be addressed to achieve the positive impact of AI systems that are to be implemented in society, as well as several ethical questions that should be taken into account. The future of retail depends on ongoing innovation and deliberate investment in AI technology. As artificial intelligence (AI) continues to advance and reach a higher level of development, merchants need to remain flexible and able to adjust quickly in order to take advantage of new possibilities and maintain a competitive edge.

By embracing these recommendations, the Indian retail industry can effectively harness the power of AI, driving innovation and growth while maintaining ethical standards and customer trust. As AI continues to evolve, its strategic adoption will be crucial for retailers aiming to thrive in the digital age.

• Artificial intelligence

In the dynamic realm of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods, the digital revolution is reshaping the way consumers shop and interact with brands. With an increasing number of shoppers turning to online channels for convenience and accessibility, the FMCG industry is witnessing a significant transformation in its e-commerce landscape. Here, we explore the evolving trends and strategies driving this evolution, with a focus on innovation, accessibility, and sustainability.

Trends Reshaping E-Commerce in FMCG

• Rise of Direct-to-Consumer (D2C) Brands: D2C brands are disrupting traditional retail models by bypassing intermediaries and selling directly to consumers. This approach allows brands to build direct relationships with customers, offering personalized experiences and unique products.
• Mobile Commerce Dominance: With the widespread adoption of smartphones, mobile commerce has become increasingly prevalent in the FMCG sector. Brands are optimising their e-commerce platforms for mobile devices to cater to on-the-go shoppers.
• Integration of Online and Offline Channels: Companies are embracing an omnichannel approach, seamlessly integrating their online and offline channels to provide a cohesive shopping experience across multiple touchpoints.
• Data-Driven Personalization: Advanced data analytics are enabling brands to deliver personalized recommendations and offers based on individual customer preferences, enhancing engagement and loyalty.
• Focus on Sustainability: Sustainability is emerging as a key consideration for FMCG brands in their e-commerce operations. Companies are implementing eco-friendly packaging solutions and minimising their environmental footprint throughout the supply chain.

Key Elements of E-Commerce Evolution

• Digital Transformation: Companies are undergoing comprehensive digital transformations, leveraging technologies to enhance the online shopping experience. This includes user-friendly interfaces, secure payment gateways, and streamlined checkout processes.
• Omnichannel Presence: Brands are creating seamless experiences across multiple channels, allowing customers to transition effortlessly between online and offline shopping environments.
• Mobile Accessibility: Recognizing the importance of mobile commerce, brands are optimizing their websites and apps for smartphones, ensuring a smooth shopping experience for mobile users.
• Data Analytics and Personalization: Brands are harnessing the power of data analytics to gain insights into consumer behavior and preferences, enabling them to deliver targeted marketing messages and personalized product recommendations.
• Supply Chain Innovation: Companies are implementing innovative supply chain solutions to improve inventory management, reduce delivery times, and enhance overall operational efficiency. This includes technologies such as predictive analytics, RFID tracking, and automation.
• Sustainability Initiatives: Brands are taking proactive steps to minimize their environmental impact, from eco-friendly packaging materials to energy-efficient logistics practices. By adopting sustainable initiatives, companies can appeal to environmentally conscious consumers and differentiate themselves in the market.

As companies continue to evolve and innovate, they are not just setting new benchmarks for the FMCG industry; they are also driving broader shifts in the e-commerce landscape of India. With a relentless focus on meeting the ever-changing needs and preferences of consumers, the FMCG industry is poised for sustained growth and transformation in the digital age. By staying ahead of the curve and embracing innovation, these companies are paving the way for a more dynamic and sustainable future for e-commerce in India.

    Govind Goyal, Founder, BVPPL

As the demand for dairy products continues to surge, Parag Milk Foods has strategically positioned itself to capture a larger share of the market. Their revenue has crossed Rs 3,000 crore mark on the back of strong brand equity and competitive market positioning. The focus on margin expansion has continued with overall GP margin expansion of 4.2 percent YoY. The company has capitalized on the benign milk prices and expanded its gross margin profile along with premiumization and improvement in the value-added product portfolio.

Akshali Shah, Executive Director, Parag Milk Foods, outlines the company’s ambitious plans to increase retail touchpoints, develop a diverse range of products, and leverage cutting-edge technology to meet the dynamic needs of consumers. With a strong foundation and a forward-looking approach, the brand is set to revolutionize the dairy sector in India, making quality dairy products more accessible than ever before.

Retail Expansion

With a robust presence both domestically and internationally, Parag Milk Foods is focusing on expanding its distribution network within India. "Currently, we have over 500,000 retail touchpoints, and our goal is to increase this to 1.5 million touchpoints within the next three years," says Shah. This strategic expansion aims to bring their quality dairy products to more consumers nationwide. By tripling their retail reach, the company is committed to making its products available to a broader audience, enhancing convenience and accessibility.

Innovating Product Offerings

Innovation is at the core of Parag Milk Foods' product development strategy. "Our New Product Development (NPD) department is continuously exploring innovative products that resonate with the Indian consumer palate," explains Shah. The company is focusing on expanding its premium brands, Pride of Cows and Avvatar, by introducing new product extensions. Additionally, they are keen to broaden their health and nutritional portfolio to meet evolving consumer needs.

A recent venture into the ready-to-eat food segment with the launch of Gowardhan Sweets showcases their commitment to innovation. "We introduced delicacies such as Kaju Katli, Kesar Pedha, and Malai Pedha, with plans to introduce more traditional Indian sweets in the near future," Shah shares. Furthermore, Parag Milk Foods has launched Cream Cheese under the Go brand, catering to the demand for versatile new-age dairy products. These initiatives reflect the company's dedication to continuously evolving its product line-up to meet diverse consumer preferences.

As the global nutrition industry evolves, Parag Milk Foods is gearing up to become a health and nutrition company that provides innovative protein solutions. "We are poised to meet the dynamic demands of modern consumers, ensuring that our products align with their evolving lifestyles and preferences," says Shah. The company’s focus on invention and adapting to consumer trends is essential in maintaining its competitive edge in the market.

Expanding Manufacturing Capabilities

To support its ambitious expansion plans, the company is investing heavily in its manufacturing infrastructure. Today, it boasts three state-of-the-art facilities located in Manchar, Maharashtra, Palamaner, Andhra Pradesh, and Sonipat, Haryana. "Our Rotary Parlour enables an automated milking process, ensuring maximum hygiene and quality standards," Shah highlights. These facilities collectively process 3.5 million liters of milk daily, along with significant production capacities for paneer, cheese, and whey protein.

Additionally, Parag Milk Foods has acquired over 500 acres of land to expand Bhagyalakshmi Dairy Farm. "We aim to accommodate more than 15,000 cows within the next three years," Shah reveals. This expansion is crucial to meeting the growing demand for their high-quality dairy products.

Ensuring Quality amidst Growing Demand

Addressing the growing demand while maintaining high-quality production standards is a strategic priority. The company employs a tailored approach to cater to three key consumer segments: mass, mass-affluent, and premium. "Our unique business model enables us to cater to approximately 80 percent of consumers' daily dietary requirements," Shah explains. By leveraging their state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities and advanced technology, Parag Milk Foods prioritizes stringent quality control measures at every stage of production.

Strategic Collaborations

To enhance their competitive edge, the brand is investing in new technologies and strategic collaborations. The company is working with Boston Consulting Group (BCG) to drive sustainable growth and implement cost-effective practices. "This collaboration marks a significant step forward in our journey towards innovation and efficiency," says Shah.

In terms of digitization, Parag Milk Foods has achieved significant milestones. Over 70 percent of their general trade business is covered under their Sales Force Automation (SFA) initiative, streamlining sales processes and improving operational efficiency. Additionally, they are planning to implement SAP HANA, a cutting-edge technology that will further enhance their capabilities and support their growth trajectory.

"Technology plays a pivotal role in driving innovation and efficiency within the dairy industry," Shah asserts. By leveraging digital optimization and advanced IT solutions, the company enhances operational capabilities, ensures product quality, and meets evolving consumer demands.

Parag Milk Foods is well-positioned for significant growth in the Indian retail market. With a focus on expanding their distribution network, developing innovative products, and leveraging advanced technologies, the company is committed to meeting the dynamic demands of modern consumers. As they triple their retail touchpoints and introduce new product offerings, the company continues to solidify its position as a leader in the dairy industry, delivering quality products to every corner of the market.

• Dairy Industry
• Dairy Products
• Parag Milk Foods
• Expansion Plans

In recent years, there has been a noticeable shift towards premium and bespoke products across various industries. This trend is largely driven by a more informed and demanding consumer base that prioritizes quality, customization, and unique experiences over mass-produced items. Social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook have played a significant role in this shift, providing instant exposure to global trends and high-end products. At the recently concluded Startup Summit 2024, during the 20th annual edition of Asia’s Largest Business Show "Franchise India 2024", Tabby Bhatia, Founder, Brune & Bareskin; Kuldeep Singh, Chief Strategy Officer, Sankalp Foods; and Dr. Sukhsagar Virk, Director, Ageology gave insights into modern consumerism and the evolving demand for premium products.

According to Tabby Bhatia, the advent of these platforms has significantly altered consumer behavior in India . “If you see a good product or a fashionable product being worn in the US last night, tomorrow morning India would get to see it and they would want it,” said Bhatia.

Bridging the Gap with Premium Indian Brands

India has historically been dominated by mass-market brands, but there is a growing acceptance and desire for premium Indian brands. Brune & Bareskin, for instance, aims to offer super-premium quality at Indian premium prices. Bhatia highlighted the importance of quality and longevity in products, noting that customers now prefer items that can be refurbished and last longer. This shift is reflected in their impressive customer retention rate, with 70 percent of their customers returning consistently over the past six years. “They want to understand that service of everlasting products,” Bhatia explained, emphasizing the growing preference for quality over quantity.

Localizing Cuisine for Diverse Palates

The trend towards premium products is not limited to fashion and lifestyle but extends to the food industry as well. Sankalp Foods has successfully expanded by localizing its offerings while maintaining its core flavors and quality. Kuldeep Singh stated, “We made sure that we were always consistent with our taste and quality.” By adapting its menu to include local favorites in different regions, the brand ensures that its offerings resonate with local tastes without compromising on its authentic recipes.

Maintaining Consistency and Quality

Consistency in quality is a hallmark of premium brands, and Sankalp Foods exemplifies this by centralizing its cooking process. This ensures that whether you dine at a Sankalp restaurant in Mumbai, Delhi, or even abroad, the taste remains consistent. Singh explained, “We have kind of centralized cooking, so we make food to 90 percent level and send that food to every restaurant or franchisee.” This approach not only maintains quality but also helps manage costs, making it feasible to offer premium products at competitive prices.

The Beauty Industry's Embrace of Premium Care

The beauty industry has also seen a surge in demand for premium care products and services. Dr. Sukhsagar Virk of Ageology noted that their clientele spans from teenagers to seniors, all seeking high-quality skincare solutions. “People are now increasingly getting more conscious about their looks,” Dr. Virk observed, attributing this to the selfie culture and social media influence. Ageology offers holistic care, emphasizing the importance of nutrition, lifestyle changes, and stress management alongside advanced skincare treatments.

The Role of Bespoke Services in Attracting Customers

Bespoke services, which allow for personalized and customizable products, are a significant draw for first-time customers. Bhatia of Brune & Bareskin mentioned that while 70 percent of its sales are off the shelf, the bespoke service often attracts new customers who may initially want a specific design or color combination. This customization builds customer interest and loyalty, eventually leading them to purchase standard products as well. “My customers are also my designers,” Bhatia remarked, highlighting how bespoke designs often become new additions to their catalog.

Omnichannel Strategies for Modern Retail

Modern retail strategies increasingly rely on an omnichannel approach, blending online and offline experiences. Brune & Bareskin leverages this model to cater to diverse customer needs, allowing purchases to be made online with the convenience of in-store exchanges. This flexibility has broadened its customer base, including those who were initially hesitant about online shopping. “There are so many new customers that have come on base and the data is only increased,” Bhatia noted, emphasizing the success of its omnichannel strategy.

Adapting to Global Trends and Local Preferences

Sankalp Foods also showcases how adaptability to local and global trends can drive success. The company has embraced veganism, a growing trend even in traditionally non-vegan cultures like India. By incorporating vegan options, it caters to evolving dietary preferences without alienating its core customer base. Moreover, its strategy of creating multi-brand food courts under one roof allows it to optimize resources and offer a variety of cuisines, appealing to a broader audience.

Expanding Premium Services Through Expertise

In the beauty sector, Dr. Virk of Ageology expanded by ensuring each new clinic is staffed with trained professionals who share the same commitment to quality. This hands-on training ensures that each franchise maintains the high standards that customers expect. “Skincare is something which is learned with lots of years of experience,” Dr. Virk explained, emphasizing the importance of expertise in delivering premium services.

To Conclude

The demand for premium and bespoke products is a clear indication of a market that values quality, personalization, and consistency. Whether it's through localized cuisine, high-end fashion, or advanced skincare, brands that prioritize these elements are seeing increased customer loyalty and growth. The integration of omnichannel strategies further enhances accessibility and convenience, ensuring that premium products are within reach for a wider audience. As consumer expectations continue to evolve, the focus on premium offerings is likely to intensify, driving innovation and excellence across industries.

• Bespoke retailers

Comexposium, a global event organizer, has unveiled an expanded roster of world-renowned speakers and participating brands for the upcoming NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific . This highly anticipated event will take place from June 11-13, 2024, at the Sands Expo and Convention Centre in Singapore.

Under the theme “Fast Track Your Success,” NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific (APAC) promises an exceptional line-up of conference programs, exhibitions, and retail store tours over the course of the three-day event.

The distinguished list of conference speakers includes:

• Christopher Thomas-Moore, Chief Digital Officer, Domino’s
• Jason Kra, President, USA, Li & Fung
• Laurent Boidevezi, President, Asia Pacific, Moët Hennessy
• Greg Merrill, Global Head of Digital Transformation, Nike
• Xu Ying, President, Wumei Technology Group (Wumart)

Christopher Thomas-Moore, Chief Digital Officer at Domino’s, will deliver the opening keynote, drawing from his extensive experience in e-commerce, digital marketing, and retail technology to discuss enhancing customer experiences in the digital era.

Laurent Boidevezi, President for Asia Pacific at Moët Hennessy, will share insights on the division’s retail strategy and the critical role retailers play in Moët Hennessy’s consumer engagement strategy during his keynote address.

Nike’s Greg Merrill will lead a fireside chat on the future of retail, focusing on the concept of "everywhere commerce" and the importance of community and culture. He will offer his perspectives on how global retailers, tech innovators, and startups in the APAC region can navigate the evolving retail landscape.

This event is set to be a pivotal gathering for retail professionals seeking to accelerate their success and stay ahead in the rapidly changing retail environment. IndianRetailer.com is proud to partner with NRF as their official media partner.

"We are thrilled to welcome an exceptional and expanded line-up of speakers to NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific. This year, we've brought together some of the most influential and creative minds from around the globe to share their insights and innovations. Our attendees are in for a truly transformative experience that will shape the future of retail in APAC," said Ryf Quail, Managing Director, NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific, Comexposium. “Innovating the retail model is not just about keeping pace with technology, which is sure to redefine the future of retail, but more importantly, it’s about understanding and responding to consumer needs with agility and creativity, which is key to securing a thriving future for the retail sector.”

The NRF Innovation Lab, a key highlight of the three-day event, will showcase the most visionary retail technologies available on the market today, spanning AI, AR/VR, machine learning, data analytics and Web3, from but not limited to the following participating innovators:

• ViSenze : ViSenze’s automated AI platform empowers retail merchants to increase revenue by delivering exceptional experiences that make it easier for shoppers to discover products.
• Undocked : Featuring Adpaka-patented ad technology platform that provides unmatched context-sensitivity and ad-relevancy.
• Shopreme : Global technology leader in the scan-and-go sector.
• MishiPay : MishiPay empowers shoppers to scan and pay for their shopping with their smartphones using a wide variety of payment methods.
• Whale : Empowering global retailers and brands to boost efficiency, cut costs and deepen customer relationships by driving digitalization.
• svarmony: Provider of extended reality innovations
• TROLLEE : Empowering offline retail with digital and intelligent solutions for creating a new ecology of smart retail.
• Trustana : Help retailers, distributors and brand owners to monetise their product data and drive superior buying experiences for customers.
• ZERO10 : Its flagship product AR Mirror offers real-time try-on experience and empower brands to engage their audiences.

"Don't miss out on the opportunity to be part of the future of retail at NRF 2024: Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific. Join us to explore groundbreaking ideas, network with top leaders, and experience technologies that are redefining what's possible in retail. Secure your spot today and be at the forefront of transforming retail in APAC,” added Quail.

Retail’s most important event in Asia Pacific takes place in Singapore from June 11-13, 2024. The Asia Pacific edition brings together retail industry leaders from across the region to collaborate on a Pan Asia Pacific stage. Be inspired by the biggest retail leaders across Asia Pacific at Retail’s Big Show Asia Pacific in one of the world’s fastest growing markets. Retail professionals from around the globe can experience three days of educational programming, an all-encompassing Expo featuring the latest retail solutions, as well as an Innovation Lab and Startup Zone featuring breakthrough technologies in Asia Pacific’s retail sector. https://nrfbigshowapac.nrf.com

Conference and exhibition passes are available for purchase via https://www.gevme.com/NRF-2024-Retails-Big-Show-Asia-Pacific . 

• Retail Shows

Farah Khan Ali, Founder and CEO of Farah Khan Fine Jewellery, has a fascinating story that began unexpectedly. "As a 21-year-old, I had just graduated and was bored with my life," she recalls. "I didn't know what I wanted to do because I had tried interior design, ad film making, television, and I still hadn't found my calling." Her path took a dramatic turn when a friend invited her to accompany her to the Gemological Institute of America (GIA). Initially, it was the allure of living in America that captivated her, but what she found there defined her career.

Farah's transition into the world of gemology was challenging yet rewarding. "When I opened my books of gemology, I was taken aback because they involved the chemical, optical, and physical properties of 99 minerals and their gemstone varieties. And it had nothing to do with jewelry design because that was an aesthetic course, and this was all scientific," she explains. Despite her initial struggle, Farah's determination saw her through. "I decided all my plans of becoming this party animal changed to becoming the Indian nerd. And I ended up studying so much that I topped my class." This achievement marked the beginning of her journey into jewelry design, a field she not only entered but came to revolutionize.

Overcoming Preconceptions

Farah's entry into the jewelry business was met with curiosity and skepticism due to her Bollywood background. "A lot of people were puzzled because I came from the film industry. They couldn’t understand why I didn't want to be an actor," she shares. However, this curiosity quickly turned to respect as they witnessed her dedication and passion. "I think it helped bring people to my door to see what I do. But once they saw that I was serious about what I was doing and I loved what I do, I think that brought them back."

In an industry traditionally dominated by family jewelers, Farah brought a fresh perspective by introducing designer jewelry. "I brought focus and today when I meet a lot of budding new designers, they said, ‘we've been following your career and you're the one who inspired us to be jewelry designers.' So, I think I'm happy I brought focus onto this line." Her innovative approach not only set her apart but also paved the way for many aspiring designers.

Evolving Trends

The jewelry retail landscape in India has seen significant changes over the past few decades, and Farah Khan has been at the forefront of these transformations. "India has drastically changed from a market of solely investment in jewelry because here people used to buy solely as an investment in gold and diamond, and less in products," she observes. Today, jewelry is not just an investment; it is a form of self-expression. "They buy what can be worn on an everyday basis, and which represent them, like fashion."

This shift has also seen the rise of self-purchase among women. "We have women who are working and buying jewelry for themselves," Farah notes. Modern bridal jewelry has also evolved to be more versatile and wearable. "I have clients who come to me and ask me to design pieces for them that are more wearable, pieces they could layer and wear one at a time or all together, as need be."

Farah's insights into these trends highlight a broader cultural shift towards personal expression and practicality in jewelry, moving away from the traditional focus on investment value alone.

Commitment to Sustainability

Sustainability is a core value for Farah Khan and her brand. "The jewelry industry is recyclable because we use natural products like gold, diamonds, gemstones, which come from the earth," she explains. Farah emphasizes the importance of storytelling in sustainability. "Selling a product without a story is like meeting a person without personality."

Despite the growing popularity of lab-grown diamonds, Farah remains committed to natural gemstones. "As a brand, we're not using lab-grown diamonds because we feel that even though the storytelling of lab-grown diamonds is more conserving of energy, that's not true. It takes more energy to produce the lab-grown diamonds versus natural diamonds." This commitment to authenticity and sustainability is a cornerstone of her brand's ethos.

She believes in creating pieces that tell a story and resonate with the wearer. "When I launched my brand, Farah Khan Atelier during COVID, I chose a Quatrefoil, which was a four-sided ornament, and I named it Aayat because in Urdu it means miracle, and I wanted to remind people that we are the miracle we seek."

Collaborations and Expansions

Farah Khan Fine Jewellery has successfully collaborated with prominent brands, enhancing visibility and reach. "I have collaborated with one of India's largest jewelry chains Tanishq for two years, where we co-branded and created jewelry for 40 different stores in 23 cities of India. That was a huge success," she reveals. These collaborations have allowed her to reach a wider audience and bring her unique designs to more people.

"For me, collaborations are important because they help us get more visibility and tell the brand story." Her collabs extend beyond jewelry to other industries, showcasing her versatility as a designer. "We've partnered with non-jewelry companies like Stern Hagen, Carousel, and even Magnum ice creams. As a designer, collaborations are important as they help more people who love your product and want your product."

Franchising and the Omnichannel Approach

As Farah looks to expand her brand, she is keen on franchising. "I'm looking at opening at least 10 franchises within the next one year in India," she states. She seeks partners who appreciate beautiful jewelry and the unique story behind each piece. "As a brand, I think I come with a niche offering designer jewelry at Indian pricing."

Farah understands the importance of integrating online and offline channels in today's retail environment. "It's important to be online because today the millennials are all the time on their phone, so you need to be where people are looking and spending all their time," she emphasizes. A strong offline presence builds trust and authenticity, making it easier to transition to online sales. "When you're a well-known brand who's known for authenticity trust and you've built a reputation over the years moving to the online channel is much easier."

Farah's jewelry is available internationally, including in Neiman Marcus in the US and various locations in Dubai.

The Journey of Craftsmanship and Innovation

With over three decades of experience, Farah Khan Ali has cemented her reputation as a visionary designer, storyteller, and master craftsman. "I don’t love to design, I live to design," Farah passionately declares. At the heart of her brand lies a legacy of excellence—a commitment to craftsmanship, quality, and distinction that sets Farah Khan Fine Jewellery apart from the rest. Her designs are a testament to her boldness and creativity, each piece infused with a flamboyant flair and an unexpected twist that is unmistakably hers.

Farah's own travels serve as a catalyst for her creativity, bringing new perspectives and fresh inspiration to her designs. With an insatiable thirst for adventure and a heart that beats with the rhythm of wanderlust, she traverses the globe, seeking out hidden gems and untold stories that lie beyond the horizon. Nature's symphony serves as a guiding light for Farah's creative vision, infusing each piece with the boundless beauty and intricate details found in the natural world. But it is not just nature's bounty that inspires Farah—it is also the rich architectural wonders that dot the globe. Farah finds solace and inspiration in the poetic harmony of geometric precision and natural splendor.

• Designer Jewellery
• retail expansion

Being a part of the retail industry, being able to adapt and innovate has become paramount. Today, businesses face the daunting task of transforming into modern, innovative hybrid retailers—a journey marked by the fusion of purpose and innovation.

It is evident, that traditional paradigms are being upended as companies embrace technology-driven solutions aimed at enhancing operational efficiency and bolstering profitability in a fiercely competitive marketplace.

At IReCxD2C 2024, Bengaluru, NS Satish, President, Haier Appliances India; Lavanya Nalli, Vice Chairperson, Nalli Group; Santosh Kumar, Chief Business Officer, and Head Strategic Growth, FreshToHome; Adrit Mishra, COO, Starbucks; and Ankita Thakur - Co-Founder & Chief Data Officer - GeoIQ offered a unique perspective on the transformation into modern, innovative hybrid retailers.

Challenging the Status Quo

NS Satish, President of Haier Appliances India, highlighted the significant shifts in the appliance industry as it transitions towards an omnichannel approach. "In a high involvement category like ours, the consumer's decision-making process has evolved. Previously, the repurchase cycle for appliances was about 10 years, but now it has decreased to 6-7 years," Satish explained. This shift has necessitated rapid innovation and a departure from traditional marketing strategies.

One of Haier's key innovations was the introduction of the bottom-mounted refrigerator. "We found that consumers use the refrigerator section much more frequently than the freezer. By placing the refrigerator section on top and the freezer at the bottom, we addressed a significant pain point, leading to a 75 percent market share in this segment," Satish noted.

Haier has also embraced digital transformation aggressively. "We shifted from traditional marketing to a digital-first approach, reducing our print advertising from 80 to just 20 percent. This summer, we didn’t release a single print ad, focusing entirely on digital channels," said Satish. This strategy has paid off, with Haier experiencing a 26 percent CAGR growth over the past five years and increasing market share month by month.

Navigating Legacy and Innovation

Lavanya Nalli, Vice Chairperson of the Nalli Group, provided insights into how a legacy brand adapts to the digital era. Nalli, known for its rich heritage in silk sarees, is on the brink of celebrating its 100th anniversary. "Being a privately held, family-run business, expanding and integrating omnichannel strategies required careful navigation of internal resistance and leveraging internal accruals for growth," Nalli shared.

Meanwhile, Lavanya Nalli embarks on a journey of transformation within the hallowed halls of Nalli Group, a bastion of tradition in India's retail landscape. With a legacy spanning nearly a century, Nalli stands as a testament to resilience and adaptability. For Lavanya, the transition into omnichannel retailing posed unique challenges, chief among them, internal resistance.

"The biggest challenges that you would face is from your own divisions," Lavanya acknowledges. Yet, armed with a Harvard MBA and a wealth of experience in the digital realm, she steered Nalli towards uncharted waters, navigating the complexities of tradition and innovation with finesse.

While cautious of diluting the brand's integrity, she remains open to strategic partnerships that complement Nalli's storied legacy.Nalli's approach to omnichannel integration has been iterative. " We focused on owning certain parts of our value chain where we had a competitive advantage, like our homegrown tech system. We recently underwent a significant tech migration to better align with industry standards," Lavanya highlighted. This adaptive strategy has allowed Nalli to maintain its heritage while staying relevant in the modern market.

A Blend of Tradition and Innovation

In a nation as diverse as India, where culinary tastes and consumer habits vary dramatically from region to region, maintaining brand consistency across multiple cities can be a daunting task. However, for Adrit Mishra, the COO of Starbucks India, it's all about finding the perfect balance between familiarity and innovation.

"At Starbucks, we realized that honoring familiarity while embracing innovation is key to our success in India," Mishra explains. "We tailored our menu to include familiar items like masala chai and filter coffee, alongside innovative offerings like Frappuccinos inspired by local festivals."

But it's not just about product innovation; Mishra emphasizes the significance of engaging consumers through experiences like coffee tastings.

When it comes to retail expansion, Mishra stresses the need to focus on consumer behavior and product relevance. "Expanding beyond the first 100 locations requires a deep understanding of consumer demographics and preferences, " he explains. "We've also prioritized diversity and inclusivity in our workforce, with 40 percent of our employees being female."

Mishra further discussed the role of personalization in the brand's strategy and states, "Starbucks has always been about creating personalized experiences. In the omnichannel era, this means leveraging data analytics to understand our customers better and offer tailored experiences both online and in-store."

Redefining Freshness in the Digital Age

FreshToHome, a digital-first player in the Indian market, has redefined the concept of freshness in the seafood and meat industry. Santosh Kumar, the Chief Business Officer, attributes their success to a singular vision: providing toxin-free products to customers.

"Our commitment to offering toxin-free products has been our guiding principle," Kumar states. "By leveraging technology and a robust cold chain supply system, we ensure that our products reach customers' homes as fresh as possible."

Kumar acknowledges the challenges of managing inventory and minimizing wastage in a perishable goods market. "Maintaining a balance between assortment and inventory levels is crucial," he explains. "We continuously refine our supply chain processes to optimize efficiency."

For FreshToHome, data analytics plays a pivotal role in driving business decisions and enhancing customer experience. "We leverage technology to analyze demand patterns and optimize our supply chain," Kumar says. "By understanding customer behavior, we can tailor our offerings to meet their needs."

Leveraging Data for Informed Expansion

Ankita Thakur, Co-Founder & Chief Data Officer of GeoIQ, emphasizes the importance of data-driven decision-making in retail expansion. "Traditionally, retail expansion has relied on anecdotal data and personal biases," Thakur explains. "We're challenging this approach by providing brands with actionable insights based on data analytics."

Thakur highlights the role of location intelligence in understanding market potential and consumer behavior. "By analyzing footfall, demographic fit, and competitor presence, we help brands identify optimal locations for expansion," she says.

Building trust with retailers is crucial for GeoIQ, Thakur notes. "We work closely with brands to explain our methodology and ensure alignment with their expansion goals," she explains. " Transparency and collaboration are key to fostering trust."

As the summit draws to a close, a common thread emerges from the discourse: the synergy between tradition and innovation. While Haier and Nalli exemplify divergent paths to modernization, both recognize the importance of collaboration and innovation in navigating the nexus of tradition and innovation.

Satish champions the role of online platforms in reshaping the retail landscape, urging brands to embrace digital transformation. In contrast, Lavanya approaches collaboration with caution, mindful of preserving Nalli's heritage amidst a sea of change. Moreover, Starbucks' approach of integrating local flavors, innovating with product sizes, and emphasizing coffee culture highlights the importance of customization and consumer education in brand expansion. FreshToHome's commitment to providing toxin-free, fresh products underscores the need for robust supply chain management and the use of technology to optimize operations. GeoIQ’s data analytics platform showcases the power of location intelligence in making informed retail decisions.

As India continues to evolve into a retail powerhouse, the blend of digital and physical experiences will be crucial. Retailers must focus on personalized consumer experiences, innovative product offerings, and efficient operations to thrive in this dynamic landscape.

In the words of Adrit Mishra, COO of Starbucks, "It's the people who make the difference in an experience industry." This sentiment echoes across the retail spectrum, reminding us that while technology and innovation are essential, the human element remains at the heart of successful retail transformation.

• Tata Starbucks

The domestic jewelry industry is expected to record muted volume growth in FY25 due to a steep rise in gold prices in recent months, the evolving macroeconomic scenario, and the likelihood of high volatility in prices. However, branded jewelry retailers are expected to record healthy revenue growth of 20-22 percent on a YoY basis in FY2025, with projected volume growth of around 5 percent YoY, driven by aggressive store additions, changing consumer preferences, continued rise in gold prices, and steady wedding and festive demand due to the strong cultural affinity of Indians to gold.

Accelerated Store Additions by Branded Jewelers Amid Changing Consumer Preferences

After a brief hiatus in FY2021 and FY2022 due to pandemic-induced uncertainties, most jewelry retailers recommenced their store addition plans in FY2023 and continued in FY2024 with an addition of around 260 stores by the top six listed jewelry retailers. Despite expectations of high volatility in gold prices translating into muted same-store-volume growth for the industry, branded jewelers are expected to record healthy revenue growth. However, their profitability may be impacted by front-loaded operating expenses on new stores, higher advertising expenditures, and increased discounting.

Impact of Aggressive Store Additions on Financial Performance

Despite expectations of muted same-store-volume growth due to volatile gold prices, branded jewelers are expected to see healthy revenue growth due to new store contributions and sustained rises in gold prices. However, profitability may be impacted by front-loaded operating expenses on new stores, higher advertising expenditures, and increased discounting. This might be partially mitigated by inventory gains and economies of scale.

Credit Metrics and Store Expansion Strategy

Credit metrics of jewelry retailers are expected to remain comfortable in FY2025, with median gearing below 1.0 times and median interest cover above 4.0 times. Jewelers are expected to open around 70 percent of new stores under the franchisee model, thereby keeping incremental capital requirements in check.

Factors Inducing Gold Price Volatility

Average gold prices rose by 14 percent on a YoY basis in FY2024 with heightened volatility in H2 FY24 owing to global geopolitical tensions and evolving macroeconomic scenarios. Factors inducing volatility include global geopolitical uncertainties, evolving macroeconomic landscapes, steady demand from Chinese consumers, and the impact of volatile gold prices on domestic jewelry demand.

Industry Volume Growth and CareEdge Ratings’ View

India's domestic gold jewelry demand volumes declined by 1 percent on a YoY basis in 9M FY2024, largely due to elevated price levels. CareEdge Ratings expects domestic jewelry volume growth to remain muted over the coming quarters. Nevertheless, they anticipate branded jewelry retailers to outperform the industry in revenue growth in the medium term, aided by expanding store networks and shifting consumer preferences.

Sudarshan Shreenivas, Director at CareEdge Ratings, expects muted volume growth for the domestic jewelry retail industry in FY2025, citing factors such as high gold price volatility and evolving global geopolitical and macroeconomic landscapes as key demand constraints. However, factors like expectations of a normal monsoon in CY2025 and sustained demand for gold during weddings and festivals in India are expected to support demand in the near-to-medium term.

• jewellery retail

Currently, we are in an era, where the right message to the right consumer, at the right time through the right channel holds the utmost importance. Every online action of the consumer, from clicking to swiping, and scrolling, has significant value as it forms the foundation of a customized experience for customers, known as ‘Hyperpersonalization’.

Hyperpersonalization is transforming consumer engagement in profound ways, and it's not just a buzzword or trend. It emerges as a game-changer that is reshaping the way brands interact and goes beyond marketing jargon. The term signifies a new era in customer engagement, offering unprecedented levels of customization and relevance, beyond traditional marketing. In simple terms, it's about understanding customers’ preferences, predicting their desires, and delivering tailor-made experiences that feel like they were crafted just for them.

Unveil the Mechanism

In the modern business environment, businesses aim to create meaningful moments by integrating data analytics, real-time engagement, and artificial intelligence. It is important to understand the science behind this magic, which empowers businesses and transforms the way businesses engage with their customers. Hyperpersonalization is crucial to improving customer experience, fostering relationships, boosting engagement, and increasing conversions. Businesses have to understand this wealth of information from the ocean of data that focuses on consumer demographics, purchase patterns, browsing history, and the way the customer interacts on social media. Evolving technology and rising customer expectations are the cornerstone of customer engagement. Recognizing and catering to individual differences is crucial in the digital age. In essence, data analytics comprehend the preferences, and AI transforms the data to predict future needs and provide customized experiences in real time.

Several Indian brands have been achieving great success by sending personalized emails, tailoring recommendations, and customizing offers to meet the specific needs of their customers. Some notable examples include Flipkart, which has been effectively enhancing customer loyalty, Hotstar, which offers a distinctive watching experience, and Tanishq, which provides a personalized experience both online and offline, among many others.

Driving Satisfaction and Conversion Rates

Hyperpersonalization transcends conventional one-size-fits-all approaches by customizing experiences based on individual tastes and behaviors, resulting in unmatched levels of relevance and resonance. Armed with customer information through advanced data analytics and artificial intelligence businesses are personalizing interactions across various touchpoints, from tailored product recommendations to customized marketing messages. Customized content enhances brand perception, promoting loyalty. It also acts as a catalyst for driving conversion rates as it facilitates upselling and cross-selling opportunities by showcasing complementary products or services based on individual preferences. Amazon uses advanced algorithms to suggest products to its massive customer base, Netflix also uses viewer data to propose content, improving customer happiness and retention.

Balance Customization with Responsibility

 Businesses who are looking to enhance their customers' experiences and increase engagement can benefit greatly from hyperpersonalization. It holds immense promise for achieving these goals. The collection and usage of extensive consumer data give rise to concerns regarding transparency and consent. Businesses should ensure that consumers should be well-versed about how their data and information are used. By prioritizing transparency, consent, and fairness, brands can harness the power of customization while respecting the rights and dignity of their customers. Brands must be transparent about data collection, communicating usage and providing opt-out options. To mitigate the risk of algorithmic bias, businesses must take proactive steps to ensure fairness and equity in hyperpersonalization. In addition to self-regulation, governmental regulations such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) also play a crucial role in safeguarding consumer rights in the era of hyperpersonalization.

Master Hyperpersonalization

Businesses seeking to harness the power of hyperpersonalization invest in robust data collection and analysis capabilities to gather insights into customer preferences, behaviors, and intents. AI helps businesses personalize experiences with real-time recommendations and customer preference predictions. Businesses can unlock the full potential of hyper-personalization by fostering a culture of innovation and prioritizing transparency and trust. Hyperpersonalization represents not just a strategy, but a mindset—a commitment to understanding and serving the unique needs of each customer, driving satisfaction, loyalty, and ultimately, business success.

• Experiential Marketing
• Big Data trends

The future of retail is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by innovations and challenges for malls. Retailers are adapting to changing consumer demands and technological advancements to create enriched experiences and sustainable practices within shopping spaces. Here are some key points from the sources provided:

Innovations in Retail Technology

Advancements in technology are revolutionizing the retail experience, offering innovative solutions to enhance customer engagement and streamline operations. One such innovation is the integration of augmented reality and virtual reality technologies, allowing shoppers to visualize products in a virtual environment before making a purchase. This immersive experience not only enriches the shopping journey but also reduces the likelihood of returns, thereby improving efficiency for retailers.

Furthermore, the rise of artificial intelligence and machine learning is enabling malls to personalize the shopping experience based on individual preferences and behaviors. By analyzing vast amounts of data, AI algorithms can recommend products tailored to each customer, driving sales and fostering loyalty.

The Evolution of Shopping Malls

Malls are transitioning from traditional shopping centers to lifestyle destinations, offering a diverse mix of shopping, entertainment, and experiential elements. This shift is driven by the need to attract and retain post-pandemic shoppers who seek more than just a transactional experience. Retailers are incorporating digitally native brands, pop-up shops, and interactive digital experiences to create a more engaging and immersive shopping environment. Malls are becoming hubs for community events, workshops, and exhibitions, transforming them into versatile spaces that cater to a broader range of interests.

Consumer-Centric Approach

Retailers are placing a greater emphasis on personalized shopping experiences, leveraging technology to enhance customer engagement and provide seamless online-to-offline experiences. Augmented reality (AR), artificial intelligence (AI), and interactive displays are being used to offer customized product recommendations, virtual try-ons, and intuitive navigation within the physical retail space. By understanding and catering to the evolving needs and preferences of consumers, malls can create a more compelling and memorable shopping journey, fostering stronger brand loyalty and repeat visits.

Sustainable Retail Spaces

Sustainability has become a key priority in the retail industry, and malls are leading the charge in adopting eco-friendly practices. Retail spaces are being designed with a focus on energy efficiency, the use of sustainable materials, and the implementation of green initiatives. This shift towards sustainability not only reduces the carbon footprint of malls but also appeals to environmentally conscious consumers who are increasingly demanding more responsible and sustainable retail experiences.

Challenges Faced by Malls

Despite the innovative approaches being adopted, malls are facing significant challenges in the current retail landscape. The rise of e-commerce, changing consumer demographics, and the demand for more engaging shopping experiences have reshaped the role of malls in people's lives. Malls must adapt to these challenges by differentiating themselves and offering unique value propositions to remain relevant. This may involve creating immersive experiences, diversifying their tenant mix, and leveraging technology to enhance the overall shopping experience.

In conclusion, the future of retail malls lies in embracing innovation, adapting to changing consumer preferences, and creating versatile spaces that cater to a wide range of interests. By leveraging technology, prioritizing sustainability, and fostering a consumer-centric approach, malls can position themselves as dynamic and engaging destinations that meet the evolving needs of shoppers in 2024 and beyond .As the retail landscape continues to evolve, malls that are willing to embrace change and innovation will be better equipped to thrive in the years to come. By staying ahead of the curve and addressing the challenges they face, malls can reinvent themselves as vibrant, multifunctional hubs that offer a compelling and memorable shopping experience for consumers.

Authored by: Sampada Pednekar, Marketing Head Growel’s 101 Mall

A seasoned shopping centre marketing professional with a firm understanding of shopping centre marketing trends and strategies. Background includes above 14 years of shopping centre management experience in both traditional and digital marketing campaigns. Excellence in articulating organisation’s desired image and position through innovating and growth propelling marketing campaigns. Skilled in engaging customers with effective marketing strategies. Successful marketing leader with proven accomplishments in driving footfalls, revenue and repeat purchases. Known for adding value to business through customer relationship management (CRM). Experienced in planning and managing all stages of campaigns, strategies, deepening partnerships and boosting sales with creative and proactive approaches.

• malls india
• shopping mall

Arya Vaidya Pharmacy Coimbatore Ltd (AVP), under the visionary leadership of its dynamic CEO, Vipin Vijay, has transformed from a localized Ayurvedic company into a globally recognized name in holistic wellness. The journey of AVP reflects a profound commitment to traditional Ayurvedic knowledge, strategic expansion, and the seamless integration of modern innovations. In an in-depth interview, Vijay shares insights into the strategies, challenges, and future vision that have driven AVP's remarkable growth.

A Legacy of Healing Through Ayurveda

Founded over 80 years ago, AVP has always been dedicated to the core philosophy of "Healing Through Ayurveda," encapsulated in the principles of A - Achaar (conduct), V - Vichaar (thought), and P - Prachaar (propagation). Ayurveda, a precious gift passed down through generations, is at the heart of AVP's mission to make this ancient science accessible to all. Over the decades, AVP has expanded its operations beyond Ayurvedic medicine manufacturing to include treatment centers, education and research, and the manufacturing of Ayurvedic equipment. This comprehensive approach ensures the highest quality of products, practitioners, and services.

Vipin Vijay recounts the journey from a localized entity to a pan-India presence with a sense of pride and nostalgia. "AVP was always founded as a very local, traditional Ayurvedic company, deeply rooted in South Indian traditions," he says. The company's initial focus was on distributing medicines within Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, and other neighboring states. Over time, the reputation for quality and authenticity allowed AVP to expand its reach across India.

The expansion strategy involved extensive training programs for Ayurvedic practitioners (vaidyas) from across the country. "We conducted training for vaidyas from North India, introducing them to South Indian traditions," Vijay explains. This educational approach helped bridge the gap between regional Ayurvedic practices, fostering a unified understanding and appreciation of Ayurveda. This effort gradually transformed AVP into a pan-Indian company, with a strong focus on tradition and authenticity.

A Robust Omnichannel Presence

Today, AVP boasts a robust omnichannel presence, ensuring its products and services are accessible through multiple channels. The distribution network, comprising over 2,000 direct consumer connect points, forms the backbone of AVP's operations. "We established our own agency network, connecting directly with consumers through Ayurvedic pharmacies," Vijay notes. This network ensures that AVP's products are available in dedicated outlets where consumers can receive expert advice from trained practitioners.

In addition to traditional distribution channels, AVP has ventured into retail, offering a range of consumer-friendly products such as Ayurvedic shampoos, face creams, and pain relief products. These products, formulated using natural ingredients and free from artificial preservatives, cater to modern consumer preferences while staying true to traditional Ayurvedic principles. "Our R&D team works tirelessly to innovate while preserving the hereditary knowledge passed down through generations," Vijay emphasizes.

A Global Footprint

AVP's international expansion has been equally impressive, with a strong presence in various regions, including Europe, the Middle East, and Southeast Asia. Vijay highlights the importance of understanding local markets and regulatory environments. "In Oman, for example, our products are approved as medicines by the Ministry of Health. Similarly, in Malaysia, we have registered our products through rigorous legal processes," he explains.

The company's holistic approach to wellness, encompassing both products and treatments, has resonated with international consumers. AVP operates wellness centers and franchises in several countries, offering authentic Ayurvedic treatments. "About 20-30 percent of our customers in India are of foreign origin, seeking holistic health solutions," Vijay adds. This global recognition underscores AVP's commitment to delivering high-quality Ayurvedic care.

Ensuring Quality and Authenticity

Ensuring the quality and authenticity of Ayurvedic products is paramount for AVP. Vijay describes the company's rigorous quality control processes, which blend traditional practices with modern scientific validation. "We make sure our products are produced by qualified vaidyas who understand the nuances of Ayurveda," he states. The use of advanced technologies, such as HPTLC for molecular structure analysis, ensures that AVP's products meet the highest standards of purity and efficacy.

Vijay also emphasizes the importance of sustainable sourcing and ethical production practices. "We invest heavily in R&D to innovate while adhering to traditional processes. This includes sourcing raw materials responsibly and validating our products through scientific methods," he explains. This commitment to quality has earned AVP a loyal customer base both in India and abroad.

Collaborations and Partnerships: A Strategic Approach

Collaborations and partnerships have been instrumental in AVP's growth strategy. The company has forged alliances with various stakeholders to promote Ayurveda globally. "We are in talks with partners from Japan to the US, exploring new ways to integrate Ayurveda into modern healthcare systems," Vijay reveals. These collaborations enable AVP to expand its reach while ensuring compliance with local regulations.

Vijay stresses that Ayurveda is not just about products; it encompasses a holistic approach to wellness. "The crux of Ayurveda lies in the correct knowledge, processes, and treatments," he says. AVP's successful business model, refined over decades, serves as a blueprint for its partners. "People visit us, see our operations, and are eager to collaborate," he adds, highlighting the mutual benefits of these partnerships.

Future Vision: Sustainable and Organic Growth

Looking ahead, Vijay envisions a future of sustainable and organic growth for AVP. "We want to grow slowly and sustainably, focusing on profitability and maintaining our brand values," he asserts. While the domestic market remains a priority, AVP is keen to expand its international presence further. The North American market, known for its strong demand for natural and wellness products, presents significant opportunities for the company.

Vijay's strategic vision for AVP is rooted in a deep respect for tradition combined with a forward-looking approach. By maintaining the authenticity of Ayurvedic practices and embracing modern innovations, AVP is poised to continue its remarkable journey from a local entity to a global leader in Ayurvedic wellness.

A Legacy of Wellness

As the company continues to grow, it remains dedicated to promoting the timeless wisdom of Ayurveda, ensuring that its benefits reach individuals worldwide. AVP today offers a complete range of more than 800 authentic Ayurvedic products and services that promote a healthier lifestyle according to the tenets of authentic Ayurveda. These include Ayurvedic medicines, treatments, hospitals, exports, equipment manufacturing, education, and research. Their hospital and treatment centers provide patients access to AVP’s classical formulations and over-the-counter ranges, ensuring that the care provided is grounded in authentic Ayurvedic knowledge.

In a groundbreaking move that promises to reshape the gaming industry, SMAAASH - A unit of Fun Gateway Arena Private Limited, has rebranded itself as "Zoreko - Original Gamers." This strategic transition highlights the brand's evolution and dedication to delivering an innovative, high-quality gaming experience to its patrons.

Avanish Agarwal, Consulting CMO of Zoreko, shared his excitement about the rebranding, he says, "This effort aligns our brand closely with our core offerings and target audience. Zoreko - Original Gamers signifies our commitment to providing an authentic and immersive gaming experience. We believe every gamer deserves access to world-class, cutting-edge gaming."

Zoreko - Original Gamers is a premier gaming arena dedicated to providing an unparalleled and authentic experiential gaming center for hardcore gamers and e-sports enthusiasts. With cutting-edge technologies, immersive VR set-ups, and a vibrant community, Zoreko offers a one-of-a-kind experience unique to the novel gaming sector in India. Along with its technological offerings, Zoreko also provides a platform for gaming enthusiasts to indulge their passion, from hosting competitions to exclusive early access to new games, complemented by a delectable food and beverage menu. At the forefront of the gaming industry, Zoreko - Original Gamers is committed to delivering the best of new, cutting-edge technologies to its audience.

Embracing a New Brand Identity

With the new name, Zoreko - Original Gamers is redefining its presence in the gaming and entertainment sector. By incorporating 'Original Gamers' into the name, Zoreko aims to appeal directly to hardcore gamers, emphasizing its legacy and commitment to this dedicated community. The brand positions itself as a specialized gaming arena, distinct from generalized family entertainment centers, and a hub for gaming and F&B enthusiasts.

Ambitious Expansion Plans

Zoreko - Original Gamers is set to make a significant impact with the opening of its flagship outlet at Elan in the first week of June. This will be followed by two additional centers in Mohali and Patiala later this year. This strategic geographical expansion targets markets with a high demand for specialized gaming centers, catering to India's passionate gaming community.

Investments in cutting-edge technologies, virtual reality experiences, and advanced arcade facilities will enable Zoreko to offer an unmatched immersive experience. By providing high-tech games and a bold menu, Zoreko aims to solidify its position as a premier destination for gaming enthusiasts.

Building a Digital Community

Recognizing the importance of community, Zoreko - Original Gamers plans to expand its digital footprint by creating a platform for gaming enthusiasts. This will foster engagement and loyalty among its target audience of experienced gamers. Zoreko is committed to continuous innovation, adapting to emerging trends, technologies, and preferences to ensure it remains at the forefront of the gaming industry and top of mind for consumers.

All-Indian Innovation

All AI and VR games at Zoreko are proudly made in India, highlighting the brand's commitment to supporting local innovation and talent. This dedication ensures that Zoreko not only provides world-class gaming experiences but also contributes to the growth of India's gaming industry.

Zoreko - Original Gamers is poised to capitalize on the rapidly expanding VR and AR market in India, which is projected to grow to $3 billion. The brand plans to host competitive events like e-sports tournaments and collaborate with game developers and publishers to offer exclusive gaming experiences and early access to new releases. Additionally, Zoreko will offer a range of gaming-related merchandise and accessories.

FSN E-Commerce Ventures Limited, popularly known as Nykaa, has released its financial results for the fourth quarter and the full year ending March 31, 2024. The company has demonstrated robust growth across its business segments, reflecting its strong market position and strategic initiatives.

Nykaa reported a consolidated GMV growth of 32 percent year-on-year (YoY) for Q4 FY2024, reaching Rs. 32,172 million. This growth was consistent across all business lines, signaling the company's expanding market presence. The consolidated revenue from operations saw a 28 percent YoY increase, totaling Rs. 16,680 million for the quarter.

Profitability on the Rise

Profitability improvements were significant, with Q4 FY2024 EBITDA growing 32 percent YoY to Rs. 933 million. The EBITDA margin stood at 5.6 percent, up from 5.4 percent in Q4 FY2023. Adjusted EBITDA margin, accounting for ESOP expenses, new business operations in the GCC, and corporate restructuring expenses, expanded to 6.7 percent, up from 5.5 percent a year ago. This adjustment led to a 56 percent YoY growth in EBITDA. Notably, the profit before tax grew by 126 percent YoY to Rs. 196 million, and the net profit for the period surged by 298 percent YoT to Rs. 91 million.

Full Year Financial Highlights

For the full year FY2024, Nykaa achieved a consolidated GMV growth of 28 percent YoY, reaching Rs. 124,461 million. Consolidated revenue increased by 24 percent YoY to Rs. 63,856 million. The company's full-year EBITDA margin grew to 5.4 percent, with EBITDA at Rs. 3,462 million. Adjusted for various expenses, the EBITDA margin was 6.0 percent, up from 5.2 percent the previous year. The profit before tax saw an 80 percent YoY increase to Rs. 690 million, and the net profit grew by 90 percent YoY to Rs. 397 million.

Crossing the Billion-Dollar Mark: Beauty

Nykaa's beauty business surpassed the US$1 billion GMV milestone in FY2024, with a 25 percent YoY growth. The consolidated beauty and personal care (BPC) GMV for Q4 FY2024 grew by 30 percent YoY, the highest in the last six quarters. This was driven by strong customer acquisition and superior order growth in core categories like color cosmetics, skincare, and haircare, as well as emerging categories such as fragrances and bath & body care.

Exclusive Launches and Expansions

In Q4, Nykaa exclusively launched Fenty Beauty, a globally renowned celebrity beauty brand founded by Rihanna. The company's strong track record of launching global luxury brands made it the partner of choice for Fenty Beauty. Nykaa's omnichannel retail footprint expanded to 187 stores across 68 cities, with the flagship luxury store opening in Mumbai.

Business Flourishes: Fashion

Nykaa Fashion solidified its position as a premium women's fashion destination, with a 27 percent YoY growth in GMV for both FY2024 and Q4 FY2024. This growth was driven by strong performances in women's Indian and western wear, as well as lingerie and activewear. The annual unique transacting customers grew by 20 percent YoY to 3.0 million, and order growth stood at 16 percent YoY. The fashion business also showed improved profitability, with the contribution margin as a percentage of net sales value (NSV) rising to 4.9 percent in FY2024 from 2.2 percent in FY2023.

Owned Brands Scaling New Heights

Nykaa's owned brands achieved a significant milestone, crossing Rs. 15,000 million in FY2024. The beauty segment saw a 39 percent growth, with Dot & Key, a D2C skincare brand, reaching a GMV run rate of Rs. 6 billion. Nykaa Fashion's house brands contributed 12.7 percent to the overall fashion GMV, with the athleisure and lingerie brand "Nykd" growing 14 times in three years.

Superstore by Nykaa: A B2B Success

Nykaa's B2B platform, Superstore, has established itself as India's only specialized beauty B2B platform, serving over 1.95 lakh transacting retailers across 1,000 cities. Superstore's GMV grew by 84 percent YoY in FY2024, with a GMV of Rs. 5,973 million. The NSV growth of 120 percent YoY outpaced GMV growth, thanks to significant reductions in pre-delivery leakages.

 International Expansion

Nykaa launched its omnichannel beauty platform "Nysaa" in the GCC region, which has the highest beauty and personal care per capita spend globally. The company launched Nysaa.com and its first physical store in Dubai, offering a curated selection of international brands. Nykaa plans to invest up to US$1.9 million into Nysaa through its subsidiary, FSN International.

Strategic Business Restructuring

Nykaa's board approved several business restructuring initiatives to streamline operations and enhance synergies across entities. This includes the acquisition of the Western Wear and Accessories business from Nykaa Fashion Limited and the merger of Iluminar Media Limited into Nykaa Fashion Limited. These moves aim to consolidate brand businesses and content creation efforts within single entities.

Nykaa announced the appointment of Santosh Desai as an independent director, effective July 15, 2024. Desai, an IIM-Ahmedabad graduate, brings extensive experience from his tenure as CEO of Future Brands Ltd and President of McCann-Erickson.

Commitment to Corporate Social Responsibility

Nykaa's CSR initiatives continue to make a significant impact. The company has partnered with the America India Foundation to support women in STEM education and the Sambhav Foundation to train young women in the beauty and grooming industry. Additionally, Nykaa has instituted a Chair in Consumer Technology at IIM Ahmedabad to promote research and education in digital, social, and mobile technologies.

Nykaa's Q4 FY2024 and full year financial results showcase the company's robust growth and strategic initiatives across beauty, fashion, and B2B segments. With continued focus on profitability, expansion, and social responsibility, Nykaa is poised for sustained success in the dynamic e-commerce landscape.

Honasa Consumer Ltd. has emerged as a frontrunner in the beauty and personal care (BPC) industry, showcasing remarkable financial performance and innovative growth strategies for the quarter ending March 31, 2024, and the fiscal year FY24. Demonstrating resilience and agility, the company has seen significant revenue growth, operational efficiency, and market expansion, solidifying its position as a leader in the fast-evolving BPC sector.

Financial Performance Highlights

The company has reported an impressive 21.5 percent year-on-year revenue growth for the quarter and 28.6 percent for the fiscal year. When adjusted for like-for-like comparisons, these figures stand at 23.3 percent for the quarter and 31.6 percent for the year, showcasing the company’s robust market penetration and strategic growth initiatives. The company’s EBITDA margins improved by 780 basis points year-on-year, reflecting enhanced operational efficiencies and cost management.

For the fiscal year FY24, Honasa Consumer recorded a Profit After Tax (PAT) of Rs 111 crore, with the highest-ever quarterly PAT of Rs 30 crore in Q4. This strong financial performance underscores the company’s commitment to sustainable growth and profitability, driven by innovative product offerings and strategic market expansions.

Strategic Business Initiatives

A key driver of Honasa Consumer’s success is its flagship brand, Mamaearth, which has continued to experience faster-than-market growth. Mamaearth achieved a 120 basis points increase in offline market share for face washes and a 40 basis points increase for shampoos year-on-year. Additionally, The Derma Co., another prominent brand under Honasa Consumer, reached an annual run rate (ARR) of Rs 500 crore, achieving break-even in all quarters of FY24.

The acquisition of Cosmogenesis Laboratories has further strengthened Honasa’s R&D capabilities, bringing in rich formulation experience developed over 25 years and more than 5,000 formulations. This acquisition aligns with Honasa’s strategy to enhance its product innovation pipeline and cater to the evolving consumer preferences in the BPC industry.

Expanding Market Presence

The company’s distribution network has expanded significantly, with Mamaearth now available in 188,377 FMCG retail outlets across India as of March 2024, marking a 34 percent year-on-year increase in distribution. This extensive market reach has been instrumental in driving the brand’s growth and consumer engagement.

The company’s House of Brands strategy has been pivotal in dominating fast-evolving categories such as sunscreens and color cosmetics. Honasa has launched Staze, an innovative color cosmetic brand targeting Gen-Z consumers, aiming to redefine the beauty landscape with cost-effective and trendy beauty alternatives.

Data-Driven Innovation

Innovation remains at the core of Honasa Consumer’s strategy, with a strong emphasis on data-driven insights and current trends. In FY24, the company introduced 122 new products, contributing approximately 18 percent to the revenue from operations. Notable product launches include Mamaearth’s Hibiscus Range and Beetroot Hydraful Sunscreen, The Derma Co.’s 1 percent Hyaluronic Long Lasting Sunscreen, Aqualogica’s Illuminate+ Dewy Sunscreen, Dr. Sheth’s Gulab & Glycolic Acid Serum, and BBlunt’s Dry Shampoo.

These innovations have resonated deeply with consumers, driving growth and enhancing the company’s market presence. Its commitment to R&D and continuous product innovation ensures that it stays ahead of consumer trends and meets the evolving needs of its target audience.

Impact and Sustainability Initiatives

Honasa Consumer has also released its first-ever impact assessment report, highlighting its significant contributions to economic value generation, student engagement, and women-focused interventions across its brands. The report underscores the company’s commitment to Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) principles, demonstrating how beauty can be a force for good.

Mamaearth’s Plant Goodness initiative has led to the production of over 12,000 tons of fruit, generating an economic value exceeding Rs 20 crore. The Derma Co.’s Young Scientist program has engaged more than 20,000 students, improving their knowledge by over 42 percent. Aqualogica’s Water For All project has saved over 400 hours daily, focusing on women-led interventions. Additionally, BBlunt’s Shine Academy has certified over 10,000 women in various vocational courses, empowering them with new skills and opportunities.

These purpose-driven initiatives reflect Honasa’s dedication to creating positive social and environmental impact, reinforcing its mission to promote sustainability and inclusivity.

Corporate Governance and Workforce Diversity

The company’s commitment to robust corporate governance and workforce diversity is evident in its operations. Its board comprises 50 percent independent members, and it has implemented meticulous auditing and internal control procedures. The adoption of ERP/DMS-SFA systems further enhances operational efficiency and transparency.

With 53 percent female representation in its workforce, Honasa is a leader in gender diversity. The company’s inclusive workplace culture has been recognized by its prestigious designation as a Great Place to Work for the fourth consecutive year, highlighting its commitment to creating a thriving and supportive work environment.

Future Outlook

Looking ahead, Honasa Consumer aims to continue its trajectory of sustained growth and profitability. The company’s strategic focus on R&D, innovation, and market expansion positions it well to seize untapped opportunities in the BPC landscape. By tailoring brands and creating products that resonate with next-gen Indian consumers, Honasa is poised to further strengthen its market presence and drive long-term success.

Varun Alagh, Chairman and CEO, Honasa Consumer emphasized the company’s dedication to delivering growth, improving profitability, and increasing its distribution network. He highlighted Mamaearth’s popularity among consumers and The Derma Co.’s impressive ARR achievement as key drivers of Honasa’s continued success.

Honasa’s House of Brands approach, purpose-driven strategy, and emphasis on R&D and innovation will continue to be central to its efforts to dominate the BPC sector. The company’s commitment to ESG principles and corporate governance ensures that it will not only achieve financial success but also create a positive social and environmental impact.

• Business Growth

Together with the company Mytickets AE , we launched several initiatives aimed at the development of the travel and tourism sector. Read about the contribution of travel and tourism to the UAE's GDP.

Tourism Statistics

In 2022, the contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE's GDP was nearly AED 167 billion, which was equivalent to 9 percent of the total GDP. In the same year, international tourists spent AED 117.6 billion in the UAE. The number of hotels in the UAE increased to 1,189 and hotel capacity reached 203,000 rooms.

In Abu Dhabi, the total number of visitors reached 18 million, with an overall visitor satisfaction rate of 80 percent and a hotel occupancy rate of 70 percent. (Source: Annual Report 2022 of the Department of Culture and Tourism – Abu Dhabi ).

During January to March 2023, Dubai received 4.67 million overnight visitors with the highest number of international guests from India at 612K. Find more details on tourism performance reports of Dubai .

In 2022, the number of hotel guests in Sharjah reached 1.4 million, with a 66 percent occupancy rate, as per the  SCTDA Annual Report 2022 . A few quarters from 2023, the number of hotel guests in Sharjah reached 1.1 million, with a 66 percent occupancy rate. Find performance reports, key performance indicators, and hotel and guest information about the tourism sector in Sharjah .

Formation of Emirates Tourism Council

In January 2021, the UAE Cabinet approved the formation of the Emirates Tourism Council with an aim to strengthen the tourism portfolio. This would be done by drafting a tourism strategy in line with the nation’s aspirations and the UAE Centennial 2071 and integrating all relevant local authorities and departments.

The council will be responsible for:

• suggesting and revising policies and legislations that will support the tourism sector and national tourism development plans
• supporting the growth of tourism industries
• attracting tourism investments
• suggesting economic incentives to encourage the growth of the sector
• establishing a comprehensive national tourism information database
• supporting small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) involved in the tourism sector.

Members of the Emirates Tourism Council include:

• Department of Culture and Tourism - Abu Dhabi
• Department of Tourism and Commerce Marketing - Dubai
• Sharjah Commerce and Tourism Development Authority
• Ajman Tourism Development Department
• Department of Tourism and Archaeology Umm Al Quwain
• Ras Al Khaimah Tourism Development Authority
• Fujairah Tourism and Antiquities Authority

Tourism and Economy

In 2016, the direct contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE’s GDP was AED 68.5 billion which is equivalent to 5.2 percent of the total GDP. It is forecast to rise by 5.1 percent per annum from 2017 to 2027 to AED 116.1 billion which would be equivalent to 5.4 percent of the total GDP in 2027.

The total contribution of the travel and tourism sector to the UAE’s GDP was AED 159.1 billion which is 12.1 percent of GDP. It is forecast to rise by 4.9 percent per annum to AED 264.5 billion which would be 12.4 percent of GDP in 2027.

The travel and tourism sector directly supported 317,500 jobs in the UAE which is 5.4 percent of total employment. This is expected to rise by 2.4 percent per annum to 410,000 jobs which would be 5.9 percent of total employment in 2027.

The total contribution of the travel and tourism sector to employment, including jobs indirectly supported by the industry was 10.4 percent of total employment which was 617,500 jobs. This is expected to rise by 2 percent per annum to 770,000 jobs in 2027 which would be 11.1 percent of total jobs.

Investment in the travel and tourism sector was AED 26.2 billion which amounted to 7 percent of the total investments made. It is forecast to rise by 11 percent per annum over the next 10 years to AED 74.5 billion in 2027 which would be 11.2 percent of the total investments.

Source: World Travel and Tourism Council

This article is written by Anna S.

Online innerwear sales have soared by over 80 percent during the financial year (FY) 2024 compared to FY 2023. The surge isn't limited to just one category. Products like lingerie sets, bras, panties, sleepwear, swimwear, and loungewear have all seen significant increases in online purchases. Women’s sportswear, activewear, and shapewear are also trending upward during this period.

According to data from Gurugram-based e-commerce enablement SaaS platform Unicommerce, buyers from more than 340 cities are utilizing online channels for their innerwear purchases. While Tier I cities and metros such as Delhi, Gurugram, Mumbai, and Bengaluru lead the charge, the growth is even more pronounced in Tier II and Tier III cities. E-commerce order volumes in these smaller cities, including Jaipur, Lucknow, Rohtak, Surat, Patna, Nagpur, and Ranchi, have risen by over 75 and 80 percent respectively. This indicates a growing comfort among consumers in smaller towns with making online innerwear purchases.

“Online shopping is adding newer pathways for e-commerce segments like innerwear, leading brands to connect more effectively with their target audience. As a technology platform, we are committed to supporting brands, retailers and marketplaces by enhancing the efficiency of their post-purchase operations,” stated Kapil Makhija, Managing Director & CEO of Unicommerce.

The dramatic rise in online innerwear sales highlights not just a shift in consumer behavior but also the effective role of technology in bridging gaps between brands and their audiences across diverse geographies.

• eCommerce Report

The Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) is a groundbreaking initiative aimed at democratizing digital commerce in India. ONDC is transforming the e-commerce ecosystem, empowering small businesses, artisans, farmers, and other underserved communities across the country; designed to enable them to access the vast opportunities presented by digital marketplaces. By creating an open, inclusive, and unbundled network, it seeks to level the playing field, allowing businesses of all sizes to thrive in the digital economy.

While speaking at the IReCxD2C 2024 summit in Bengaluru, Shireesh Joshi, Chief Business Officer of ONDC, through his keynote walked through the innovative strategies and tools that ONDC is implementing to create an inclusive and scalable digital marketplace.

Laying the Foundation

One of the primary pillars of ONDC's strategy is education. As Shireesh Joshi highlighted in his keynote, "For every kind of business, regardless of the type of seller they are, your business should find the entire country open for business on this network." To achieve this, ONDC conducts extensive outreach through workshops, consultations, and educational materials. This approach ensures that businesses not only understand what ONDC is but also how to leverage it effectively.

"We have converted our learnings into a comprehensive handbook and a series of 27 videos in an academy format," said Joshi. "Network participants can now get certified and use these resources to educate the sellers they are onboarding."

Building a Scalable Network

ONDC is focused on building a scalable network by onboarding participants sector by sector and geography by geography. This method allows for tailored support and easier onboarding processes. For example, once a few Kirana stores are onboarded, it becomes simpler to onboard more Kirana stores through the existing network. The same applies to other sectors like fashion, artisans, and more.

"We are cultivating a group of network participants who can bring India at scale to the network," Joshi emphasized. "This is not a small task, and we are enlisting onboarding partners across the country to achieve this."

Enhancing Trust and Reliability

To ensure smooth operations, ONDC is developing various support tools, such as an issue management framework and a reconciliation framework for digital settlements. These tools are crucial in building trust and reliability within the network.

"Building an entire system of tools that will enable the validity of sellers and products is essential," Joshi stated. "We are also introducing scoring and badging systems to add additional layers of trust."

Empowering Sellers

One of the significant challenges in e-commerce is marketing. ONDC is empowering sellers by providing them with the tools to market their products effectively. This includes a playbook for marketing strategies and partnerships with major platforms like META, which offer marketing credits to sellers.

"Enabling sellers to market themselves and develop a playbook for it is a critical aspect of our work," Joshi noted. "We are also tapping into government and philanthropic funds to provide financial assistance to businesses that need it."

Technical Support and Community Building

ONDC understands the technical challenges faced by sellers, especially those new to digital commerce. The network provides technical support to help these businesses navigate the complexities of e-commerce. Additionally, ONDC is building communities of sellers, artisans, and service providers to foster collaboration and efficiency.

"Technical support is crucial, especially in the early days of the network," Joshi explained. "We are also building clusters of artisans and communities to bring scale and improve logistics."

Enhancing User Experience

User experience is vital for both buyers and sellers. ONDC is working on improving this by simplifying interfaces and ensuring that buyers can find what they need quickly. For sellers, ONDC is developing tools to help manage orders and inventory efficiently.

"We are engaging with experts to develop user-friendly interfaces," Joshi said. "Our partnership with Bhashini, for instance, is enabling catalogs to be automatically converted into multiple Indian languages."

Self-Promotion and Performance Analytics

ONDC is also introducing innovative tools like a network-wide shopping QR code, allowing sellers to direct customers straight to their store. Additionally, performance analytics tools are being developed to help sellers understand their business patterns and improve their operations.

"With the shopping QR code, sellers can promote themselves directly," Joshi mentioned. "Performance analytics will provide insights into order patterns and inventory management, helping sellers grow their business."

A Bright Future for E-Commerce in Bharat

ONDC is not just a platform; it is a movement towards inclusive and democratized e-commerce in India. By addressing the unique challenges faced by small businesses, artisans, and underserved communities, ONDC is paving the way for a more equitable digital economy.

As Shireesh Joshi concluded, "This transformation is not just about technology; it's about enabling every business to thrive. We encourage everyone to join us and be part of this wonderful journey."

• Real Bharat

In the kaleidoscopic realm of India's retail arena, where every brand vies for attention, Clay Craft emerges as a luminary, injecting a dose of funk and flair into the world of ceramic tableware. With a groove all its own, this brand crafts an unforgettable experience, blending innovation and excellence to redefine the art of dining with its vibrant creations. With a legacy spanning decades, the brand has carved a niche for itself as a leading manufacturer of ceramic tableware, renowned for its commitment to quality, innovation, and customer satisfaction.

Founded in 1994, Clay Craft embarked on a journey fueled by a singular vision: to become the most preferred ceramic tableware manufacturer in the world. Over the years, the brand has stayed true to its roots while evolving with the changing times, consistently pushing the boundaries of creativity and excellence in the tableware space. Under the visionary leadership of Deepak Agarwal, Director, Clay Craft, the brand has flourished, achieving remarkable milestones and setting new standards of excellence in the industry.

Vision and Purpose: Setting the Stage for Excellence

"Clay Craft India's vision is to become the most preferred ceramic tableware manufacturer in the world," declares Agarwal, articulating the brand's ambitious aspirations. Central to this vision is a steadfast commitment to delivering innovative and customizable solutions that cater to a diverse array of consumer needs. From everyday tableware essentials to specialized gifting ranges, the brand aims to redefine the dining experience with its high-quality ceramic products.

With revenue exceeding Rs 146 crores in the last fiscal year, Clay Craft has witnessed a phenomenal year-on-year growth rate exceeding 27 percent. Agarwal attributes this remarkable expansion to the brand's relentless pursuit of excellence and its ability to adapt to evolving consumer preferences. "Our recent efforts to double production capacities have played a pivotal role in supporting this growth trajectory," he notes, emphasizing the brand's commitment to scaling operations to meet burgeoning demand. “Notably, the hospitality sector has experienced a remarkable 20-25 percent year-on-year growth, underscoring the effectiveness of our targeted strategies. Despite challenges within the broader home and kitchen category, Clay Craft's sustained market expansion is driven by our steadfast commitment to innovation and customization, ensuring that our products continually resonate with evolving consumer preferences. Additionally, our proactive approach to expanding distribution networks across various channels and regions has enabled us to capture new markets and sustain growth momentum effectively.”

Expanding Horizons: A Global Footprint in the Making

While Clay Craft's export activities currently constitute a modest 5 percent of its total turnover, the brand is poised for international expansion. With a focus on key markets such as Dubai, the Middle East, and Latin America, the brand aims to establish itself as a global leader in the ceramic tableware segment. "We are intensifying efforts to broaden our global footprint," Agarwal affirms, underscoring the brand's strategic initiatives to enhance its export portfolio and tap into new growth opportunities abroad. “With the recent expansion of our production capacities at the new facility in Manda Industrial Area, the company is actively pursuing opportunities to strengthen its presence in international markets.”

Trends, Innovation, and Consumer Preferences

As consumer buying trends in the tableware industry continue to evolve, Clay Craft remains at the forefront of innovation, continuously adapting its product offerings to meet evolving preferences. With a diverse portfolio of over 10,000 SKUs, the brand caters to changing consumer tastes influenced by seasons, occasions, and age groups. "Key trends emphasize the growing demand for customized and design-driven products," Agarwal observes, highlighting Clay Craft's commitment to offering personalized options that resonate with discerning consumers. “The brand responds to this demand by offering customizable options featuring logos or designs that harmonize seamlessly with various themes and decor styles. We have also established a dedicated team of designers tasked with creating innovative offerings aligned with seasonal trends and market demands.”

Hybrid Stone Porcelain Body

A recent innovation from Clay Craft, the Hybrid Stone Porcelain Body, has garnered significant attention for its durability and elegance. Launched earlier this year, the revolutionary technology combines the strength of porcelain with the aesthetic appeal of stone, offering consumers a versatile and high-quality tableware option. "This collection is light weight and offers beautiful rustic reactive glazes creating a very distinguished collection of tableware. The unique combination unlocks a spectrum of colors not feasible with a standard white body, showcasing the brand's commitment to innovation and meeting consumer preferences," Agarwal explains, showcasing the brand's dedication to pushing the boundaries of innovation in the tableware space.

Future Endeavors

Looking ahead, Clay Craft's plans include aggressive expansion into international markets, particularly in Europe, and a continued focus on innovation and product development. With upcoming launches tailored for the festive season and strategic expansions into new product lines, the brand remains committed to staying ahead of the curve and meeting the evolving demands of consumers and the market.

In an era of digital connectivity, the brand recognizes the significance of social media in shaping consumer behavior. Leveraging platforms such as Instagram and Facebook, the brand stays abreast of emerging trends and engages with consumers on a global scale. "By adapting our product offerings to align with global trends while considering regional preferences, Clay Craft maintains its relevance and competitiveness," Agarwal asserts, highlighting the brand's ability to navigate the dynamic landscape of social media and international influences.

Customization and Cultural Sensitivity

Acknowledging the importance of cultural nuances in consumer preferences, Clay Craft tailors its product portfolio to cater to different regions, demographics, cuisines, and tastes. Whether it's adjusting cup sizes to align with regional preferences or offering specialized tabletop solutions for various cuisines, the brand prioritizes customization to enhance consumer satisfaction and market penetration. “In the professional tabletop solutions segment for the HoReCa industry, we offer a diverse range of products, including plates, platters, and dishes designed specifically for various cuisines such as Asian, Italian, Indian, Spanish, Mediterranean, among others. This level of customization not only demonstrates Clay Craft's commitment to meeting the unique needs of different markets but also enhances consumer satisfaction by providing tailored solutions that align with regional culinary preferences and cultural nuances," adds Agarwal.

• Clay Craft India

Mother's Day 2024:   With Mother's Day right around the corner, brands across various sectors are rolling out their exclusive collections, tailoring their offerings to celebrate the diversity and uniqueness of mothers. From luxurious jewellery pieces and elegant apparel to personalized gifts and advanced skincare, this year’s gifting trends reflect a harmonious blend of tradition and innovation. We delve into these trends, speaking with industry leaders who share their insights on what makes this Mother's Day special.

Gift Ideas to Make Mother's Day 2024 Extra Special

Mother’s Day is a time to celebrate the incredible women who have shaped our lives with their love, wisdom, and strength. This year, why not go the extra mile to show your appreciation and make your mom feel truly special? Here are some heartfelt gift ideas to help you create unforgettable memories on Mother’s Day 2024.

A Timeless Tribute with Jewellery

Jewellery is not only a luxurious adornment but also a lasting token of affection that mothers can treasure forever. Reliance Jewels has tapped into the tranquility of nature for its latest Mother's Day collection. Featuring pendants and rings with replaceable color stones, the collection caters to the modern woman’s preference for versatility in her jewellery, allowing pieces to be tailored for different occasions.

A spokesperson for Reliance Jewels shares, “Every item of jewellery has a special meaning, expressing the maternal bond's enduring love, strength, and splendor. This Mother’s Day, express your appreciation with a beautiful and timeless present that mirrors her devotion.”

At Kushal’s, the Mother’s Day collection showcases meticulous craftsmanship with a range of designs, from antique pearl drop earrings to dazzling encrusted necklaces. Ankit Gulechha, Director – Marketing at Kushal’s, explains their approach,  "Our Mother's Day Collection, which embodies Kushal’s ethos of elegance, craftsmanship, and love, is meticulously designed to celebrate all remarkable mothers."

Apparel that Speaks Volumes

Whether it's a comfortable daywear outfit or a more elegant ensemble for special occasions, fashionable apparel can make a mother feel stylish and appreciated. BIBA , a leader in Indian fashion, has launched a poignant digital campaign, "Kuch Nahi," starring Shilpa Saklani. The campaign celebrates the selfless love of mothers and features a collection that epitomizes the simplicity and humility of maternal affection.

Siddharath Bindra, Managing Director of BIBA Fashion, shares the inspiration behind the campaign, "This Mother’s Day, we are honoring all mothers with a special film and a collection that truly represents the 'nothing' they claim to need, resonating deeply with our audiences."

Shobitam’s offerings represent a seamless blend of traditional craftsmanship and modern fashion trends. Aparna Thyagarajan, Co-founder & Chief Product Officer, emphasizes the brand’s philosophy, stating, "Customers today are appreciative of our cultural textile traditions and want to celebrate their roots without losing their individual style. Our Mother’s Day collection perfectly encapsulates this blend."

Personalized Perfection

This year, FNP (Ferns N Petals), India's leading gifting platform, is redefining personalization with its Mother's Day collection. The array is vast, featuring everything from bespoke flower bouquets and gourmet cakes to artisan chocolates and lush plants, each tailored to suit the different personas of mothers—from the culinary aficionado to the nature lover.

Pawan Gadia, Global CEO & Director at FNP, underscores the philosophy behind the collection: “Mother’s Day is a momentous celebration that calls for nothing but the finest expressions of love and appreciation. Our curation of gifts at FNP embodies our dedication to ensuring every mother feels cherished. With unique personalized and customizable options, we will assist everyone in finding the ideal gesture to convey heartfelt love and admiration to their mothers.”

The Gift of Personal Care Innovations

Personal care gifts are perfect for mothers who enjoy pampering themselves or are looking to rejuvenate their skincare and beauty routines. Minimalist is pioneering the trend towards clean, science-backed skincare solutions. Mohit Yadav, Co-Founder of Minimalist, remarks, “We prioritize ingredient transparency and clinically tested formulations, providing our customers with effective, ethical, and empowering skincare solutions.”

Bindt Beauty’s founder, Bindya Talluri, discusses the shift towards organic ingredients and sustainable practices: "We're committed to providing personalized, safe, and eco-friendly beauty solutions that align with consumer values and contribute to a more sustainable future."

Mocemsa, a rising star in the fragrance industry, captures the essence of luxury and innovation with its premium range. Paarth Malhotra, Co-Founder and Manager, discusses the evolving landscape,  "We are focusing on our premium range, which offers different concoctions and high-quality packaging that meet international standards, helping to redefine what made in India means in the global market."

As we explore the varied offerings for Mother’s Day 2024, it’s clear that the focus is on quality, personalization, and meaningfulness. Whether it’s through luxurious jewelry, fashionable garments, or advanced skincare products, each brand aims to provide a memorable experience that celebrates the essence of motherhood.

• personal care

Globally, communities are making conscious choices about collective health and well-being. Their concerns extend beyond individual bodies and minds to making better choices for the environment and future generations. It would be amiss to categorize this shift in the consumer psyche as a health preference. It is an evolutionary transformation that is seeing the clean label ingredients market grow exponentially.

From 2018 to 2022, the clean label ingredients market has witnessed a CAGR of 20.7 percent. The trend is expected to continue for the next decade, with the market likely to reach $170,000 million by 2033. As the industry goes mainstream, it is set to catalyze the retail industry at large.

The Transparency Economy

The demand for clean-label ingredients started off with consumers wanting to know if the food on their plates was free of harmful chemicals and synthetic ingredients, especially known carcinogens. Ironically, while several marketers treated it as a ‘get rich quick’ opportunity for a while, as an industry, we have come a long way since.

The proliferation of social media as an awareness and advocacy tool, the viability of QR code-led traceability, and the adoption of stringent frameworks for clean label certifications in India and abroad have fostered an environment of greater trust and transparency. Today, most clean label ingredients’ brands in India don’t just meet regulatory standards, but often exceed them! There are two good reasons for this – businesses are truly passionate about changing the consumer experience and second, they are confident about the sustainable growth potential for those who take the lead in continuously setting new benchmarks.

Room for Innovation

The recent industry growth, coupled with future potential, is seeing new and established players experiment with formulations and ingredients. Be it turning to bio enzymes for chemical-free cleaning solutions or using cold-pressed oils to fry packaged snacks, we are seeing a definite commitment to product and ingredient-level innovation.

Consumers are spoilt for choice and deservedly so. For years, they have had to constantly struggle to derive the truth from packaging labels. And often, even when the truth didn’t meet their standards, consumers had little access to better choices.

Today, as players look at sustainable growth, products rooted in ingredients that need less processing, improve local livelihoods, and do minimum-to-zero environmental harm, can help earn consumer loyalty as well as market premium. As the industry matures, along with the rise in adoption of state-of-the-art technologies for end-to-end traceability, upfront and authentic declaration of ingredients is set to become a business requisite for all retailers.

Beyond Selling

The impact that the clean label ingredients industry is creating goes well beyond the product stage. It is driving retailers to be more responsible across the value chain. Right from start-ups to MNCs, brands across categories are investing in educating consumers about the benefits of switching to safer, better products. They are also taking time to support and educate communities outside of their immediate consumer ecosystem as well as the stakeholders who contribute to supply chains. This is indeed a welcome move and one that needs to continue at an accelerated pace.

The stance of authorities such as the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI), which is set to manifest the ‘One Nation, One Commodity, One Regulator’ vision into a reality in 2024, will drive further responsibility. Indian consumers will no longer need to compare multiple certifications to understand where a product stands on the clean ingredients spectrum. Whether consumers make processed, natural, organic, or non-GMO choices, what they see is what they will get. 

While an increasing number of urban consumers have become more mindful of their retail choices, low-income urban communities as well as rural communities remain exposed to the dangers of harmful choices. It is important for the retail industry to take an authentic approach to safeguarding consumer health and well-being. Right from collaborating with non-profit associations for on-ground awareness to issuing campaigns in interest of consumer health, we need to strike a balance between profitability and accountability. Responsible retailing is the driver for long-term growth.

Gaurav Manchanda, Founder & Managing Director, The Organic World

• healthy food

Akshaya Tritiya, a festival deep-rooted in Indian tradition, symbolizes prosperity and success. It is also a time when buying gold becomes more than just a purchase—it's a ritual. In the modern retail landscape, however, Mia by Tanishq is transforming this traditional viewpoint, catering to the contemporary aesthetic and functional needs of today's consumers.

Rajiv C. Menon, National Head – Sales and Retail Operations at Mia by Tanishq, shares insights on how the brand is gearing up for the occasion. "Akshaya Tritiya has always been a significant event for us, drawing in customers who are not just looking to invest in gold but to celebrate beauty and craftsmanship. This year, we anticipate welcoming a diverse group of customers, each looking to mark the occasion in their unique way."

Reflecting Consumer Sentiments

Despite economic fluctuations, the desire for gold remains consistent, albeit with evolving preferences. Menon notes a significant trend: the shift towards lighter, more versatile pieces. "Today’s consumers view gold not just as an investment but as an accessory that complements their daily lifestyle," he explains. This has led Mia by Tanishq to focus on 14kt and 18kt jewelry, which offers durability for everyday wear while allowing for creative and intricate designs.

This season, the brand launched three distinct collections: Glow with Flow, Native, and Aurum 2.0, each crafted to cater to the tastes and stories of different customers. The Glow with Flow collection, inspired by the natural movement of wind and water, is particularly emblematic of the brand's approach to design—melding natural beauty with artistic interpretation.

Expansion and Customer Reach

With over 180 stores across India and a robust online presence, Mia by Tanishq is not resting on its laurels. "We're continuously looking to expand, especially into tier II and III cities. Our aim is to make our jewelry accessible wherever our customers are, be it through physical stores or digital platforms," Menon states. The brand's efforts to integrate digital innovations like virtual try-ons and AI-driven shopping experiences also highlight their commitment to staying relevant in a rapidly changing retail landscape.

Understanding the rising trend of jewelry as gifts, the brand has tailored parts of its offering to make the process as personalized and special as possible. "Jewelry gifting is incredibly personal, and we want to ensure that each piece selected from Mia not only delights but also resonates deeply with both giver and receiver," says Menon. The introduction of gifting stations and a smart gift recommendation system further underscores their focus on customer-centric experiences.

In line with global trends toward more ethical consumption, Mia by Tanishq ensures that its operations reflect a commitment to sustainability. "Using recycled gold and ensuring all our materials are conflict-free are just parts of our broader responsibility towards the planet," Menon remarks. The brand takes a holistic approach, implementing sustainable practices across its supply chain and storefronts.

The Impact of Economic Trends on Jewelry Buying

The brand aims to create lasting memories through its pieces. Menon reflects, "Each of our collections tells a story, a narrative woven into the very fabric of the designs. We believe in celebrating life's abundant possibilities and crafting pieces that resonate with the aspirations and dreams of our customers."

The fluctuating gold prices have posed challenges and opportunities. Mia by Tanishq’s response? Strategic pricing and special offers make purchasing jewelry more appealing and accessible during the festival. "Our Gold Rate Protection offer and festive discounts are tailored to provide value and satisfaction, ensuring that our customers feel secure and delighted with their purchases," Menon adds.

As Mia by Tanishq gears up for this Akshaya Tritiya, their approach is clear: to offer more than just jewelry. They are building a narrative that connects with the modern consumer’s desire for products that are both beautiful and meaningful. With a blend of traditional values and contemporary insights, Mia by Tanishq is not just keeping up with the times but shaping them, ensuring that every piece of jewelry tells a story as precious as the metals and stones from which it is crafted.

• Festive season

The fast-moving consumer goods (FMCG) industry in India has been a cornerstone of the nation's economy, reflecting its vibrant consumer landscape. The first quarter of 2024 witnessed notable shifts in consumption patterns, as rural areas took the lead over urban counterparts for the first time in five quarters, according to a report by consumer intelligence firm NielsenIQ.

Volume Growth Trends

In the January-March period of 2024, the FMCG industry experienced a robust 6.5 percent growth in volume terms at a national level. This growth was driven by both food and non-food sectors, with non-food sectors showing almost double the growth compared to food.

Rural vs. Urban Dynamics

Rural consumption outpaced urban consumption, marking a significant reversal of the trend seen in previous quarters. While urban areas witnessed a sequential decline in consumer demand, rural consumption exhibited an uptick, growing by 5.7 percent in Q1 2024.

Category Performance

Home and personal care (HPC) categories emerged as frontrunners, outperforming food categories. The growth in HPC was fueled by the popularity of larger pack sizes, while food categories witnessed higher unit purchases.

Retail Landscape

Modern trade continued to demonstrate strong double-digit volume growth at 14.7 percent, indicating a preference for organized retail channels. Traditional trade, however, maintained stable growth, suggesting resilience in traditional retail channels amidst evolving consumer preferences.

Sectoral Analysis

In the food sector, volume growth stood at 4.8 percent in Q1 2024, down from 5.3 percent in the previous quarter. This slowdown was primarily attributed to staples. Conversely, the non-food sector witnessed an improvement, with consumption reaching 11.1 percent, driven by personal care and home care categories.

Rural Uptick and Non-Food Consumption

The improvement in non-food categories was particularly notable in rural areas, with a growth rate of 12.8 percent in Q1 2024. This surge underscores the growing importance of rural markets in driving overall consumption trends.

Performance of Large vs. Small Players

Within the FMCG industry, large players continued to demonstrate strong performance. However, smaller manufacturers witnessed higher volume growth rates in non-food categories over the last two quarters. This trend may be attributed to challenges faced by smaller players in stabilizing prices in the food sector, while non-food categories, buoyed by price increases, experienced higher volume growth.

The shift in consumption dynamics observed in Q1 2024 underscores the evolving nature of India's FMCG landscape. As rural markets gain prominence and non-food categories witness sustained growth, companies will need to adapt their strategies to cater to changing consumer preferences. Moreover, the resilience exhibited by traditional retail channels highlights the importance of a diversified distribution network.

The FMCG industry in India continues to be a dynamic and evolving sector, shaped by shifting consumer behaviors and market dynamics. The performance of rural markets, the dominance of HPC categories, and the resilience of traditional retail channels are key trends observed in Q1 2024. As the industry navigates these changes, agility, and innovation will be crucial for companies to stay competitive and capitalize on emerging opportunities in the market.

• FMCG sector

Pidilite Industries Limited, a leader in the Indian adhesives and sealants market, has announced impressive financial results for the quarter and year ending March 2024. The company recorded a double-digit Standalone Underlying Volume Growth (UVG) in both the fourth quarter and the entire fiscal year. For FY24, the UVG reached 15.2 percent, with specific highlights in the Consumer & Bazar (C&B) segment at 12.7 percent and an outstanding 25.2 percent in the Business to Business (B2B) segment. This performance underscores Pidilite's dominance in a competitive market.

Margin Expansion and Revenue Growth

This year, Pidilite experienced a notable gross margin expansion, up by 691 basis points in Q4 compared to the same quarter last year, largely thanks to easing input prices which allowed for a gross margin increase of 955 basis points over FY23. The EBITDA margins also saw a significant rise, improving by 534 basis points over the previous fiscal year. "At Pidilite, we delivered robust double-digit Underlying Volume Growth (UVG) as well as substantial improvement in profitability, both for the quarter as well as FY24," commented Bharat Puri, Managing Director of Pidilite Industries.

Investments and Global Performance

Continued investments in brand building and customer-facing initiatives were key drivers of this year's success. Despite challenges like global economic uncertainty and inflation, Pidilite's international subsidiaries (excluding the Americas) saw a revenue increase of 7.8 percent over FY23, with a remarkable improvement in EBITDA margins from 10.8 percent to 14.8 percent. Domestically, both the C&B and B2B subsidiaries performed exceptionally well, contributing to the company's overall financial health.

The company remains committed to future growth, investing in new manufacturing facilities, including ten new plants commissioned this year. "We remained focused on building the Pidilite of the future," noted Puri, emphasizing the strategic expansion efforts. Additionally, the divestment of their business in Brazil marks a strategic repositioning, allowing Pidilite to focus more on promising markets.

Robust Financial Figures

In terms of financial metrics, Pidilite reported consolidated net sales of Rs 12,337 crore, marking a 5 percent growth over the last year. The Standalone Performance was also strong with net sales of Rs 11,118 crore, up by 5 percent. Profit After Tax (PAT) saw a significant rise, with consolidated PAT at Rs 1,747 crore, up by 36 percent, and standalone PAT at Rs 1,799 crore, up by 43 percent.

Despite the current market volatility, Pidilite remains optimistic about the future. "While there may be short-term softness in the environment in the near term, we continue to remain optimistic about market demand in the medium term, with overall increase in construction activities, government spending, and increasing prosperity,” Puri explained. The company proposed a final dividend of Rs. 16 per share, indicating confidence in sustained financial health and commitment to delivering shareholder value.

Pidilite's robust performance in FY24 not only highlights its leadership in the adhesive market but also its strategic foresight in navigating through fluctuating market conditions and setting the stage for continued growth in the years to come.

The term ‘influencer marketing’ often conjures up glitzy, scripted social media content. Instagram is filled with thousands of micro-influencers, macro-influencers, and everything in between. But what does it really mean to be an influencer?

An influencer is recognized as a trustworthy authority in their field and is relied upon by their audience to provide authentic, comprehensive knowledge and guide the decision-making process. Rarely do we think of influencer marketing through an offline lens - a missed opportunity for many retail brands.

With retail consumer spending seeing an uptick, it is time to capitalize on in-person shopping experiences. The best part? Brand managers don't need to go out of their way to hire influencers; they already have a steady stream of on-ground influencers on their payroll - their sales agents.

Why bring your frontline talent to the frontier?

Your brand agents at the store are the walking-and-talking representation of your brand. They have the power to educate shoppers and influence their purchase decisions. Most importantly, they can build customer loyalty where it matters the most - at the point of sale.

In-store retail boasts of a significantly higher conversion rate as compared to that for online stores. A major factor determining this difference is the ability of in-store sales teams to influence prospects who walk into the store, whether through demonstrations, expert guidance, or simply their demeanor.

So, the real question then becomes, how can you leverage your in-house, on-ground brand ambassadors to drive sales.

Six easy strategies to get your offline retail marketing off the ground.

• Design the right Brand Ambassador program.

The efficiency and effectiveness of any brand ambassador program critically relies on the correct design and understanding of that program: Who are the target shoppers? Where exactly do they shop? What spiel will draw out their need states and desires? What profile of sales agents would they respond better to? What targets and metrics would drive more contacts and conversion by sales agents?

• Train agents to become on-ground brand influencers.

Your sales agents can help customers experience a product first-hand and make the interaction more immersive by:

• Driving promotional training: Train your on-ground brand ambassadors to communicate about rewarding in-store promotions, limited-time discounts, exclusive offers, and loyalty programs. This creates a sense of urgency and excitement in the customer and motivates them to make a purchase. 
• Focusing on product demos: Product demonstrations are essential for customer decision-making. Customers find value in product demos, contributing to their purchasing choices. Therefore, ensure your on-ground influencers are well-trained in conducting effective product demonstrations, providing customers with a thorough understanding of the product's features and benefits - an aspect that a digital catalogue can never achieve.

Your retail staff is the literal face of the brand in the customer's eyes. Make them your brand advocates and ensure they are well-versed with the product features, USPs, and product demos to be able to make a lasting impact.

• Groom agents on how to make the most of minimal displays and visual merchandising.

Creative displays and well-thought-out store layouts are not a novel concept. Offline retailers understand that the way to a customer's mindshare is via a visually appealing shopping environment. However, to elevate the in-store shopping experience, you must bring well-trained sales agents into the mix. These agents can be trained to:

• Display products according to the planogram and ace the art of strategic shelf space management.
• Check and adjust product placements to maximize visibility.
• Identify low-stock situations and promptly restock products.
• Cross-sell and upsell with strategically placed items. 
• Participate in promotional activities (setting up displays, creating eye-catching signage, and more)
• Engage with customers, listen to their feedback, and address any lingering concerns.

In the end, you want to groom your on-ground agents to be able to influence the customer's shopping journey in every way possible - be it via in-store display, merchandising, or promotional displays.

• Train on-ground brand influencers to keep a close eye on competitors.

Your on-ground brand influencers should also be aware of the competitor space. They should constantly check on competitors' offers, launches, and more to make timely updates to the brand and enable customized store/region/seasonality-specific strategies. Keeping a close watch on how your competitors are doing will lead to a more relevant and optimized selling strategy that is better in tune with the customer's needs.

• Rethink your Learning & Development programs.

Every offline retailer outlet should think about regular upskilling of the in-store agent's personal and professional skills. Leveraging a mix of offline and online training modules can ensure the team becomes more confident and informed, leading to better outcomes.

Hence, look for a skills-training partner that can offer comprehensive training programs and equip your brand representatives with the knowledge, confidence, and interpersonal skills needed to become effective on-ground influencers.

• Balance technology + human skills

Technology is the backbone of any brand ambassador program - an investment, not a cost. For instance, you can automate mundane tasks such as inventory management, sales volume, competition strategy, etc. and provide data driven input & output measures into your sales agents’ hands. These tools can capture critical data efficiently and effectively, enabling your sales staff to focus on influencing the customers walking into the store and delivering the desired service & achievement levels.

Make a conscious choice to pair - and balance - technology with the irreplaceable 'human touch' and enable your sales agents to serve customers better.

Today, every brand aspires to lead in on-ground brand influence, and this is justified. Many consumers believe that retailers should do more to integrate their online and offline channels.

To gain a competitive edge, partner with the right vendor - one who already has the desired expertise & established relationships with retail outlets. This partnership can empower your brand to capitalize on crucial aspects such as shelf space allocation, in-store promotion strategies, new launches, and offers & promotions. To achieve success in influencer marketing using store sales associates as ambassadors, focus on authenticity, relevance, and engagement. Select sales associates who genuinely connect with your brand and target audience, allowing them to share sincere experiences with your products. Tailor content to showcase product benefits in a relatable manner, resonating with potential customers. Cultivate strong relationships with sales associates, providing support and creative freedom to promote your brand effectively. This approach will yield significant results and enhance your influence marketing campaigns.

An alumnus of the National Institute of Technology and The Wharton School, The University of Pennsylvania, Krishna leads the Marketing Vertical at Smollan India. She has diverse experience in leadership roles in Retail Execution & Activation, Shopper Experience, Strategy & Corporate Development, Operations, Real Estate and Marketing & Sales through her stints at Smollan, the Godrej group & Steel Authority of India Limited.

• influencer marketing

In a world where connectivity is king and collaboration is key, interactive technology has become the cornerstone of modern communication. Leading the charge in this digital revolution is MAXHUB, a dynamic player in the interactive display space, driven by innovation and a relentless commitment to customer satisfaction.

At the helm of MAXHUB's operations in India is Pankaj Jha, the Country Head and Director of Sales, whose visionary leadership has propelled the brand to new heights. With a keen eye for market trends and a strategic approach to expansion, Jha is steering the brand in India towards unprecedented growth and success.

Unveiling the Strategy for Expansion

MAXHUB's strategy for expanding its dealer network by 50 percent is as ambitious as it is comprehensive. Recognizing the untapped potential of Tier II and III cities in India, the company is poised to establish a strong foothold in these emerging markets. Leveraging the momentum generated by the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020, the brand aims to cater to the growing demand for interactive solutions in the education sector.

"The key to our expansion strategy lies in addressing the unique needs of both the enterprise and education sectors," explains Jha. "By creating a robust network of dealers and partners in Tier II and III cities, we are ensuring that MAXHUB's innovative solutions reach every corner of the country."

Forging Strategic Partnerships

Central to MAXHUB's growth strategy is the cultivation of strategic partnerships with industry leaders. Through alliances with renowned brands like Microsoft, the brand is able to offer integrated solutions that meet the evolving needs of modern workplaces. By leveraging Microsoft Teams room solutions, the brand enhances its value proposition for enterprise clients, providing seamless collaboration experiences that drive productivity and efficiency.

"Our partnerships with industry leaders enable us to deliver best-in-class solutions that empower our customers to achieve their goals," says Jha. "By combining cutting-edge hardware with innovative software solutions, we are redefining the interactive technology landscape in India."

Elevating the Customer Experience

In the competitive world of interactive technology, customer experience is paramount. Recognizing this, MAXHUB places a strong emphasis on delivering unparalleled service and support to its customers. From pre-sales consultation to post-installation assistance, the company is committed to ensuring a seamless experience for every customer. "Our focus is not just on selling products, but on building long-term relationships with our customers," he asserts. "By providing exceptional service and support, we aim to exceed customer expectations and set new standards of excellence in the industry."

Innovation at the Forefront

At the heart of MAXHUB's success lies a culture of innovation and a relentless pursuit of excellence. With a dedicated team of engineers and designers, the company is constantly pushing the boundaries of technology to deliver groundbreaking products and solutions. From high-resolution displays to advanced camera systems, MaxHub's products are designed to enhance collaboration and communication in today's digital world.

"Our commitment to innovation is what sets us apart in the market," says Jha. "By investing in research and development, we are able to stay ahead of the curve and anticipate the evolving needs of our customers."

Navigating Challenges, Seizing Opportunities

As MAXHUB continues its journey of expansion in India, it faces its fair share of challenges. From linguistic and cultural differences to logistical hurdles, navigating the diverse Indian market requires agility and adaptability. However, Jha sees these challenges as opportunities for growth and innovation.

"India's diversity is its strength, and we are committed to harnessing this diversity to drive innovation and create value for our customers," says Jha. "By embracing local languages and customs, we are able to connect with customers on a deeper level and deliver solutions that resonate with their unique needs."

A Vision for the Future

As MAXHUB looks to the future, its vision remains clear – to redefine interactive technology in India and empower individuals and organizations to thrive in the digital age. With a customer-centric approach, strategic partnerships, and a relentless focus on innovation, the brand is poised to shape the future of interactive displays in India and beyond.

"We are on a mission to transform the way people communicate, collaborate, and learn," says Jha. "With our innovative products and solutions, we are empowering individuals and organizations to achieve their full potential in the digital era."

 MAXHUB's journey in India is not just about selling products; it's about transforming lives and shaping the future of interactive technology. With visionary leadership, strategic partnerships, and a commitment to innovation, the brand is paving the way for a brighter, more connected future in India and beyond.

• Digital technology
• Consumer Durables and Information Technology

India, the fifth largest consumer durables market globally, continues to witness robust growth in its consumer durable business. This growth is led by factors such as the growing retail sector, robust real estate developments, increasing disposable incomes, and ongoing technological innovations. Additionally, brand licensing has played a significant role in driving expansion and innovation within the consumer durables industry in India. These factors collectively contribute to India's status as one of the fastest-growing consumer durables markets worldwide.

To succeed in this growing market, consumer durables brands need strategic approaches that meet evolving consumer demands. Here are six strategies for brands to thrive:

Comprehensive Presence Across Touchpoints

One of the primary challenges confronting consumer durables brands in India is establishing a comprehensive presence across all touchpoints. Research indicates that a substantial percentage of final purchases stem from the initial consideration set of brands. Therefore, it is important for brands to ensure visibility at every stage of the consumer journey, from initial awareness to post-purchase loyalty. This requires the development of an integrated strategy that leverages both digital and physical platforms to maximize exposure and engagement.

Tailoring Marketing Strategies to Regional Preferences

Consumer durables brands must tailor their marketing strategies to accommodate regional preferences and behaviors. India's diverse cultural fabric means that what appeals to consumers in one state may not necessarily resonate with those in another. By understanding and adapting to local tastes, festivals, and buying patterns, brands can optimize their marketing efforts and establish a compelling presence in each region.

Understanding Consumer Research Patterns

In the digital age, consumers have access to a wealth of information through various channels. Understanding the research patterns of these tech-savvy consumers is essential for brands seeking to influence the purchase decision. By providing accurate and updated information across multiple touchpoints, brands can guide consumers along the path to purchase and foster brand loyalty.

Maximizing Retail Touchpoints

Despite the growing importance of digital platforms, retail touchpoints remain fundamental to the consumer durables industry. Physical interactions such as live demos and product inspections play a crucial role in the decision-making process for many consumers. Therefore, brands must prioritize creating an omnichannel experience that delivers consistent messaging and experiences across both offline and online channels.

Competition from Unorganized Players

Competition from unorganized players poses a significant challenge for consumer durables brands. These players often offer low-cost alternatives imported from other countries with untested quality standards, undercutting companies that adhere to metrology rules and defined quality standards. To overcome this challenge, companies must emphasize the quality, safety, and reliability of their products. Creating awareness about the potential risks associated with substandard products can help influence consumer preferences and build trust in the market.

Meeting Demand for Innovative Home-Centric Products

Consumers are seeking products that not only fulfil their functional needs but also enhance their living experience. Innovative offerings such as Interactive Flat Panels, smart home appliances, and advanced entertainment systems are gaining traction among consumers looking to upgrade their living spaces with cutting-edge technology. Brands that can tap into this demand and introduce products that blend functionality with innovation stand to gain a competitive edge in the market.

Addressing Healthcare Needs with Specialized Products

Addressing healthcare needs with specialized products presents another significant opportunity for consumer durables brands. With growing health consciousness among consumers, there is a rising demand for products that promote wellness and cater to specific healthcare requirements. For instance, alkaline water purifiers, designed for both commercial and domestic use, are gaining popularity due to their purported health benefits. These purifiers not only provide safe and clean drinking water but also offer alkaline water, which is believed to have antioxidant properties and promote better hydration. By focusing on healthcare-centric offerings, consumer durables brands can cater to a growing segment of health-conscious consumers and differentiate themselves in the market.

Going Green

Consumers care about the environment. Brands can win them over by using eco-friendly materials, reducing waste, and promoting recycling. By showing they're environmentally responsible, brands can appeal to eco-conscious consumers and boost their reputation.

While the consumer durables market does offer significant opportunities, it still faces challenges such as competition from Chinese manufacturers and the need for substantial investments in efficient manufacturing. However, with govt support in the form of PLI and other incentives, India has the potential to emerge as leading hub for consumer durables manufacturing. For increasing domestic sales share, companies must focus on building robust distribution networks and strategic partnerships to establish themselves as key players.

H S Bhatia Managing Director Kelwon Electronics and Appliances Pvt Ltd, Manufacturing Partner Daewoo India

• Consumer durables

In the dynamic world of fashion e-commerce, staying ahead of the curve often means more than just showcasing the latest trends. Today's consumers are seeking personalized experiences that resonate with their unique style preferences. As technology continues to evolve, fashion retailers are increasingly harnessing the power of personalization to offer tailor-made shopping experiences. In this article, we'll delve into the trends and strategies that highlight the transformative impact of customization in the realm of online fashion retail.

Understanding the Shift towards Personalization Gone are the days when one-size-fits-all approaches dominated the fashion industry. Modern consumers are drawn to personalized experiences that reflect their individuality. This shift is driving fashion e-commerce platforms to adopt sophisticated strategies that cater to the diverse tastes and preferences of their customer base. Personalization is no longer an option; it's a necessity for brands aiming to foster deeper connections with their audience.

Customized Recommendations and Curations Fashion e-commerce platforms are leveraging advanced algorithms and data analytics to offer personalized product recommendations. By analyzing a customer's browsing history, purchase behavior, and style preferences, these platforms can curate bespoke selections tailored to each individual. This not only streamlines the shopping process but also introduces customers to new styles and trends that align with their taste.

Tailoring the Shopping Journey The rise of customization in fashion e-commerce goes beyond product recommendations. Retailers are now focusing on tailoring the entire shopping journey to create a cohesive and personalized experience. This includes personalized landing pages, dynamic content based on customer preferences, and targeted promotions. The goal is to make every step of the customer's journey feel uniquely tailored, enhancing their overall satisfaction and engagement with the brand.

Made-to-Order and Customization Options The demand for unique and personalized fashion items has given rise to the made-to-order trend. Many fashion e-commerce platforms now offer customization options, allowing customers to personalize colors, fabrics, and even design elements of their chosen products. This not only satisfies the desire for exclusivity but also aligns with the growing emphasis on sustainable and ethical fashion practices.

Virtual Try-On Experiences Virtual try-on experiences have become a game-changer in the world of online fashion retail. By leveraging augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) technologies, fashion e-commerce platforms enable customers to virtually try on clothes before making a purchase. This not only enhances the online shopping experience but also reduces the likelihood of returns, creating a win-win situation for both retailers and consumers.

Building Brand Loyalty Through Personalization The power of personalization extends beyond the initial purchase; it plays a crucial role in building long-term brand loyalty. When customers feel understood and catered to on an individual level, they are more likely to return and become brand advocates. Fashion e-commerce platforms are recognizing the importance of fostering these connections, investing in personalized loyalty programs, exclusive offers, and early access to new collections based on individual preferences.

Challenges and Future Directions While personalization offers significant benefits, fashion e-commerce platforms must navigate challenges such as data privacy concerns and the need for robust cybersecurity measures. Striking the right balance between customization and privacy is essential for maintaining customer trust. Looking ahead, the integration of artificial intelligence and machine learning is expected to further refine personalization strategies, providing even more accurate and dynamic shopping experiences.

The era of personalization in fashion e-commerce has arrived, and it's reshaping the way consumers engage with brands online. By embracing customization trends, fashion retailers can create a more meaningful and tailored shopping experience, ultimately strengthening their connection with customers. As technology continues to evolve, the possibilities for personalization are limitless, offering a bright future for fashion e-commerce that is as unique and diverse as the individuals it serves.

Ashmika A. Sadh, Founder, Zip Zap Zoop

• personalization

The Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG ) industry is undergoing a transformative phase in 2024, shaped by the aftermath of global events and changing consumer dynamics. The surge in online consumer goods demand, accelerated by the pandemic, is prompting FMCG companies to adopt direct-to-customer approaches and prioritize digital channels for distribution.

Concurrently, sustainability emerges as a pivotal trend, with major FMCG players aligning their strategies to meet the growing demand for eco-friendly products. This shift in consumer values, coupled with an increased focus on conscious living post-pandemic, is influencing the FMCG sector to cater to products that contribute not only to nutritional needs but also to overall health. As 2024 unfolds, these trends will guide FMCG organizations in adapting and innovating to meet the evolving expectations of consumers.

FMCG Trends for 2024

Anticipated to be catalysts for business growth in 2024, these trends are poised to significantly impact brands within the FMCG industry:

The sustainability trend in the FMCG industry is poised to gain further momentum. With heightened consumer awareness of climate change and environmental impacts, companies are increasingly scrutinized for their social responsibility. As a response, FMCG firms are expected to intensify efforts not only in reimagining product presentation and packaging but also in the conscientious selection of materials used in production.

Foreseen as a prominent trajectory for the upcoming year, FMCG companies are projected to expand their offerings of compostable, recyclable, and reusable packaging to meet the growing consumer demand for eco-friendly choices. This shift is not confined to the realm of food but is expected to encompass various non-food items such as cosmetics and cleaning products, reflecting an industry-wide commitment to sustainability and ethical sourcing.

Surge in Healthy Snacking

The industry is expected to witness a sustained focus on conscious snacking, striking a delicate balance between health and taste. This trend is likely to be fueled by the growing preference of the working population for convenient foods that are not only tasty but also high in nutritional value. The key drivers for this trend include the rising demand for on-the-go snacking options that are both ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook, offering a combination of flavor, health benefits, and ease of consumption. As consumers increasingly prioritize a holistic approach to well-being, the convergence of taste, health, and convenience is anticipated to define the snacking sector in 2024.

Priority on Genuineness and Authenticity

In the fast-paced landscape of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG), a notable trend for 2024 centers around consumers' heightened awareness of product ingredients. With a focus on making swift and informed choices regarding nutritional content, consumers are actively scrutinizing product formulations. The key driver behind this trend is the growing emphasis on realness and authenticity, values deeply cherished by today's consumers. The quest for products perceived as natural, believed to be beneficial for personal well-being and the environment, has surged. This authenticity drive manifests in an increased demand for products boasting free-from-claims and streamlined ingredient lists.

Adjusting Economic Realities

Consumers, grappling with the repercussions of price inflation, are proactively trimming their expenditures on food and beverages. This shift toward recessionary spending habits signals a decline in buying bigger family packs and replacing them with smaller packs. However, this does not translate into a willingness to compromise on quality. To navigate this economic landscape, consumers are adopting resourceful strategies such as minimizing food waste and capitalizing on promotional offers. Brands poised for success in 2024 should focus on packaging innovations to extend product shelf life. Additionally, providing personalized promotional offers tailored to individual needs will be crucial for FMCG brands in meeting the evolving preferences of budget-conscious consumers.

Artificial Intelligence

In the ever-evolving landscape of the FMCG industry, AI-powered solutions, particularly Machine Learning (ML) and Natural Language Processing (NLP) are emerging as a prevailing trend, creating substantial opportunities for innovation. Notably, voice-based systems stand out, providing continuous consumer support for product exploration, coupled with recommendation engines that deliver personalized product suggestions. The incorporation of these AI-based solutions reflects a prominent trend, enhancing the overall customer experience and contributing to heightened satisfaction and increased retention for FMCG companies.

Big Data & Analytics

In a dynamic shift, FMCG companies are actively harnessing the power of big data to fuel innovation and a competitive edge within the industry. As consumer data becomes increasingly accessible through online shopping, brands are venturing into innovative approaches to foster stronger relationships with customers and extract valuable insights from their behaviors.

FMCG analytics serves as the driving force, delving into customer preferences and behaviors, and providing companies with profound insights into their purchasing habits. The integration of big data solutions and analytics in the FMCG sector empowers brands to optimize communication strategies, ensuring more personalized experiences for customers and creating a pathway for enhanced engagement in the ever-evolving landscape.

In the competitive landscape of FMCG, brands are increasingly leveraging blockchain technology to establish a distinctive edge. The adoption of smart contracts and blockchain traceability emerges as a key trend, enabling FMCG companies to identify and promptly address supply chain bottlenecks.

This trend extends beyond operational efficiency, with blockchain providing enhanced transparency for consumers. Shoppers can now effortlessly trace the origins of their purchases, fostering a sense of trust and accountability. Additionally, blockchain platforms introduce cryptocurrencies and innovative loyalty programs, reshaping how consumers collect, exchange, and redeem points. This trend is anticipated to not only elevate operational efficacy but also redefine consumer-brand interactions in 2024.

In this dynamic landscape, FMCG companies are poised to navigate a future marked by innovation and responsiveness to consumer needs. The convergence of sustainability, digitalization, and heightened customer experiences forms a strategic foundation, while the e-commerce boom propels brands toward a digitally connected future. Artificial Intelligence and Big Data fuel insights, while the emerging trend of 3D Printing promises a sustainable revolution. As the FMCG industry embraces these forward-looking trends, it charts a course towards a more interconnected, sustainable, and customer-centric future in the ever-evolving marketplace.

Manish Aggarwal, Director, Bikano, Bikanervala Foods Pvt Ltd

For about 20 years now, Manish Aggarwal has been a prominent face in the Indian FMCG industry. During these years, he has proved himself to be an outstanding business leader, innovator and an out-of-the-box thinker always ready to ‘take on’ new problems. In his role as a director at Bikano and as a veritable problem solver, Manish Aggarwal has effected a transformational shift in the way the company’s business operations are conducted and managed. By streamlining and standardising processes and operations, he has not only introduced increased cost-efficiencies and better time management but also set a template for a perfect process-driven business management for the company. 

An eco-friendly way of living is slowly but surely permeating all facets of our existence. After green buildings and green automobiles, it’s now the turn of kitchen appliances to go green. Enter the era of eco-friendly kitchen appliances.

This green revolution in the kitchen follows the age-old traditional kitchens. Traditional kitchens, with their cooking done on wood fire and gas fire, have resulted in resource depletion and waste generation, resulting in ecological degradation. So, the advent of eco-friendly appliances in kitchens presents a beacon of hope to mitigate the environment-degrading practices of the past.

Let's take a close look at why eco-friendly kitchen appliances are gaining popularity and how they revolutionize the cooking experience.

Factors that contribute to the rise in popularity

The rising use of eco-friendly kitchen appliances is heralding a transformative era in our cooking spaces. It reflects a collective shift towards energy efficiency and conscious living, allowing individuals to make sustainable decisions in their homes. Eco-friendly kitchen appliances help cut down power bills and decrease carbon emissions through lesser use of finite power sources. All these, while enjoying the same – or even better – taste of the food cooked, and with greater convenience. Thus, the use of eco-friendly kitchen appliances not only elevates the cooking experience in the kitchen but also closely aligns with their environment-conscious values.

As environmental concerns take center stage globally consumers are becoming increasingly aware of the ecological impact of their choices. In this context, the growing popularity of energy-efficient appliances reflects a larger trend towards sustainability and resource conservation.

For instance, as energy costs rise, the appeal of appliances that consume less power becomes a significant factor in their popularity. This trend is supported by increased knowledge of the environmental and economic benefits of lower energy consumption. As consumers attempt to reduce their carbon footprint and lower their electricity bills, the energy efficiency of appliances has become an important consideration in their purchasing decisions.

Smart appliances, such as electronic pressure cookers and energy-efficient induction cooktops, have emerged as popular options among environmentally conscious consumers. These products use innovative technology to optimise energy utilization, lowering both gas and electricity consumption compared to standard gas burners. Design is another area where these eco-friendly appliances are making a mark. These appliances are designed to be energy-efficient and help users reduce their carbon footprint.

Also, the use and cleaning of these eco-friendly appliances in kitchens entails the use of less water and detergents compared to normal appliances, which again contributes to mitigating the adverse impact of past practices on the environment.

Eco-friendly kitchen appliances are designed to save resources by using recycled materials and reducing waste during manufacturing. Companies are exploring and incorporating innovative, sustainable, and recyclable materials like paper, glass, aluminum, and brass into their manufacturing processes to reduce their impact on the environment. This approach resonates with consumers who prioritize responsible consumption.

Moreover, brands are implementing eco-friendly practices at all stages of their manufacturing processes. They are using solar or wind energy, optimizing their factories to reduce energy consumption during production by using renewable energy sources or implementing energy-saving technologies, and looking for ways to reduce packaging waste by using recyclable materials or designing more compact packaging.

When designing appliances, manufacturers prioritize energy-efficient models that require less power or gas to complete the same activities.

Transformation of the cooking experience

Using these eco-friendly kitchen appliances which feature innovative technologies helps transform the cooking experience in various ways. Eco-friendly appliances, like induction cookers and Infrared cooktops, are being manufactured with advanced insulation materials and inset with smart sensors and more. They operate quietly, producing less pollution compared to traditional gas stoves. This enhances the overall ambiance of the kitchen, making it smoke-free and a more pleasant space. The time-setter on these appliances helps you cook food for exactly the amount of time programmed without wasting even a second.

Beyond convenience, eco-friendly appliances encourage better cooking habits. For example, induction cooktops provide unprecedented temperature control precision, reducing the risk of overcooking and preserving the nutritional integrity of products. Similarly, air fryers promote healthy cooking by using less oil and attaining the appropriate crispness and browning in a quarter of the time required by conventional ovens. Additionally, using low-wattage appliances like bullet blenders, dough makers, and fast-choppers can help save both time and energy in food preparation for busy households. This not only promotes healthy eating habits, but it also helps with energy efficiency by harmonizing with sustainable cooking practices while maintaining taste and quality.

The rise of eco-friendly kitchen appliances marks a pivotal moment in our culinary spaces. Choosing these appliances is not just about being trendy but embracing a lifestyle that respects our environment, avoiding damage to the environment.

Kitchen appliance makers are increasingly recognizing the significance of environmental friendliness and sustainability in meeting consumer demand and harmonizing with changing cultural norms. By demonstrating their commitment to eco-friendly practices, these businesses position themselves favorably for clients who value environmental stewardship in their purchase decisions. Manufacturers react to client demands by developing and promoting eco-friendly appliances.

The decisions we make as consumers in our kitchens can significantly influence good change on a broader level. Selecting environmentally friendly appliances not only lowers our carbon footprint but also promotes sustainable practices in the industry as a whole. A more sustainable lifestyle and a better relationship with the environment are fostered by every choice to give priority to eco-friendly options.

Dr. Manu Nanda, CMO, Stovekraft

The Indian apparel export industry is gearing up for a recovery in the fiscal year 2025. Despite facing challenges in FY2024 due to tepid demand, the industry is expected to bounce back with an estimated 8-9 percent increase in revenues, reaching Rs 28,150 crore from Rs 26,000 crore in the previous fiscal year, according to a recent research note by ICRA.

Factors Driving Recovery

Low Base Effect

The anticipated recovery in FY2025 is largely attributed to the low base effect from the previous fiscal year. With the replenishment of stock in key markets such as the US and the EU regions, the industry is poised to benefit from increased demand.

Inventory Liquidation

Retail apparel brands in the US and the EU, which collectively represent a significant portion of global apparel trade, are expected to liquidate high inventory build-up. This is anticipated to occur in the first half of FY2025, boosting orders for the Summer 2024 season.

Government Initiatives

Long-term growth prospects for the industry are bolstered by various promotional steps undertaken by the Government of India. These include schemes such as Production Linked Incentives (PLI), PM Mitra parks, proposed Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) with the UK and the EU, and the broader trend of diversifying apparel sourcing away from China.

Challenges and Resilience

Impact of Red Sea Conflict

While the ongoing Red Sea conflict has resulted in delayed shipments, apparel exporters operating on a Free on Board (FOB) basis have not experienced immediate cost implications. However, sustained tension could lead to reduced export volumes and lower realizations due to increased costs for customers.

Operating Environment and Capex

A difficult operating environment in FY2024 postponed large capital expenditure investments for many players. However, with expectations of demand revival in FY2025 and strategies to capitalize on the "China Plus One" movement, a pickup in capex spending is anticipated.

Government Schemes and Industry Outlook

PLI and MITRA Schemes

The PLI scheme, along with the PM Mega Integrated Textile Region and Apparel (MITRA) schemes, are expected to bolster India's presence in the global apparel trade. These initiatives will facilitate capacity expansions, provide scale benefits, and strengthen India's position in the man-made fiber (MMF) value chain.

Performance Metrics

Despite challenges, ICRA estimates a mild 5-6 percent year-on-year dip in revenues for FY2024 among its sample companies. However, coverage ratios are expected to marginally moderate due to weakened earnings. The interest cover is projected to be around 5.6-5.8 times and the total debt to OPBDITA around 1.8-1.9 times for FY2025.

Operational Insights and Pricing Dynamics

Operational Margins

Operating margins of apparel exporters are expected to moderate to 9.8-10 percent in FY2024, down from 11.3 percent in FY2023. This decline is attributed to weaker operating performance and a contraction in volumes leading to reduced operational efficiencies.

Cotton Yarn Prices

Despite lower cotton yarn prices in FY2024 compared to the previous year, the benefits are being passed on to customers due to weak demand. However, stability in export incentives and increased scale are anticipated to cushion profitability in FY2025.

In conclusion, while FY2024 presented challenges for the Indian apparel export industry, the outlook for FY2025 appears promising, driven by factors such as inventory replenishment, government initiatives, and strategic industry responses to global shifts.

• Apparel & Retail

As more pilgrims and spiritual seekers visit holy cities in India, retail brands across segments, including fashion & apparel, food & beverage , hypermarkets, homeware & department stores, and consumer electronics brands, are expanding by tailoring the offerings to the pilgrim’s needs. This trend underscores the symbiotic relationship between spiritual tourism and the retail industry, benefiting both sectors from the increased foot traffic.

CBRE South Asia Pvt. Ltd. has announced the findings of its report, ‘Decoding Real Estate through the Spiritual Tourism Lens’. The report highlights retail chains capitalizing on the surge in spiritual tourism across 14 key cities in India.

Rise of Urban Spiritual Tourism

The surge in spiritual tourism reflects a broader shift in tourist preferences, with travelers seeking transformative experiences beyond traditional rituals. The rise of urban spiritual tourism caters to this desire, attracting visitors to cities known for their deep religious and spiritual significance. Cities such as Amritsar, Ajmer, Varanasi, Katra, and Somnath are witnessing a notable retail boom as a result of this trend.

Tailoring Offerings to Pilgrims’ Needs

Retail brands are strategically adapting their offerings to cater to the growing tourist population. From fashion & apparel to food & beverage, and from consumer electronics to homeware & department stores, brands are customizing their products and services to align with the needs and preferences of pilgrims and spiritual seekers.

Infrastructure Development

Enhanced infrastructure, including well-connected roads, airports, and public transportation, has played a significant role in driving the surge in spiritual tourism. The development of various accommodation options, such as hotels, guesthouses, and wellness centers, ensures a comfortable and convenient stay for travelers visiting these cities.

Culinary Traditions and Fashion Expertise

Cities like Amritsar, Varanasi, Madurai, and Puri are leveraging their unique culinary traditions and local fashion expertise to further attract and engage visitors. Integrating local practices into the design and offerings of shops, restaurants, and hotels creates unique retail experiences for pilgrims and tourists alike.

Leading Hotels Catering to Spiritual Travelers

Spiritual tourism remains an attractive revenue stream for India's hospitality sector. Major hotel chains are adapting to the evolving preferences of spiritual tourists by offering clean, hygienic, and family-friendly accommodations that command premium pricing. Branded hotels are emerging as key players, offering a blend of comfort and traditional hospitality tailored for spiritual seekers.

Wellness Centers and Hospitality Collaboration

A partnership has developed between wellness centers and hospitality brands to serve the needs of spiritual tourism. Wellness centers offer services like yoga and Ayurveda to enhance physical, mental, and spiritual health, while hospitality brands create serene environments, customize wellness programs, and provide access to sacred sites and temples for immersive spiritual experiences.

Government Initiatives and Online Retail Platforms

Government initiatives to promote tourism and improve connectivity between pilgrimage sites are further boosting the growth of spiritual tourism in India. The rise of online retail platforms offering easy access to faith-based products and services is also a key factor contributing to this growth.

Investment Opportunities and Economic Growth

Driven by the growing popularity of spiritual tourism, investors are flocking to capitalize on the market's potential. Investments aim to deliver high-quality accommodations, bolster infrastructure, safeguard heritage sites, and ultimately drive regional economic growth. This trend has created opportunities for the hospitality and retail sectors to thrive in these destinations.

Enhanced Infrastructure and Streamlined Travel Services

Enhanced infrastructure, including improved highways, upgraded railway stations, and new airports in cities like Varanasi, Ayodhya, and Amritsar, makes these spiritual hubs more accessible. Streamlined travel services such as online booking systems, tourist information centers, and heightened security measures enhance the overall travel experience.

Cultural Immersion and Spiritual Growth

The shift towards experiential travel is largely driven by younger generations seeking cultural immersion and spiritual growth. Tour companies are responding to this demand by offering personalized pilgrimages and wellness programs that include activities like meditation, yoga, and Ayurveda.

In conclusion, the surge in spiritual tourism in India is not only reshaping the retail and hospitality sectors but also contributing to regional economic growth. As travelers increasingly seek transformative experiences, cities with deep religious and spiritual significance are emerging as key destinations, driving investment and innovation in infrastructure, retail, and hospitality offerings.

• Retail industry
• Retail Growth

In the ever-evolving retail landscape where customers are more connected, aware, and channel agnostic, staying ahead of the curve is crucial for success. Cross-Channel Retail, a set-up from multichannel retail has been a game-changer in recent years. It has been designed for four specific goals, firstly to acquire new customers, second to retarget the shoppers, third to activate the non-buyers, and fourth to increase the second purchase rate. As it gives customers the flexibility to enjoy every purchase across different channels. Big giants in the retail industry are making huge millions by offering an enigmatic customer experience through Cross-Channel Retail. Thus, it is important to know its meaning, benefits, challenges, and what the future holds for retailers who embrace this transformative approach.

One Strategy

Cross-channel retail is a pivotal part of any successful retail strategy that describes the process of offering customers a seamless shopping experience across multiple channels. By adopting a cross-channel approach, retailers create a logical progression by keeping a close eye on customer actions and behavior. This leads to consistent brand presentation, which helps in creating a cohesive brand identity. At its core, cross-channel retail integrates different shopping channels, including brick-and-mortar stores, and all online platforms accessed through mobile apps, websites or social media. This helps businesses to improve customer loyalty, increase engagement, and boost sales.

One of the key principles of cross-channel retail is the integration of retail channels, to ensure the access to the same products, promotions, and information to the customers regardless of the channel they choose. The likelihood of a customer coming back to a brand increases when the customer has a favorable experience. In one of the reports by McKinsey, the 3C’s of customer satisfaction mentioned, “Maximizing satisfaction with customer journeys has the potential not only to increase customer satisfaction by 20 percent but also lift a revenue by 15 percent while lowering the cost of serving customers by as much as 20percent”. Through this integration, the seamless shopping experience helps in supporting brand loyalty and consistency.

 Beyond creating brand awareness and building trust, cross-channel retail has its own merits. This integration connects the dots and gives the power to reach a wider audience with an opportunity to connect with different segments and amplify the presence of the brand. By offering a seamless and integrated shopping experience, retailers can enhance customer engagement and loyalty. It is important to break down the silos and ensure that customers can switch among channels effortlessly. Getting insights into customer behavior, purchasing habits, and preferences is another merit of cross-channel retail. “Retail companies with strong cross-cha percent for companies with weak cross-channel strategies”, as per the report by Gruscoach (2024). With this knowledge, retailers can tailor their marketing efforts and make informed business decisions. Today's consumers expect more than just the ability to purchase products; they ask for personalized experiences that cater to their preferences and lifestyles. To meet these expectations, cross-channel retail aims to provide a seamless and integrated shopping experience across all channels by maintaining a consistent tone of voice. Thus, it is important to implement integrated system, synchronized data and a consistent brand voice across all platforms.

Where the Future Lies

The future of retail belongs to those who realize that to thrive in this digital era, cross-channel retail is a necessity. However, these benefits come with challenges like threats associated with data security, and interoperability. Retailers should focus on five actions, first, ‘zero friction’ digital experience, second, ‘in-store feel’ to digital experience, third, ‘safe experience’, fourth, creating a ‘store for the future’, and lastly, fifth, ‘agile operating model’. This seismic shift is writing a playbook for success, offering retailers the opportunity to redefine the shopping experience. By embracing this approach, retailers can reach new heights, enhance customer engagement and loyalty, and thrive in an increasingly digital world.

• cross channel

From technology to finance, women entrepreneurs are breaking barriers and carving out their paths to success, contributing significantly to the global economy. In this dynamic landscape of empowerment and independence, the food and beverage sector stands out as a prime example of women’s entrepreneurship flourishing.

Women in the F&B industry are trailblazers, challenging traditional norms and redefining what it means to be successful in business. With a keen eye for opportunity and a willingness to take calculated risks, they are breaking new ground and setting new standards for excellence. From introducing unique menu offerings to implementing cutting-edge technologies, women entrepreneurs are constantly pushing the envelope, driving innovation, and reshaping the landscape of the F&B sector.

Unlocking Opportunities in Retail F&B

For years, women have been trained in the art of running a kitchen, mastering the skills necessary to nourish their families. Now, with evolving times, women are leveraging this traditional training and household expertise to embark on entrepreneurial endeavors within the F&B sector. From artisanal bakeries to specialty cafes, women-owned businesses are not only creating unique offerings but also tapping into their deep understanding of diverse consumer preferences.

This shift from household caretaker to business innovator is evident in the way women entrepreneurs are revolutionizing traditional F&B concepts. Just as catering to a family requires an intimate understanding of each member’s tastes and preferences, venturing into the F&B business with this background equips women with deeper understanding of consumer preference, thus, curating personalized customer experiences.

Embracing Technology and Innovation

While the foundation of a successful F&B venture may be rooted in traditional culinary expertise, women entrepreneurs are seamlessly integrating technology and innovation into their operations. Understanding that innovation and technology is imperative to thrive in today’s market, women are harnessing technology to streamline operations and enhance efficiency in their businesses.

This adoption of technology not only allows women entrepreneurs to run their businesses more efficiently but also empowers them with newfound skills and knowledge. Beyond mastering their food products, they’re delving into the realms of digital marketing and exploring new strategies to reach and engage with a broader consumer base. With each step towards embracing technology, these women are not only reshaping the retail F&B sector but also carving out a path towards empowerment and independence.

Innovating with Flavors: Infusing Tradition with Modern Twists

One of the hallmarks of women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector is their penchant for innovation and experimentation with flavors. They infuse traditional recipes with modern twists, breathing new life into classic dishes and captivating the taste buds of their customers. Whether it's incorporating exotic ingredients, experimenting with unique flavor combinations, or drawing inspiration from their personal stories and cultural influences, women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector are fearless in their pursuit of culinary excellence. Their willingness to take risks and push the boundaries of flavor profiles sets them apart as true innovators in the industry.

Mastering the Art of Multitasking

Women entrepreneurs in the F&B sector are renowned for their exceptional multitasking abilities. Balancing the demands of running a business while also innovating in the kitchen requires a unique skill set that women entrepreneurs have mastered. From managing inventory and finances to overseeing operations and customer service, they seamlessly juggle multiple responsibilities to ensure the success of their ventures. Their ability to multitask effectively is a testament to their resilience, adaptability, and commitment to excellence.

Their efficient multitasking abilities extend beyond the confines of their homes and into their businesses, where they excel in various fields of operation. This dedication and ability to manage diverse tasks not only contribute to the growth of their businesses but also empower other women to pursue their entrepreneurial aspirations.

Leading the Change

In Retail F&B sector, women entrepreneurs are not just participants but leaders, leading the charge towards innovation and growth. Their visionary leadership and relentless pursuit of excellence serve as a driving force, inspiring others to embrace new possibilities and push the boundaries of success.

Their visionary leadership extends beyond the confines of their businesses, inspiring others to dream big and pursue their passions fearlessly. Leading by example, women entrepreneurs are not only achieving remarkable success in their own right but also empowering others to unlock their full potential. Their stories of resilience, determination, and triumph serve as beacons of hope and inspiration, igniting a spark of possibility in those who dare to dream.

As we celebrate International Women's Day, it's crucial to recognize the transformative impact of women entrepreneurs in the Retail F&B sector. Their resilience, determination, and unwavering commitment to excellence have not only reshaped the industry but also inspired a new generation of leaders. From breaking traditional norms to embracing technology and fostering collaboration, women entrepreneurs have demonstrated the limitless potential of women in business. Let us applaud their achievements and commit to supporting and empowering them on their entrepreneurial journey. By providing access to mentorship, training, and networking opportunities, we can create an inclusive ecosystem where women can thrive and contribute to the F&B industry. Together, let us continue to champion diversity, equity, and inclusion, unlocking the full potential of women entrepreneurs and driving collective growth and innovation in the F&B sector.

Authored by Sheetal Bhalerao, Chairperson and Managing Director of Wardwizard Foods and Beverages Ltd

• Women Entrepreneurs

In the dynamic realm of retail and e-commerce, one phenomenon has emerged as a game-changer: the rapid ascent of quick commerce (q-commerce) in India. With its current market size soaring to $2.8 billion, q-commerce is poised to disrupt the traditional retail landscape, reshaping consumer shopping habits and industry dynamics alike.

Driving Forces of Q-Commerce

Urbanization and Rising Disposable Incomes : India's urban population, coupled with increasing disposable incomes, has created a significant demand for convenient, on-demand shopping solutions. Q-commerce platforms have capitalized on this trend by offering instant product deliveries within an impressive 8-20 minute timeframe, particularly resonating with Gen Zs and millennials in major metros.

Surprising Success Amid Global Failures : Despite global failures of similar models, the success of q-commerce in India has stunned industry experts. Notably, q-commerce leaders are not just experiencing growth but are also moving towards profitability, positioning India as a global pioneer in q-commerce success.

Key Factors Driving Q-Commerce Growth

Skyrocketing GMV : Q-commerce has sustained its momentum, achieving an unprecedented 77 percent year-on-year growth in Gross Merchandise Value (GMV) despite a sluggish year for consumption in 2023. This growth highlights a notable K-shaped recovery, with A-led consumption flourishing while B/C consumption remained stagnant.

New User Adoption : Q-commerce's seamless consumer experience has attracted new users, who are shifting their e-commerce spending towards q-commerce platforms. Gen Zs and millennials in cities like Bangalore, Delhi NCR, and Mumbai are leading the charge, with existing users also increasing their spending habits.

Winning Event Days and Category Diversification : Q-commerce platforms have mastered understanding consumer purchase patterns, and customizing selection and experiences accordingly. Event-driven promotions, such as during the Cricket World Cup Final and Valentine’s Day, have led to record sales. Additionally, platforms are diversifying beyond groceries into categories like beauty, electronics, and home decor, attracting Direct-to-Consumer brands as lucrative partners.

Path to Profitability : Q-commerce platforms are not just experiencing explosive growth but are also inching closer to profitability. Strategies such as non-grocery expansion, optimization of dark store utilization, growth in advertising revenues, and rise in commissions are bolstering profitability prospects. Q-commerce contribution margins are expected to reach +6-7 percent by 2026.

Sustainable Growth : Q-commerce is poised for sustained growth, with projections indicating a 40-45 percent Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) over the next three years. Despite significant growth, average monthly transacting users remain a fraction of those in online food delivery and mobility sectors, indicating substantial room for expansion, particularly in Tier I cities.

Future Outlook and Conclusion

The rise of q-commerce in India represents a paradigm shift in the retail industry, driven by changing consumer behaviors, technological advancements, and a conducive business environment. With its ability to offer instant gratification and unparalleled convenience, q-commerce is redefining the shopping experience for Indians and presenting significant investment opportunities.

While the outlook is promising, the consistency of q-commerce performance in upcoming quarters remains to be seen. Additionally, the response from legacy e-commerce platforms will shape the competitive landscape in the months to come. Nevertheless, q-commerce is set to continue its upward trajectory, reshaping the retail industry and offering immense growth potential for industry players.

• Quick Commerce

Australian homeware brand, Anko, which launched its operations in the Indian market around early 2023, is reportedly ceasing its operations in the country, according to sources familiar with the developments. Furthermore, the Anko India website has listed all its products as 'out of stock'. 

Anko India, owned by Wesfarmers Ltd, one of Australia’s leading publicly listed companies and the parent company of the department store Kmart, entered India in June 2023. Anko is renowned for its home and kitchenware, small furniture products, and toys. The Anko brand was established in 2017 and is stocked in Kmart Australia. Its global headquarters is in Australia, with offices in China and India, and vendor partners across Asia.

Recently, Australia’s Kmart Group, the parent company of low-price department stores Kmart and Target, reported a revenue increase of 4.8 percent to $5.9 billion for the first half of FY24. The growth was primarily driven by Kmart, which saw a 7.8 percent increase in sales, while Target experienced a 5.1 percent decline compared to the first half of FY23.

Anko in India had planned a digital-first entry via D2C channels and was also present on select online marketplaces. Anko had also partnered with e-commerce giants such as Flipkart and Myntra. Pulkit Bansal was appointed as the Country Head of Anko India. Bansal previously held significant leadership roles with leading brands such as Ola Cabs, Flipkart, and ITC Ltd., focusing on creating sustainable and long-term business growth.

IndianRetailer.com reached out to Pulkit Bansal, the Country Head of Anko India, for comment, but he declined to disclose any details regarding the development.

(This story will be updated if Anko India shares a statement to our query)

Established over three decades ago, ASUS has carved a niche for itself in the global market, with a steadfast commitment to its core value of "In Search of Incredible." ASUS has emerged as a pioneering force in the ever-evolving landscape of technology, consistently pushing boundaries and redefining the standards of innovation. In 2006, ASUS set foot in the vast expanse of the Indian market, recognizing its immense potential and the diverse needs of its burgeoning population.

Arnold Su, Vice President of ASUS India, sheds light on the brand's journey and its core ethos. "Our core value is in search of incredible," Su states. "We want to make sure ASUS will be able to meet the Indian customer's requirement." Since its inception in India, ASUS has undergone a remarkable transformation, evolving from a traditional approach to sales to a dynamic ecosystem that prioritizes customer experience..

Adapting to the Indian Consumer

ASUS's journey in India has been characterized by a deep understanding of the Indian consumer psyche and a commitment to tailor-made solutions. Su explains, "From 2006, we tried to open different types of stores, but today it is a totally different scenario." ASUS's strategy has shifted towards immersive experiences, with dedicated gaming stores where customers can not only see but also experience products firsthand.

Speaking about ASUS's adaptability to the Indian market, Su emphasizes, "We have learned from Indian customers that if your products have a unique selling point of your products, customers are ready to pay for it." This adaptability has led to the successful launch of products like the Zenbook Duo and ROG G14, catering to the diverse needs of Indian consumers.

Making Technology Accessible

At the heart of ASUS's success lies its commitment to bringing cutting-edge technology to the masses. Su elaborates on ASUS's ethos, stating, "Technology should be affordable to every customer." ASUS's groundbreaking initiatives, such as launching the first OLED laptop in the sub-50k segment, have democratized access to premium technology, making it accessible to a wider audience.

In a testament to its success, ASUS has emerged as a dominant player in the Indian market. Su proudly declares, "Last year in 2023, ASUS reached the number two consumer notebook brand in India." Furthermore, ASUS holds the distinction of being the number one gaming brand in India, showcasing its prowess in the burgeoning gaming sector.

Embracing Online Channels

In an era dominated by digital transformation, ASUS recognizes the importance of online channels in driving growth. Su acknowledges the rise of online platforms, stating, "During the covid period, offline ratio dropped to around 50-55 percent while online increased to 40-45 percent. However, post the pandemic offline gradually. Today our online to offline sales is around 30:70." ASUS remains committed to providing a seamless omnichannel experience, allowing customers to make informed decisions whether online or offline.

With a diverse product portfolio ranging from Rs 20,000 to Rs 4.5 lakh, ASUS caters to a broad spectrum of consumers. Su highlights ASUS's engagement with young customers, stating, "64 percent of ASUS customer is in the age group of 18 to 24." However, ASUS strives to engage with consumers across all age segments, ensuring inclusivity and accessibility.

In addition to gaming, ASUS is pioneering the creator segment, catering to the burgeoning community of content creators. Su underscores ASUS's commitment to differentiation, stating, "For gamers, they care about the response time, but for content creators, they care about color accuracy." By addressing the distinct needs of creators, ASUS aims to empower individuals to unleash their creative potential.

Pioneering the Future

As technology continues to evolve, ASUS remains at the forefront of innovation. Su hints at future endeavors, stating, "This year, the hottest topic is AI PC." With a focus on emerging trends like AI and gaming, ASUS is poised to revolutionize the tech landscape, offering groundbreaking solutions to meet the evolving needs of consumers.

Looking towards the future, ASUS envisions itself as the undisputed leader in the Indian market. Su articulates, "Our goal is to be the number one brand in India." With a focus on enhancing customer experience and expanding retail presence, ASUS aims to cement its position as a trusted brand among Indian consumers.

Thus, ASUS's journey in India exemplifies a remarkable blend of technological innovation, adaptability, and customer-centricity. As ASUS continues to push boundaries and redefine standards, it remains poised to shape the future of technology in India and beyond.

In the ever-evolving world of fashion where discussions are of late dominated by topics surrounding sustainability, traceability, and gender neutrality, one paradigm stands out as a catalyst for transformative change: inclusivity. The concept of inclusive fashion transcends the traditional boundaries of the industry, aiming to embrace individuals of all abilities and disabilities. It strives to ensure that every person feels not just acknowledged but genuinely valued within the diverse tapestry of global fashion.

As a powerful global language, fashion speaks to individuals of varying statures, races, and ages. It goes beyond mere clothing, becoming a profound expression for those who find their voice through style. In a world where words may fall short, fashion emerges as a megaphone, amplifying the diverse narratives of its wearers. The evolution of fashion has been monumental, marked by a profound impact and a compelling need for change.

Today, with the inclusivity revolution, fashion not only reflects the beauty of diversity but also transforms into a platform where everyone, regardless of color, gender, ability, or medical condition, can find their place and flourish. In this article, we will explore how inclusivity has paved the way for the concept of “fashion for all” and how it stretches beyond being a mere trend.

The Dynamic World of Fashion and the Tectonic Shift

The fashion industry is undeniably diverse, competitive, and constantly evolving to meet the ever-changing demands of the modern consumer. The significance of personalization in the apparel manufacturing process has become paramount, with consumers seeking brands that offer well-fitting garments. The fashion business has expanded to support various industries, including design, graphic design, communication, marketing, logistics, and media. It upholds values of quality, integrity, and individuality, with personal expression and individualism being key aspects of one's fashion choices. As society moves towards slow and sustainable fashion, prioritizing environmental considerations, the industry is poised for a transformative shift.

Embracing Change

In recent years, conversations surrounding the fashion industry’s impact on the environment have picked up steam. Conscious consumers are increasingly leaning towards using sustainable, natural fabrics that won’t harm the planet. They are opting to practice slow fashion with an emphasis on mindful consumption. Brands, too, are leaving no stone unturned to cater to today’s environmentally-conscious consumers, by offering apparel made out of natural fabrics at affordable pricing. Together, they can create a significant impact and contribute to a more sustainable world.

Adaptive Clothing: Inclusivity for All

In a bid to integrate individuals with disabilities and the elderly into society, the fashion industry has taken notable strides by introducing 'adaptive clothing.' These specially designed garments address mobility issues, sensory impairments, and disabilities, providing a more comfortable, dignified, and accessible dressing experience for those facing challenges with traditional clothing.

Adaptive clothing incorporates various design elements to enhance functionality, catering to the specific needs of individuals. Features such as Velcro closures, hooks instead of buttons, easy-pull zippers, side zippers on trousers, open-back tops, elasticated waistlines, and magnetic shoe fastenings are integrated to offer comfort and ease of use. These design innovations empower people with disabilities (PwDs) to dress comfortably while maintaining their dignity and feeling at ease in their skin.

The global market for adaptive clothing is steadily growing and was valued at approximately $13.6 billion in 2022, according to the Adaptive Clothing Market Analysis Survey 2023. This market is projected to experience significant growth, with a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of around 5 percent expected by 2030. As consumers increasingly prioritize brands that promote confidence through their clothing, apparel companies are motivated to develop adaptive designs that empower people with disabilities. Prominent fashion houses are finally recognizing and embracing this inclusivity trend, marking a positive step towards a more diverse and accessible fashion landscape.

Inclusivity in fashion is no longer an option; rather, it’s the way to go for brands to stay afloat in the market. Simply put, the world of retail merchandise will be marked by the game-changer, that is inclusive fashion.

Rohit Agarwal, Director, Citykart

• fashion retail
• Merchandise
• Fashion Retailing

The omnichannel strategy transcends conventional business tactics; it embodies a philosophy rooted in empathy and consumer understanding, aiming to surpass expectations and foster enduring loyalty. “It is about meeting the consumer where they are and anticipating their needs and exceeding the expectation at every turn. It is about building and fostering loyalty, and forging lasting connections and extending far beyond the transactions.” With these poignant words, Falguni Nayar, Executive Chairperson, Founder and CEO, Nykaa delivered an enlightening address at the recently concluded Startup Mahakumbh 2024.

Key Takeaways from her address:

Entrepreneurship in the indian economy.

India stood at the brink of a new economic era, characterized by innovation and entrepreneurship. Nayar highlighted the nation's burgeoning startup ecosystem, which offered abundant opportunities for creative solutions to real-time problems.

“There's a significant redistribution of households across income levels. The low income households are expected to shrink by 6 percent by 2030. The forecast is that the increase in upper income households will increase from 33 percent to 46 percent of all households. With the changes in the workforce, more Gen Z and women entering the workforce, the total number of households is increasing to almost 35 points up the ladder. And we are expecting 25 percent growth in consumption over the next eight years due to heightened rural consumption trends in premiumization and increasing income levels and an expected 90 percent plus penetration in smartphones.”

India’s Consumption Story on Beauty

Nayar drew parallels between India and China's consumption trends, foreseeing significant growth in per capita spending on beauty and personal care products. “Given the S curve of expected increase in per capita income from $2500 today to $5500 by 2030 - similar to China’s trends, we anticipate the BPC per capita spend to go from $15 today to $50 by 2030. The $21 billion BPC industry is set to become $30 billion over the next few years showing a remarkable potential driven by online retail growing at 27 percent to 29 percent CAGR.”

Notably, she cited Kay Beauty as a prime example of Nykaa's success in resonating with consumers through premium-quality offerings and inclusive branding. “The brand's positioning is rooted in building a holistic beauty community that is inclusive for all gender, skin tone, and skin types of all ages. We have seen the consumer love with over 1.5 million customers who have tried Kay Beauty with the Kay community on Instagram being 1.4 million strong. The brand is expected to grow at 62 percent after a robust year of expanding.”

India’s Consumption Story on Fashion

India's per capita fashion spending was expected to rise substantially by 2030, driven by increasing GDP per capita. Nayar predicted a significant shift towards online purchases in categories like fashion, indicating a promising future for D2C brands.

“Currently, India’s per capita fashion spend is approximately $54. As the GDP per capita increases to $5500 by 2030, we are expecting this to grow to $160 per capita. We are slowly seeing consumer behavior shift towards this expectation. After electronics, fashion is the second largest category purchased online. By 2027, it is expected that fashion, grocery and general merchandise will capture two-thirds of the ecommerce market - showing large potential and room to grow. The offline organized and unorganized markets are no laggards, both growing at CAGR of 13 percent and 7 percent, respectively.”

D2C Brands and the Evolving Consumer Behavior

Nayar underscored the importance of understanding evolving consumer preferences in the digital age. She noted the emergence of D2C brands, particularly in fashion and beauty, leveraging agility to address consumer needs effectively.

“In today’s phygital world - understanding consumer patterns, behaviours and preferences is paramount in order to solve consumer concerns. When you peel back the onion on why consumers shop across ecommerce marketplaces & quick commerce vs offline stores - their motivations become clear. D2C brands have the advantage of being quick-to-market and agile to adapt to changing trends – all while solving real consumer problems. Of the new D2C brands over the last few years - 44 percent have emerged in fashion & beauty. “

Going Global

Through a strategic alliance with Apparel Group, Nykaa introduced Nysaa, a multi-brand specialty omnichannel retail concept in Dubai. Nayar sees this venture as an opportunity to revolutionize the beauty shopping experience in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) region, leveraging Nykaa's online-first approach to cater to diverse consumer needs.

“We have launched Nysaa, a multi-brand specialty omnichannel beauty retail concept in Dubai this month with a 56 million population, 54 percent of which is under the age of 25 GCC is at an interesting juncture. Nysaa launched its first store and is looking to expand to 70 stores over the next five years. With over 150 brands offered, omnichannel Nyssa is set to uniquely change the way consumer and GCC experience beauty to deliver a unparalleled trend led engaging shopping experience.”

India's retail sector is on the brink of transformative growth, with projections indicating a substantial leap to $2 trillion within the next decade, as per a report jointly conducted by the Boston Consulting Group (BCG) and the Retailers Association of India (RAI). This forecast marks a remarkable surge from the $820 billion valuation recorded in 2023.

Changing Consumer Behavior

The report attributes this growth to a paradigm shift in consumer behavior, where preferences are tilting towards experiential consumption such as travel and entertainment, over traditional product purchases. This shift has notably influenced expenditure patterns over the past two years, prompting a reevaluation of consumer spending habits.

Organized Retail's Resilience

Despite encountering short-term challenges, including a recent dip in year-on-year growth and subdued performance by some large retailers, the organized retail market in India has exhibited consistent growth against the backdrop of broader economic dynamics. BCG notes that profitability has generally remained consistent and aligned with global peers.

Rapid Expansion and Market Dynamics

Since 2010, India's retail sector has experienced exponential growth, surging over 200 percent from a $250 billion valuation. This growth has been fueled by a burgeoning middle class and the entry of major international fashion and food chains. Looking ahead, the market is poised to maintain a steady growth rate of 9-10 percent over the next decade.

Key Strategies for Retail Success

Refining delivery models and harnessing technology.

Success in the retail sector, according to Namit Puri, Managing Director and Senior Partner at BCG, hinges on retailers' ability to refine their delivery models, leverage artificial intelligence (AI) and analytics, and implement aggressive cost management strategies. Adapting to evolving consumer preferences and technological advancements is imperative for sustained growth.

Consumption Trends and Investment Behavior

BCG's report tracks consumption trends across various categories, revealing a faster growth rate for services compared to goods. Additionally, there has been a notable increase in savings and investments among households, with a significant rise in demat accounts and health insurance penetration. Retailers need to align their strategies with these shifting patterns to capitalize on emerging opportunities.

Shift Towards Premium Goods and Urban Consumption

Consumers are increasingly trading up to premium products, driving demand for luxury goods across various categories. Elite households, with annual incomes exceeding Rs 20 lakh, are significantly contributing to this trend, particularly in segments such as cosmetics, electronics, and leisure travel. Furthermore, store expansion is expected to continue, fueled by urbanization and rising consumption across cities of all tiers.

In conclusion, India's retail sector stands at a critical juncture, poised for substantial growth driven by evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and demographic shifts. Retailers must adapt swiftly, leveraging innovation and strategic insights to capture the vast opportunities presented by this dynamic market landscape.

We're witnessing a tidal wave of women taking charge, shattering the glass ceiling, and building empires in the world of entrepreneurship. Forget the days when women were expected to be confined to the home front. Now, we're owning our power, showcasing our talents, and reshaping the business landscape, one move at a time.

The rise of female entrepreneurs is reshaping the narrative of business ownership, inspiring others, and creating employment opportunities not just across the country but also globally. In the Indian context, however, let's be real, it's not always sunshine and rainbows. There are still barriers to break, biases to challenge and patriarchy to persist. Future generations must be educated on dismantling these cultural barriers and creating a more inclusive environment.

Overcoming Obstacles

Despite progress, women entrepreneurs encounter societal biases and gender stereotypes holding back their growth. Most of the women entrepreneurs face more challenges in accessing finance and markets than their male counterparts. In India, gender gaps persist in the finance sector, with a limited percentage of female founders receiving business funding. These challenges are fuel, they flare up our resilience, our creativity, and our determination to make a path for ourselves and break those stereotypes. We're finding innovative solutions, building supportive communities, and proving that we can not only survive but thrive in this dynamic world.

Leveraging India's Rich Heritage

India, with its lively culture and long history of traditional crafts, is a great example of how women's businesses can be successful globally. Women are using age-old skills and wisdom for beauty, handicrafts, and more to create products that have an international appeal and authenticity that’s being appreciated appeal all over the world. This motivates women business owners to make a real difference by keeping traditional ways and simplicity alive and making them fit the needs of the global market. They are very entrepreneurial, which not only keeps cultural traditions alive but also brings them to the attention of people around the world, showing off the abundance and diversity of India's rich culture and traditions.

Globalization Opens Doors for Women-led Businesses

Globalization has changed things, and women in different parts of the world are being affected by it in different ways. Women have been able to take the lead in making economic and social changes because of it. The socioeconomic position of women is changing, even if it takes a while. This is happening because of better global information networks and more exposure between cultures.

As globalization moves forward, it has broken down geographical barriers, making way for a huge market. This change opens up a huge range of opportunities for women businesses to show off their unique goods and services to people all over the world. In the global business world, this number shows that women entrepreneurs have a lot of economic power and potential. It appears not only how well they can do in the global market, but also how important they are to shaping the future of the world economy.

The Digital Advantage

The ascent of digital platforms has reshaped the business landscape, offering women entrepreneurs cost-effective and accessible tools to navigate the global market. E-commerce platforms, coupled with social media marketing and online marketplaces, empower women to connect with new customers beyond traditional brick-and-mortar limitations.

Digital Financial Services further streamline challenges for women entrepreneurs, encompassing payments, credit, savings, remittances, and insurance. Online crowdfunding platforms enable women to raise funds globally, while a growing number of venture capitalists and angel investors actively seek out women-led businesses. This evolving landscape not only facilitates financial access but also cultivates a supportive environment, marking a transformative shift in the game for women entrepreneurs in the digital age.

Collaboration is Key

In today's globally interconnected business landscape, collaboration stands as the backbone for success. Women entrepreneurs are increasingly acknowledging the advantages of forging partnerships and alliances with other businesses, whether on a domestic or international scale. These collaborations serve as channels for knowledge sharing and resource pooling, creating a collective approach that not only unlocks new market opportunities but also broadens reach. A recent study on trends reveals that women entrepreneurs consider collaboration essential for business growth. This highlights the transformative impact of collective action, showcasing the role collaboration plays in leading businesses to another level.

Embracing Diversity for Global Expansion

Globalization has changed things for women all over the world. As women business owners move into global markets, it's important to understand and adapt to the subtleness of different cultures. This includes understanding and respecting the people, places, and ways of communicating.

The future of entrepreneurship is female. Women business owners are changing the world. They're not only building great businesses by getting through past problems, breaking down barriers, and embracing diversity, but they're also making the future more open for everyone. This has also given women a chance to lead the way in making economic and social changes. A woman’s position is changing, even if it takes a while. By overcoming obstacles they're not just building successful businesses but also creating a more inclusive future for all.

Aashka Goradia Goble, Co-Founder & CMO, Renee Cosmetics

• women empowerment

Copyright © 2009 - 2024 Franchise India Holdings Ltd

9 Critical Startup Expenses for Starting a Starbucks Franchise

By alex ryzhkov, resources on starbucks franchisee.

• Financial Model
• Business Plan
• Value Proposition
• One-Page Business Plan
• SWOT Analysis
• Business Model
• Marketing Plan
• Bundle Business Plan & Fin Model

Introduction

The rising popularity of coffee shops shows no signs of slowing down, and Starbucks stands at the forefront of the speciality coffee industry. Starbucks is one of the most successful and popular franchises in the world, with an estimated revenue of over $6 billion in 2020. In 2020, the global franchise industry generated more than $2 trillion in economic output and has been steadily growing for several decades. Starbucks has become the model for how to run a successful franchise, and many aspiring entrepreneurs are eager to join the lucrative industry by opening their own Starbucks franchise.

There are many costs associated with opening a Starbucks franchise. While the franchise is considered a fairly low-cost franchise with an initial franchise fee of around $15,000 to $25,000, it is important to understand the full scope of costs associated with opening a franchise and prepare for them. These costs can vary widely depending on the location and scope of the franchise. In this blog post, we will discuss the estimated fees associated with opening a Starbucks franchise.

Starbucks Franchise Financial Model

$169.00 $99.00 Get Template

Startup Costs

When it comes to launching a Starbucks franchise, the amount of capital required for startup costs can vary considerably. The following is a breakdown of the expected startup costs ranging from initial franchise fees to advertising and training fees:

These startup costs are in addition to a royalty fee of 6%, and an advertising fee of 4.5-8% of total sales, with the exact amount to be determined by the franchise agreement. It is important to remember that these estimated costs represent the minimum capital investment to open a Starbucks franchise, and actual startup costs may vary depending upon factors such location.

Initial Franchise Fee

The initial franchise fee when starting a Starbucks store is exceptionally high, it varies from $40,000 to as much as $100,000. According to the company, most of the fees are invested back into the business with added investments for marketing campaigns, equipment purchases and interior design. Other investments will include employee wages and store rent.

In addition to the initial franchise fee , operators are required to pay the company a 6% ongoing royalty fee on all sales which covers ongoing operational costs such as administrative support, research and development, product supply and marketing. Starbucks also requires that their operators contribute to a national advertising fund in order to support its national advertisements.

It's also important to note that entrepreneurs should expect to invest a sizable amount of capital upfront in order to cover these associated costs. A rough estimate would be an investment of around $500,000 as a total cost to open a Starbucks franchise.

Site Preparation and Construction Costs

When considering how much it costs to open a Starbucks franchise , an important factor to keep in mind is the site preparation and construction costs. This is known as the cost of building out the franchise location and typically includes the cost of rent and build-out.

According to a survey conducted by franchisechatter.com in 2020, construction costs for a Starbucks franchise can range from $238,00 to $625,000. This includes rent and build-out costs for a location of size 1,700 to 2,500 square feet. It is important to note that exact costs will vary depending on the size of the store and the location. For example, if a store happens to be located in an area where rent is higher, it will likely reflect in the construction costs.

The same survey showed that rent is a significant part of the cost, ranging from $7,000 to $40,000 per month. This presents a substantial overhead, but it can be viewed as an investment in the brand. Rent and build-out costs are just the start of the equation. Aside from those component costs, Starbucks can also include construction costs for things like equipment, furniture, and signage.

The actual cost of equipment, furniture, and signage also varies, though it is generally estimated to be between $25,000 and $50,000. Thus, if you take all of the components into consideration, then the total cost to build a Starbucks franchise can range from $268,000 to $675,000.

Leasehold Improvements

Opening a Starbucks franchise is an expensive undertaking. One of the costs associated with opening a new store is leasehold improvements. These improvements can include anything from updating existing fixtures to building out an entirely new space. Depending on the scope of the project, leasehold improvements can range from a few thousand dollars to hundreds of thousands of dollars.

The exact cost of leasehold improvements can vary significantly depending on the scope of the project, the location of the store, and the materials and labor used. Generally speaking, the cost of leasehold improvements for a Starbucks store ranges from $50,000 to $150,000 in the United States. For example, a 2018 survey from Franchise Business Review found that the average cost of leasehold improvements for a Starbucks franchise was $86,641.

In addition to the cost of leasehold improvements, there are other costs associated with opening a new Starbucks. These include the initial franchise fee of $25,000, a licensing fee of $1,500, and an ongoing royalty fee of 8% of gross sales. Additionally, the store must be stocked with necessary equipment and supplies, which can add up to several thousand dollars.

Overall, opening a Starbucks franchise is a major investment, with leasehold improvements accounting for a large portion of the total cost. It's important for prospective franchisees to take the time to research their options and understand the total cost of opening a new store. Having a clear understanding of the costs involved can help make the process of opening a new Starbucks franchise as smooth as possible.

The cost of signage for a Starbucks Franchise can vary greatly depending on the size and complexity of the sign. Generally, basic signage can range from $2,000 to $5,000 USD. More complex signs, such as those with digital components, could cost up to $10,000 USD or more. This cost should be taken into consideration when planning the budget for opening a Starbucks Franchise.

When considering signage for a Starbucks Franchise, there are a few factors to consider. These include:

• Size and complexity: The size and complexity of the sign will have an impact on the cost. Large signs with complex components such as digital elements can be more costly than a basic sign.
• Location: The location of the sign can also have an impact on the cost. Signs located in high traffic areas such as busy streets or city centers can cost more than signs located in less visible locations.
• Material: The type of material used for the sign can also impact the cost. Signs made of metal or other durable materials will cost more than signs made of plastic or other less expensive materials.

It is important to consider the cost of signage when budgeting for a Starbucks Franchise. In addition to the cost of the sign itself, there may be additional costs for installation and maintenance. Taking these factors into consideration can help ensure that the franchise is prepared for all the costs associated with signage.

Grand Opening Advertising

When you decide to open a Starbucks franchise, you will need to invest in grand opening advertising. This is an important part of launching your business, as it will help to make the public aware of your presence and bring in customers during the early stages. According to the 2020 Franchise Disclosure Document , the estimated cost of grand opening advertising is up to $17,500 USD.

A wide variety of marketing and advertising materials may be used for grand opening advertising. This may include print media , such as flyers and newspaper ads, as well as digital media , such as online ads and social media posts. The exact advertising materials and costs will depend on the preferences of the franchisee and the local market.

In addition to the cost of the grand opening advertising itself, franchisees should also consider the cost of marketing services. Professional help may be needed to create and place the ads, as well as to manage the franchise's social media accounts. Depending on the complexity of the project, these services may cost several thousand dollars.

Grand opening advertising can be an expensive but necessary part of launching a Starbucks franchise. However, with careful planning and budgeting, the costs can be kept to a minimum while still achieving the desired results.

Technology Equipment and Installation

When it comes to setting up a Starbucks franchise, one of the major expenses is the cost of technology equipment and installation . This includes both the hardware and software needed to run the business, as well as the cost of having it installed and maintained. According to a recent report, the estimated cost of technology equipment and installation for a typical Starbucks franchise is around $60,000 USD.

This cost includes a variety of items such as the point-of-sale (POS) system, Wi-Fi network, and digital menu boards. Additionally, the cost of setting up the necessary IT infrastructure, such as servers and routers, is also included. Furthermore, the cost of training personnel to use the technology and maintain it is also taken into account.

The cost of technology equipment and installation can vary significantly depending on the size of the franchise and the specific needs of the business. For instance, a larger franchise may require more powerful equipment and additional software, which can increase the cost. Additionally, the cost of installation and maintenance can also vary depending on the complexity of the system.

Furniture and Fixtures

When you consider the cost of opening a Starbucks franchise, one of the most important factors to consider is the cost of furniture and fixtures. This cost can range greatly depending on the size of the store and the type of furniture and fixtures that you choose. According to the Starbucks franchise website, the average cost of the furniture and fixtures for a store is between $50,000-$60,000 USD . This cost can include items such as tables, chairs, counters, shelving, and other decorative pieces.

For Starbucks franchise owners, the cost of furniture and fixtures also includes the cost of installing the equipment. This includes the installation of the coffee machines, grinders, blenders, and other equipment that is necessary for the operation of the store. The cost of installation can range from $25,000-$35,000 USD , depending on the type of equipment that is purchased and the complexity of the installation.

In addition to the cost of furniture and fixtures, Starbucks franchise owners also must consider the cost of maintenance and repair of these items. This cost can be significant, as it is not uncommon for furniture and fixtures to become damaged or worn out over time. Starbucks franchise owners should plan on spending around $2,000-$3,000 USD annually on maintenance and repair costs.

It is important to keep in mind that these costs may vary depending on the size and location of the store, as well as any changes that may be made to the furniture and fixtures over time. As such, it is important to thoroughly research the costs associated with opening a Starbucks franchise before making any final decisions.

When it comes to starting a Starbucks franchise, the cost of inventory can be one of the largest contributors to the total expense. The amount of Inventory you need to purchase will depend on the size of your store and the types of food and beverages you will be offering. According to recent statistics, the cost of Inventory for a typical Starbucks franchise is around $30,000 - $50,000 USD . This includes the cost of food, beverages, cups, lids, straws, and other necessary items.

When opening a Starbucks franchise, it's important to create an accurate budget to ensure you have enough funds to cover your Inventory costs. Here are some of the Inventory items you should consider when budgeting:

• Coffee beans and ground coffee
• Syrups and sauces
• Milk and other dairy products
• Tea and tea bags
• Cups, lids, and straws
• Food and snacks
• Cleaning supplies
• Baking supplies

In addition to the items listed above, you may also need to purchase additional equipment such as espresso machines, blenders, refrigerators, and other necessary items. Depending on the size of your store, the cost of these items can range from a few thousand dollars to tens of thousands of dollars.

Finally, it's important to keep in mind that the cost of Inventory is likely to fluctuate over time. As you gain more customers and the demand for your products increases, you may need to purchase additional Inventory in order to meet the demand. This is why it's important to maintain a flexible budget and to be prepared to make adjustments as needed.

Training Fees

It costs roughly $10,000 to $40,000 to open a Starbucks franchise, depending on the size and location of the store. Training fees alone can range between $500 - $1,500. As part of the process, you'll need to attend a multi-day training program at Starbucks University in Seattle, Washington, where you'll learn the basics of running your own Starbucks. This program covers topics like coffee history, quality assurance, customer service, and business operations. Additionally, you'll be provided with online training modules that can be completed from the comfort of your home.

In terms of ongoing costs, you'll be required to pay a royalty fee of 4.5% of your store's gross sales and a marketing fee of 6% of the store’s gross sales. These fees can be adjusted depending on the store's performance. According to Statista, in 2020 the average sales of a Starbucks store was $1,080,000, which means the annual royalty and marketing fee would amount to $49,800.

Bear in mind that the costs of opening a Starbucks franchise are just the beginning. There are other costs involved, such as rent, utilities, staff wages, and inventory, that you must consider when calculating the total cost of opening and running a Starbucks franchise.

Opening a Starbucks franchise requires substantial capital and a long-term commitment. The initial franchise fee is around $15,000 to $25,000, but the total cost can reach up to $400,000 or more. It is important to be aware of the various costs associated with starting a Starbucks franchise before making a final decision. While the potential returns can be significant, any prospective franchisee should be aware of the financial investment required to open and operate a successful Starbucks franchise.

The costs associated with launching a Starbucks franchise can be broken down into the following categories:

• Initial Franchise Fee: $15,000 to $25,000
• Site Preparation and Construction Costs: Varies
• Leasehold Improvements: Varies
• Signage: Varies
• Grand Opening Advertising: Varies
• Technology Equipment and Installation: Varies
• Furniture and Fixtures: Varies
• Inventory: Varies
• Training Fees: Varies

The costs associated with opening a Starbucks franchise can vary greatly depending on the location, size, and scope of the franchise. The cost of launching a Starbucks franchise is significant, but it is important to keep an eye on the long-term returns that can be achieved if the franchise is properly operated and managed.

Related Blogs

• Starting a Business
• KPI Metrics
• Running Expenses
• Pitch Deck Example
• Increasing Profitability
• Sales Strategy
• Rising Capital
• Valuing a Business
• Writing Business Plan
• Buy a Business
• How Much Makes
• Sell a Business
• Business Idea
• How To Avoid Mistakes

Leave a comment

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Please note, comments must be approved before they are published

• Election 2024
• Entertainment
• Newsletters
• Photography
• Personal Finance
• AP Investigations
• AP Buyline Personal Finance
• AP Buyline Shopping
• Press Releases
• Israel-Hamas War
• Russia-Ukraine War
• Global elections
• Asia Pacific
• Latin America
• Middle East
• Election Results
• Delegate Tracker
• AP & Elections
• Auto Racing
• 2024 Paris Olympic Games
• Movie reviews
• Book reviews
• Financial Markets
• Business Highlights
• Financial wellness
• Artificial Intelligence
• Social Media

Intrigue of NHL draft expected to begin after the Sharks likely select Celebrini with top pick

FILE - Macklin Celebrini, the expected No. 1 pick in the NHL draft to the San Jose Sharks, speaks with reporters prior to Game 2 of the Stanley Cup Final at Amerant Bank Arena in Sunrise, Florida, Monday, June 10, 2024. Celebrini sets aside his NBA ties by looking ahead to a hockey career, entering the NHL draft as the presumptive No. 1 pick on Friday, June 28. (AP Photo/Stephen Whyno, File)

FILE - San Jose Sharks general manager Mike Grier speaks at a news conference introducing Ryan Warsofsky as the NHL hockey head coach of the San Jose Sharks in San Jose, Calif., Monday, June 17, 2024. The San Jose Sharks hold the first pick and have already indicated an intention to select Celebrini, who is from North Vancouver, but spent time growing up in the Bay Area.(AP Photo/Jeff Chiu, File)

FILE - Medicine Hat Tigers’ Cayden Lindstrom smiles after being awarded the Canadian Hockey League Top Draft Prospect award at the Canadian Hockey League award ceremonies in Frankenmuth, Mich., June 1, 2024. Lindstrom is expected to be selected No. 3 by the Anaheim Ducks in the upcoming NHL draft. (Duane Burleson/The Canadian Press via AP, File)

FILE - Western Michigan forward Wyatt Schingoethe (18) is pressured by Michigan State defenseman Artyom Levshunov (5) during the second period of an NCAA college hockey game in Maryland Heights, Mo., March 29, 2024. Levshunov is expected to be selected No. 2 by the Chicago Blackhawks in the upcoming NHL draft. (AP Photo/Colin E. Braley, File)

FILE - Members of the media wait for celebrities to arrive during the opening night of Sphere, Sept. 29, 2023, in Las Vegas. Sphere, the newly opened Las Vegas globe-shaped live entertainment center, with LED screens wrapping both the inside and outside of its structure, will serve host to the two-day NHL hockey draft Friday and Saturday, June 28-29, 2024. (AP Photo/John Locher, File)

• Copy Link copied

LAS VEGAS (AP) — San Jose Sharks general manager Mike Grier is trying to keep whom he’s selecting with the first pick in the NHL draft on Friday a mystery, even after he more than hinted at his intentions last month.

After excitedly noting the big opportunity it was for a rebuilding franchise to select Macklin Celebrini upon winning the draft lottery last month, Grier has since decided to play coy regarding college hockey’s top player, who has topped draft charts for more than a year and has ties to the Bay Area.

“We’ll see come Friday night,” Grier said this week.

And yet, the third-year GM gushed when asked what more he’s learned about the Boston University center over the past six weeks.

“We had dinner with him and he sat at a table with eight grown men and held the conversation, and was at ease and comfortable,” Grier said of dining with Celebrini at the combine three weeks ago.

“When you sit down with him for two minutes, you really feel his drive and competitiveness. It just seeps out of him,” he added. “He’s a driven kid. He’s an alpha.”

In other words, the just-turned 18-year-old is the type of foundational piece Grier can use to add to a deepening talented prospect pool in rebuilding a franchise in the midst of its longest playoff drought, now spanning five years.

At 6 feet and nearly 200 pounds, Celebrini finished second in the nation with 32 goals and third with 64 points in 38 games as college hockey’s youngest player. Though from North British Columbia, Celebrini spent a year playing for the Junior Sharks program after his father, Rick, was hired as vice president of player health and performance for the NBA’s Golden State Warriors.

With Celebrini likely going first, the intrigue revolves around the order of the next five picks; whether the two-day draft will feature a major trade or two with Toronto’s Mitch Marner and Columbus’ Patrik Laine being shopped; and the visual indoor and outdoor spectacle Las Vegas’ year-old Sphere will play in hosting its first sporting event.

Celebrini’s looking forward to enjoying the Sphere experience in more ways than one.

“I’ve never been,” he said, Wednesday. “From everything I’ve heard about it, it’s going to be a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.”

As for his lengthy pre-draft process coming to a close, Celebrini said: “It’s a big moment, something that I’ve dreamed of ever since I was a kid. To get this opportunity, I’m excited, nervous, grateful.”

The draft also serves as a coming out party for the Utah Hockey Club , following the franchise’s offseason relocation from Arizona to Salt Lake City.

“You’ll have to wait and see,” GM Bill Armstrong said of which color jerseys will be donned by the team’s new group of prospects, with Utah currently having 13 picks through the seven-round draft, starting with No. 6.

The Chicago Blackhawks will influence how the draft unfolds in having the No. 2 pick, a year after choosing center Connor Bedard No. 1 last year.

Without saying whom the Blackhawks have identified at No. 2, GM Kyle Davidson said his staff enjoyed a healthy debate in reaching their decision.

“There’s great options. And so when you have great options, then you have to talk it through,” Davidson said Thursday. “If it was a no-brainer, then we probably would have known months ago or whenever the lottery was.”

The prevailing wisdom has Chicago’s choice split between two defensemen, Michigan State’s Artyom Levshunov and Russian Anton Silayev, and Russian forward Ivan Demidov.

While Levshunov left his native Belarus to play in North America two years ago, the Russian prospects raise questions because NHL teams are restricted from entering the country to scout and meet players since the war in Ukraine.

Davidson hasn’t yet met Silayev, who is listed at 6-foot-7 and 211 pounds, but did get a chance to meet Demidov at a player agent-run combine of Russian players in Florida last week.

“A really impressive young man,” Davidson said of Demidov. “It was a really great piece of information for us. And a great sort of button to put on the draft process that was necessary for everything to come in.”

Anaheim is scheduled to pick third, followed by Columbus and Montreal.

Other top prospects among the top five are Medicine Hat Tigers center Cayden Lindstrom and University of Denver defenseman Zeev Buium.

Central Scouting Director Dan Marr says the top of this year’s draft class is especially deep at defensemen who bring a variety of strengths.

“No two are the same. It’s like a smorgasbord,” Marr said.

A position not deep in talent is goalie, with some projecting the first goaltender coming off the board in the third round. The top-rated goalie is considered to be Mikhail Yegorov, who is from Moscow, played for USHL Omaha last season and is committed to attending BU.

The overcall uncertainty due to how teams rank Demidov and Silayev, leaves Armstrong having various different plans at No. 6.

“It’s a guessing game right now,” he said.

What is clear is how Salt Lake City has embraced its NHL franchise.

“People are waiving to me in the street, and it’s kind of weird because they know who you are in Salt Lake City. And when you’re in Arizona, you went undetected,” Armstrong said. “This is a big thing in the state of Utah and in Salt Lake, and you can feel that.”

Associated Press freelance writer W.G. Ramirez contributed to this report.

AP NHL: https://apnews.com/hub/nhl